BRENCO INC
SC 14D9, 1996-06-21
BALL & ROLLER BEARINGS
Previous: BANKERS TRUST NEW YORK CORP, 8-K, 1996-06-21
Next: DIXON TICONDEROGA CO, SC 13D/A, 1996-06-21



<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                 SCHEDULE 14D-9
 
                     SOLICITATION/RECOMMENDATION STATEMENT
                          PURSUANT TO SECTION 14(D)(4)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED
 
                           (NAME OF SUBJECT COMPANY)
 
                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED
 
                      (NAME OF PERSON(S) FILING STATEMENT)
 
                    COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $1.00 PER SHARE,
 
                         (TITLE OF CLASS OF SECURITIES)
 
                                  107061 10 3
                     (CUSIP NUMBER OF CLASS OF SECURITIES)
 
                              NEEDHAM B. WHITFIELD
               CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED
                              ONE PARK WEST CIRCLE
                           MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA 23113
                                 (804) 378-2900
 NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO RECEIVE NOTICE AND
          COMMUNICATIONS ON BEHALF OF THE PERSON(S) FILING STATEMENT)
 
                                    COPY TO:
                           F. CLAIBORNE JOHNSTON, JR.
                                MAYS & VALENTINE
                               NATIONSBANK CENTER
                             1111 EAST MAIN STREET
                            RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 23219
                                 (804) 697-1214
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
ITEM 1. SECURITY AND SUBJECT COMPANY.
 
    The  name  of  the  subject  company  is  Brenco,  Incorporated,  a Virginia
corporation (the "Company"). The address  of the principal executive offices  of
the  Company is One Park  West Circle, Midlothian, Virginia  23113. The title of
the class  of  equity  securities to  which  this  Solicitation/  Recommendation
Statement on Schedule 14D-9 (the "Schedule 14D-9" or the "Statement") relates is
the  Common  Stock, par  value  $1.00 per  share,  of the  Company  (the "Common
Stock").
 
ITEM 2. TENDER OFFER OF THE BIDDER.
 
    This statement relates to the tender offer by Varlen Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("Varlen") and  its wholly-owned subsidiary,  BAS, Inc., a  Virginia
corporation (the "Purchaser"), disclosed in a Tender Offer Statement on Schedule
14D-1,  dated  June 20,  1996 (the  "Schedule  14D-1"), to  purchase all  of the
outstanding shares (the "Shares") of Common  Stock at $16.125 per share, net  to
the  seller in  cash, without any  interest, upon  the terms and  subject to the
conditions set forth in the Offer to  Purchase, dated June 20, 1996 (the  "Offer
to  Purchase"),  and  the  related  Letter  of  Transmittal  (collectively,  the
"Offer"), copies of which are filed herewith as Exhibits A and B,  respectively,
and incorporated herein by reference.
 
    The  Offer is being made pursuant to  the Acquisition Agreement, dated as of
June 15, 1996 (the  "Acquisition Agreement"), by and  among the Company,  Varlen
and  the  Purchaser,  a  copy  of  which is  filed  herewith  as  Exhibit  C and
incorporated herein by reference, and  a Shareholder Tender Agreement, dated  as
of  June 15, 1996, by and among  Varlen, the Purchaser and Needham B. Whitfield,
Anne Whitfield Kenny  and certain  members of their  families (the  "Shareholder
Tender  Agreement"),  a  copy  of  which is  filed  herewith  as  Exhibit  D and
incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, as soon
as practicable after  completion of  the Offer  and satisfaction  or waiver,  if
permissible,   of  all  applicable  conditions   specified  in  the  Acquisition
Agreement, the  Purchaser  will  be  merged  with  and  into  the  Company  (the
"Merger"),  and the Company will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Varlen (the
"Surviving Corporation"). At the  effective time of  the Merger (the  "Effective
Time"),  each share of Common Stock then  outstanding (other than shares held by
Varlen, the Purchaser,  or any other  subsidiary of Varlen,  and shares held  by
shareholders  who exercise their dissenters' rights,  if any, in accordance with
the Virginia Stock Corporation Act (the  "Virginia Act") will be converted  into
the right to receive $16.125 in cash, without any interest.
 
    Based  on  information in  the Offer  to  Purchase, the  principal executive
offices of Varlen and the Purchaser are located at 55 Shuman Boulevard, P.O. Box
3089, Naperville, Illinois 60566-7089, telephone (708) 420-0400.
 
ITEM 3. IDENTITY AND BACKGROUND.
 
    (A) NAME AND ADDRESS OF  THE COMPANY. The name  and address of the  Company,
which  is the person  filing this Statement, is  set forth in  Item 1 above. All
information contained  in this  Statement or  incorporated herein  by  reference
concerning  the Purchaser, Varlen or their affiliates, or actions or events with
respect to any of them, was  provided by the Purchaser or Varlen,  respectively,
and the Company takes no responsibility for such information.
 
    (B)  MATERIAL CONTRACTS. Each material  contract, agreement, arrangement and
understanding or actual or  potential conflict of  interest between the  Company
and/or  its affiliates and  (i) its executive  officers, directors or affiliates
and (ii) Varlen, its executive  officers, directors or affiliates, is  described
below.
 
        (B) (1) CERTAIN CONTRACTS. Effective March 22, 1996, the Company entered
into  change in control agreements (the "Agreements") with Needham B. Whitfield,
J. Craig Rice, Jacob M. Feichtner, Howard J. Bush and Donald E. Fitzsimmons (the
executive officers named in the Company's proxy statement for the Annual Meeting
of Shareholders)  and certain  other executives  and employees.  The  Agreements
provide that termination compensation will be paid if the executive's employment
is  terminated by the Company  within two years after  a Change in Control other
than for "cause"  (as defined in  the Agreements) or  upon the death,  permanent
disability  or  retirement of  the executive,  or  if the  executive voluntarily
terminates his  employment for  "good reason"  (as defined  in the  Agreements).
Change  in Control is defined generally to  include (i) acquisition of more than
20% of the Company's  voting stock, (ii) certain  changes in the composition  of
its Board of Directors,
<PAGE>
(iii)  shareholder approval of  certain business combinations  or asset sales in
which the Company's historic shareholders hold less than 50% of the resulting or
purchasing  company  or  (iv)  shareholder   approval  of  the  liquidation   or
dissolution  of the Company. Termination compensation consists of a cash payment
equal to a multiple (generally  one, two or three  times) of the highest  annual
rate  of base  salary paid to  the executive  in effect for  the 12-month period
immediately prior to the executive's termination of employment ("Base  Salary").
The  multiple is  one times Base  Salary for Messrs.  Whitfield and Fitzsimmons,
three times Base Salary for  Mr. Rice, two times Base  Salary for Mr. Bush,  and
the number of years from date of termination to age 62 times Base Salary for Mr.
Feichtner  (who is  now age  59). In  addition, the  Agreements provide  for the
continuation of certain  medical, life and  disability benefits. The  Agreements
supersede employment agreements between the Company and certain executives which
were previously in place.
 
    The  Company's Executive Retirement Incentive  Plan, as amended and restated
effective March 22, 1996 (the  "Executive Plan"), provides a monthly  retirement
benefit  for  life  to  those  executives  selected  for  participation  by  the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors  equal to the excess of (i)  3%
of  the executive's  remuneration multiplied  by his years  of service  (up to a
maximum of 20 years), over (ii) the  value of benefits payable to the  executive
by  the company  retirement plan  and the  executive's Social  Security benefit.
Messrs.  Whitfield,  Rice,  Feichtner,  Bush  and  Fitzsimmons  are  among   the
executives  participating in the  Executive Plan. In order  to receive a benefit
under the Executive Plan, the executive must have at least five years of vesting
service and must retire after attaining age  55 but no later than the first  day
of  the calendar quarter coinciding with or next following his attaining age 62.
The Executive  Plan  provides  for  benefit  payment  options  and  spousal  and
beneficiary  rights  and payments  in  the event  of  the executive's  death. No
benefits are payable under  the Executive Plan to  any executive who  terminates
employment  before attaining age 55 or who  does not retire during the available
retirement window period.  In addition,  benefits under the  Executive Plan  are
forfeited  if  a  retired  executive competes  with  the  Company  under certain
circumstances.
 
    The Company  has  established a  grantor  trust to  accumulate  the  amounts
anticipated to be needed to pay benefits under the Executive Plan. Assets of the
trust  are considered general assets of the Company and are subject to claims of
the Company's creditors. The Company is  obligated to make contributions to  the
trust  annually in an amount equal to  its reported annual financial expense for
the Executive Plan, as adjusted for trust earnings and expenses. In addition, in
the event there  is a  Change in  Control (as  defined in  the Agreements),  the
Company  is obligated to contribute an amount  to the trust within 90 days equal
to the Executive Plan's unfunded actuarial liability at that time.
 
    The Executive  Plan  provides  additional benefits  for  Messrs.  Feichtner,
Fitzsimmons,  and Rice  in the event  there is  a Change in  Control. First, the
Executive Plan may not  be amended to cause  Messrs. Feichtner, Fitzsimmons,  or
Rice  to cease  to be participants.  Secondly, if Mr.  Feichtner's employment is
terminated within two years after  the Change in Control  and on or before  June
30, 1999, by the Company without cause or by Mr. Feichtner for good reason, then
his  benefit  under the  Executive  Plan will  be  calculated as  though  he had
continued to work to  June 30, 1999,  and his benefit  under the Executive  Plan
will  not be reduced for early payment before  age 62 and will include an amount
equal to the amount of any reduction to his benefit under the Company retirement
plan for early payment. Thirdly, if either Messrs. Fitzsimmons or Rice ceases to
be employed before age  62 (including before age  55), respectively, he will  be
fully  vested in his benefit under the Executive Plan, he may start drawing that
benefit at age 55 or his later termination, his beneficiary will be entitled  to
his  death benefit regardless  of his vesting service  or his termination before
age 55, and the prohibition on competition with the Company will be waived if he
resigns for good reason (other than the right to voluntarily terminate during  a
30 day period after the first anniversary of the Change in Control). As of March
8,  1996, the ages  of each such  executive officer were  as follows: Needham B.
Whitfield - 59, J. Craig Rice - 48, Jacob M. Feichtner - 58, Howard J. Bush - 42
and Donald E. Fitzsimmons - 54.
 
    The Company's estimate  of the  total amount of  all payments  which may  be
payable  upon a Change in Control under the Agreements and the Executive Plan is
$3,435,000.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
    The Company also provides long-term incentive compensation for executives of
the Company (and other Company employees) through the grant of stock options and
restricted stock under the Company's 1988  Stock Option Plan (the "Stock  Option
Plan")  and  1987 Restricted  Stock Plan  (the  "Restricted Stock  Plan"). Stock
options under the  Stock Option Plan  are granted to  executive officers at  the
fair  market  value of  the Common  Stock  on the  date of  grant. Historically,
options have typically been  granted with a five-year  period of exercise and  a
three-year  vesting schedule. However, options granted after July 1994 have been
granted with a ten-year  period of exercise and  are fully exercisable one  year
after the date of grant. Shares of restricted stock granted under the Restricted
Stock  Plan typically  vest over a  four-year period.  As of June  14, 1996, the
Company had outstanding: (1) options to purchase 442,000 shares of Common  Stock
heretofore  granted under the  Company's 1988 Stock  Option Plan ("Options") and
like number of shares reserved for  issuance upon the exercise thereof, and  (2)
62,576  shares  of  Common Stock  heretofore  granted under  the  Company's 1987
Restricted Stock Plan ("Restricted Shares"). Effective March 22, 1996, the Stock
Option Plan  and the  Restricted Stock  Plan were  amended to  provide that  the
events which would constitute a "change in control" under such plans will be the
same  as  the  events which  would  constitute  a Change  in  Control  under the
Agreements. Thus, upon a Change in Control, outstanding Options would be  freely
exercisable and any restrictions on Restricted Shares would lapse.
 
    Under  the Acquisition Agreement, the Company will, to the extent necessary,
adjust the terms of all outstanding Options and all Restricted Shares to provide
for (a)  cancellation of  the Options,  not later  than immediately  before  the
Effective  Time in  exchange for cash  payment equal  to the product  of (i) the
total number of Shares  subject to the  Option and (ii) the  excess, if any,  of
$16.125  (or any such higher price  per Share as may be  paid in the Offer) over
the exercise  price per  Share subject  to such  Option; and  (b)  cancellation,
effective  as  of  the  Effective Time,  of  each  Restricted  Share outstanding
immediately prior to the Merger in exchange  for a payment equal to the  product
of  (i) the  total number  of Restricted  Shares and  (ii) $16.125  (or any such
higher price per Share as may be paid in the Offer).
 
    (B)(2) THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT AND  THE SHAREHOLDER TENDER AGREEMENT.  The
following  is a summary  of certain provisions of  the Acquisition Agreement and
the Shareholder Tender Agreement and is  qualified in its entirety by  reference
to  the Acquisition  Agreement and the  Shareholder Tender  Agreement, copies of
which are filed herewith as Exhibits C and D, respectively.
 
    THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT.
 
    THE OFFER AND  MERGER.  The  Acquisition Agreement provides  for the  public
announcement  of the Offer  within one business day  after the execution thereof
and for the  commencement of the  Offer as  promptly as practicable,  but in  no
event  later  than  five  business days,  after  such  public  announcement. The
obligation and right of Purchaser to accept  for payment and pay for any  Shares
tendered  pursuant  to  the Offer  is  subject  to satisfaction  of  the Minimum
Condition (as defined in the Offer  to Purchase), the expiration or  termination
of  all waiting  periods under  the HSR Act  and the  other conditions described
below under "Certain Conditions." The Purchaser expressly reserves the right  to
waive  any such condition, to increase the  price per Share payable in the Offer
and to make any other changes in the terms and conditions of the Offer; provided
that the Purchaser has agreed that it will not (i) decrease the price payable in
the Offer, (ii) change  the form of  consideration payable in  the Offer or  the
Merger,  (iii) increase the Minimum  Condition, or (iv) amend  any other term of
the Offer (including the conditions described under "Certain Conditions"  below)
in a manner materially adverse to the holders of Shares.
 
    The  Acquisition Agreement provides  that, as soon  as practicable following
consummation of the Offer and the satisfaction or waiver of certain  conditions,
the  Purchaser will be merged  into the Company, with  the Company surviving the
Merger. Pursuant to the Merger, each  outstanding Share (other than Shares  held
by  Varlen, the Purchaser, or any direct or indirect subsidiary of Varlen or the
Purchaser, and  Shares  with  respect  to which  dissenter's  rights  under  the
Virginia Act are properly exercised) will be converted into the right to receive
$16.125 in cash, without any interest. Following
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
the  Merger, the Company will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Varlen. The Merger
is subject to the satisfaction of various conditions, including approval by  the
Company's shareholders if required under the Virginia Act.
 
    In  the Acquisition Agreement the Company has represented and warranted that
its Board of  Directors has approved  the Offer and  the Merger and  recommended
acceptance of the Offer by holders of Shares and approval of the Merger (if such
approval  is required by the Virginia Act) by holders of Shares. The Company has
further represented and warranted that its Board of Directors (all of whom,  the
Company's counsel has opined to Varlen, are "disinterested directors" within the
meaning  of the Virginia Act with respect to Varlen and the Purchaser) has taken
certain actions  in order  to  exempt Varlen,  the Purchaser,  their  respective
direct  and  indirect  subsidiaries and  the  Offer,  the Merger  and  the other
transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement from the restrictions and
other provisions of: (A)  Article 14 (AFFILIATED  TRANSACTIONS) of the  Virginia
Act,  in the manner  provided by Section 13.1-727.B.1(iv)  which (absent such an
exemption   or   similar    board   action)    generally   prohibits    mergers,
recapitalizations,  share exchanges, asset sales  and other transactions between
certain Virginia  corporations  and holders  of  10%  or more  of  their  voting
securities   ("interested  shareholders")  unless  approved  by  a  majority  of
"disinterested directors"  and/or holders  of  two-thirds of  the  corporation's
shares  excluding those of the interested shareholder; (B) Article 14.1 (CONTROL
SHARE ACQUISITIONS) of  the Virginia  Act, which  (absent such  an exemption  or
similar board action) generally denies voting rights to certain acquirers of 20%
of  more  of  the outstanding  voting  power  of a  public  Virginia corporation
("acquiring persons") unless  granted by a  majority of the  shares entitled  to
vote  in the election of  directors of the corporation  other than those held by
acquiring persons  and certain  corporate insiders;  and (C)  Article I  of  the
Articles  of Incorporation,  as amended  of the  Company (the  "Charter"), which
(absent such  an  exemption or  similar  board action)  generally  requires  the
affirmative  vote of holders of 75% of the  Shares in order to approve a merger,
consolidation and certain other business combinations between the Company and  a
beneficial  owner of  10% or more  of its Shares.  The Company and  its Board of
Directors have agreed to take such other actions necessary or appropriate at the
request of Varlen or the Purchaser  to: (1) exempt Varlen, the Purchaser,  their
respective direct and indirect subsidiaries, the Offer, the Merger and the other
transactions  contemplated by the  Acquisition Agreement from  the provisions of
any takeover,  affiliated  transactions,  business  combination,  control  share
acquisition  or other provision of (i) law  or regulation of the Commonwealth of
Virginia or any department or  agency thereof or (ii)  the Charter or Bylaws  of
the  Company,  and (2)  maintain the  shareholder vote  required to  approve the
Merger at the two-thirds level.
 
    COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.  Under the Acquisition Agreement, the Company  has
agreed  that, except as Previously Disclosed (as hereinafter defined) and unless
Varlen or the Purchaser otherwise agree in writing, prior to the Effective  Time
or  such earlier time as designees of the Purchaser constitute a majority of the
Board of Directors of the Company:
 
           (i)
           the business of the Company  and its subsidiaries shall be  conducted
           in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice,
    and  the  Company shall  use  its reasonable  best  efforts to  maintain and
    preserve its and its subsidiaries' business organization, assets,  employees
    and advantageous business relationships;
 
          (ii)
           neither  the Company nor any of  its subsidiaries shall: (1) amend or
           propose to amend its articles of incorporation or bylaws; (2)  split,
    combine  or reclassify any shares of its capital stock or declare, set aside
    or pay any dividend payable in cash,  stock or property with respect to  its
    capital  stock except for regular quarterly  cash dividends not in excess of
    $.07 per Share on the Shares and  except for any dividend by a wholly  owned
    subsidiary  payable to the  Company or another  wholly owned subsidiary; (3)
    issue, sell, pledge,  dispose of or  encumber any additional  shares of,  or
    securities  convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or options,
    warrants, calls, commitments or rights of  any kind to acquire, any  capital
    stock  of any  class of the  Company or  any of its  subsidiaries other than
    Shares which  the Company  is  required to  issue  pursuant to  the  options
    outstanding  on June 14, 1996; (4) transfer, lease, license, sell, mortgage,
    pledge, dispose of or encumber any material assets of the Company or any  of
    its subsidiaries other than in the ordinary
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
    course  of business and consistent with  past practice; (5) redeem, purchase
    or otherwise acquire  directly or  indirectly any  of the  capital stock  or
    other  equity securities of the Company; (6)  adopt a plan of liquidation or
    resolutions   providing   for   the   liquidation,   dissolution,    merger,
    consolidation  or  other  reorganization  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its
    subsidiaries, except  for  mergers  among  wholly  owned  subsidiaries;  (7)
    acquire  (by merger,  consolidation or acquisition  of stock  or assets) any
    corporation, partnership or other business organization or division  thereof
    or make any investment with respect thereto; (8) directly or indirectly: (i)
    incur  or modify any  long-term indebtedness or  short-term indebtedness for
    money borrowed or other material liability other than in the ordinary course
    of business and  consistent with  past practice, (ii)  incur any  additional
    indebtedness  for  money  borrowed  other than  in  the  ordinary  course of
    business and  consistent with  past practice,  or (iii)  make any  loans  or
    advances  other than in the ordinary  course of business and consistent with
    past practice and intercompany loans and advances among the Company and  its
    wholly  owned  subsidiaries;  (9)  pay,  discharge  or  satisfy  any claims,
    liabilities or  obligations (absolute,  accrued, contingent  or  otherwise),
    other  than the  payment, discharge  or satisfaction  of liabilities  in the
    ordinary course of business and  consistent with past practice; (10)  waive,
    release,  grant or transfer any  rights of value or  modify or change in any
    material respect any  existing license, lease,  contract or other  document,
    other  than  in the  ordinary course  of business  and consistent  with past
    practice; or (11) enter into  any material commitment or transaction,  other
    than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
 
         (iii)
           neither  the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall: (1) grant any
           increase in  the compensation  payable or  to become  payable by  the
    Company  or  any of  its  subsidiaries to  any  of its  directors, executive
    officers or key employees or adopt  any new, or amend or otherwise  increase
    the  amounts  payable  or  to  become  payable  under  any  existing, bonus,
    incentive compensation,  severance, deferred  compensation, profit  sharing,
    stock  option,  stock  purchase,  insurance,  pension,  retirement  or other
    employee benefit plan (including (but not limited to) the granting of  stock
    options,  stock appreciation rights or restricted  stock), or (2) enter into
    or amend any employment or  change-in-control agreement with, or, except  in
    accordance with the existing written policies and agreements of the Company,
    grant any severance or termination pay to, any director, officer or employee
    of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and
 
          (iv)
           neither  the  Company nor  any of  its  subsidiaries shall  agree, in
           writing or otherwise,  to take any  of the foregoing  actions or  any
    action which would make any representation or warranty of the Company in the
    Acquisition Agreement untrue or incorrect in any material respect.
 
    NON-SOLICITATION.   The Acquisition Agreement  further provides that neither
the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any of their respective  directors,
officers,  employees,  investment  bankers,  representatives  or  agents  shall,
directly or indirectly, make, solicit, initiate or encourage the initiation  of,
any  inquiries or  proposals from,  or provide  any confidential  information or
participate in any discussions or  negotiations with, or otherwise cooperate  in
any  way with  or assist,  any person (other  than Varlen  and its subsidiaries,
those third parties  previously disclosed in  writing by the  Company to  Varlen
prior to the execution of the Acquisition Agreement ("Previously Disclosed") and
their  respective directors, officers, employees, investment bankers, commercial
banks, representatives and agents)  concerning any merger, consolidation,  other
business  combination,  recapitalization,  liquidation  or  dissolution  or  any
purchase or other acquisition or sale or other disposition of assets (other than
in the ordinary course of business) or shares of capital stock of the Company or
any of its  subsidiaries or  any similar  transaction involving  the Company  or
(except  as Previously Disclosed)  any subsidiary or division  of the Company or
any subsidiary;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  (i) the  Company  or  its  Board  of
Directors  shall not be  prohibited from taking and  disclosing to the Company's
shareholders a position  contemplated by  Rule 14d-9 or  Rule 14e-2  promulgated
under  the Exchange Act, and (ii) in the event that the Company shall receive an
unsolicited proposal from a third party  which the Company's Board of  Directors
determines,  based on the advice of  its legal counsel and independent financial
advisor, is capable of  consummating such transaction,  for the acquisition  for
cash  of  all  the outstanding  Shares  on  terms that  the  Company's  Board of
Directors determines, based on the advice of its financial advisor (the  receipt
of   which   advice  shall   be   confirmed  in   writing   to  Varlen   by  the
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
Company), are economically  superior to those  of the Offer  and the Merger  and
which  in the written opinion  of legal counsel to  the Company (the delivery of
which shall be  confirmed in writing  to Varlen  by such counsel)  a failure  to
consider  by the Board  of Directors of  the Company would  create a substantial
risk of  violating  their fiduciary  duties  to shareholders,  the  Company  may
provide information to such third party to the same extent that such information
has  been provided to the Purchaser and Varlen. The Company must promptly advise
Varlen of, and communicate to Varlen the terms of, any such inquiry or  proposal
the Company may receive.
 
    CONFIDENTIALITY AND STANDSTILL AGREEMENTS.  Under the Acquisition Agreement,
the  Company  has  agreed  to  use  its  reasonable  best  efforts  to  obtain a
confidential information, non-disclosure, non-use and standstill agreement  from
any  third party with  or for whom the  Company or any  subsidiary has taken any
action or  received  any  proposal not  prohibited  under  the  non-solicitation
provisions  of the Acquisition Agreement. The Company also agreed not to consent
to the termination or amendment of the confidential information,  non-disclosure
or  non-use provisions  of any  agreement with a  third party  without the prior
written consent  of Varlen  or the  Purchaser, and  to use  its reasonable  best
efforts  to take  all actions necessary  or proper to  enforce strict compliance
with such provisions.
 
    STOCK INCENTIVE  PLANS.   Under the  Acquisition Agreement,  the Company  is
required  to  adjust the  terms  of all  outstanding  employee stock  options to
purchase Shares  granted under  any stock  option plan  of the  Company and  all
restricted Shares granted under any restricted stock plan to cancel such options
and restricted shares. Not later than immediately prior to the Merger, each such
option  and restricted Share shall become  fully exercisable or unrestricted, as
the case may be, and vested. The  Company has agreed to use its reasonable  best
efforts  to cancel each  option outstanding not later  than immediately prior to
the Merger in exchange for a cash payment equal to the product of (i) the  total
number  of Shares subject to the option and  (ii) the excess, if any, of $16.125
(or any such  higher price  per Share  as may  be paid  in the  Offer) over  the
exercise  price per Share subject to such option. The Company has also agreed to
use its reasonable best efforts to cancel each restricted Share outstanding  not
later than immediately prior to the Merger in exchange for $16.125. In addition,
the Board of Directors has agreed to take appropriate action with respect to the
Company's  Employee Stock Savings Plan (the "Savings Plan") to provide that: (i)
until the earlier  to occur  of the  Effective Time  or any  termination of  the
Acquisition  Agreement, participants in the Savings Plan will not be eligible to
receive matching Shares on any Shares  purchased by such participants after  the
date  the  Acquisition Agreement,  and (ii)  any rights  of participants  in the
Savings Plan to receive matching Shares from  the Company as of the date of  the
Acquisition  Agreement accrued as a result of Shares purchased prior to the date
of the Acquisition Agreement shall be  cancelled in exchange for a payment,  not
later than immediately prior to the Effective Time, from the Company (subject to
any  applicable withholding taxes) in cash equal to the product of (x) the total
number of such accrued  matching Shares and (y)  $16.125. Under the  Acquisition
Agreement,  any other  plan providing  for the  issuance or  grant of  any other
interest in respect of the capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary  shall
terminate as of the consummation of the Merger.
 
    DESIGNATION OF DIRECTORS.  The Acquisition Agreement provides that, promptly
upon  the acceptance for payment  of and payment by  the Purchaser in accordance
with the  Offer  for  Shares  constituting  50%  or  more  of  all  Shares  then
outstanding  in accordance with the Offer, and from time to time thereafter, the
Purchaser will be entitled to designate such number of directors, rounded up  to
the next whole number, on the Board of Directors of the Company as will give the
Purchaser representation on the Board of Directors equal to at least that number
of  directors which equals the  product of the total  number of directors on the
Board of Directors multiplied  by the percentage that  such number of Shares  so
accepted  for payment and paid for or owned  by Varlen or the Purchaser bears to
the total number of  Shares outstanding; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the  Purchaser
shall have the right (in its discretion) to designate a number of directors less
than such product; AND PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that at all times prior to the
Merger  there shall  be at least  two members of  the Board of  Directors of the
Company selected by  current members  of such  Board. Subject  to the  preceding
sentence, upon the Purchaser's purchase of the Shares pursuant to the Offer, the
Purchaser will have sufficient voting
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
power to remove the entire Board of Directors of the Company and replace it with
the  Purchaser's nominees. In the Acquisition  Agreement, the Company has agreed
to take all action necessary to cause the Purchaser's designees to be elected to
the Company's  Board of  Directors (including  mailing to  the shareholders  the
information  required  by  Section 14(f)  of  the  Exchange Act  and  Rule 14f-1
promulgated thereunder) and  to use  its reasonable  best efforts  to cause  the
resignation  of  such  directors, and/  or  an  increase in  the  number  of its
directors, as may be directed by Varlen and required to implement the foregoing.
 
    SHAREHOLDERS MEETING.  The Merger is subject to the satisfaction of  various
conditions,  including, among other things, approval  by the shareholders of the
Company if required under the Virginia Act. If the Purchaser acquires the number
of Shares required to satisfy the Minimum Condition, it will control  two-thirds
of  the outstanding Shares on a  fully diluted basis. Accordingly, the Purchaser
would have  sufficient  voting power  to  approve the  Merger  at a  meeting  of
shareholders  to vote thereon. In the event that as a result of the Offer Varlen
owns 90% or more of  the outstanding Shares, the  Purchaser and Varlen would  be
able  to effect the Merger  pursuant to the short  form merger provisions of the
Virginia Act without  any action by  any other shareholder  of the Company,  but
subject  to the requirements of the Virginia  Act that a copy of the Acquisition
Agreement be mailed  to shareholders  and to the  applicable dissenter's  rights
provisions of the Virginia Act.
 
    In connection with the Merger, the Company has agreed that it shall take all
action  necessary,  in accordance  with  the Virginia  Act  and its  charter and
bylaws, to convene a meeting of  its shareholders as promptly as practicable  to
consider and vote upon the Merger (if and to the extent required by the Virginia
Act),  and to not take any action which  would result in the affirmative vote of
shareholders required for approval of the  Merger to be greater than  two-thirds
of the votes entitled to be cast. Unless in the written opinion of legal counsel
to the Company (the delivery of which shall be confirmed in writing to Varlen by
such  counsel) any of the  following actions would create  a substantial risk of
violating the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors to the shareholders  of
the  Company, the  Company has  also agreed: (i)  that the  proxy or information
statement with respect  to any meeting  of the Company's  shareholders or  other
corporate  action to  approve the  Acquisition Agreement  and the  Merger, shall
contain the recommendation of  the Board of Directors  that the shareholders  of
the  Company vote to adopt and approve the Merger and the Acquisition Agreement,
and (ii) if proxies are solicited, to use its reasonable best efforts to solicit
from its shareholders proxies in favor of such adoption and approval and to take
all other action necessary or, in the reasonable judgment of Varlen, helpful  to
secure  the vote  or consent  of shareholders  required by  the Virginia  Act to
effect the Merger. At such meeting  of the shareholders of the Company,  Varlen,
the  Purchaser and their direct  and indirect subsidiaries will  vote all of the
Shares then owned by any of them in favor of the Merger.
 
    CONFIDENTIALITY.  Under the Acquisition Agreement, Varlen and the  Purchaser
have   agreed  to,   and  to  cause   their  officers,   employees,  agents  and
representatives to, keep confidential, unless compelled to disclose by  judicial
or  administrative  process or  by other  requirements  of law,  all non-public,
confidential or proprietary information provided  by the Company (except to  the
extent  that such information can be shown  to have been (i) previously known by
Varlen or the Purchaser, (ii) in the public domain through no fault of Varlen or
the Purchaser, or (iii)  later lawfully acquired by  Varlen from other  sources)
and will not release or disclose such information to any other person.
 
    INDEMNIFICATION  AND INSURANCE.  The Acquisition Agreement provides that the
Charter or Bylaws of the Company, after the Merger (the "Surviving Corporation")
shall contain provisions no less favorable with respect to indemnification  than
those  that are set forth in the Company's Charter and Bylaws, as amended to the
date the Acquisition Agreement, which provisions may not be amended, repealed or
otherwise modified for a period  of five years after  the Effective Time in  any
manner  that would adversely affect the  rights thereunder of individuals who on
or prior to the Effective Time were directors, officers, employees or agents  of
the  Company  (the  "Indemnified  Parties"). Varlen  shall  cause  the Surviving
Corporation to fulfill such indemnification  obligations. Varlen also agreed  to
use  its reasonable best efforts  to cause to be  maintained in effect for three
years from the Effective Time the current policy (or successor policies) of  the
directors' and officers' liability insurance maintained
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
by the Company with respect to matters occurring prior to the Effective Time, to
the  extent available; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  Varlen is not required to expend
more than an amount per  year equal to 150% of  current annual premiums paid  by
the Company to maintain or procure insurance coverage pursuant hereto.
 
    REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES.  The Acquisition Agreement contains various
customary representations  and  warranties  of the  parties  thereto,  including
representations  by  Varlen  and  the Purchaser  as  to  their  organization and
qualification, authority  relative  to the  Acquisition  Agreement,  compliance,
financing,  and brokers and finders,  and by the Company  as to its organization
and qualification, capitalization, capitalization of its subsidiaries, authority
relative to the Acquisition Agreement, lack of conflicts, filing of reports  and
financial  statements,  litigation, employee  benefit  plans, taxes,  absence of
certain changes, brokers and finders, liabilities, contracts, board actions, and
cash and cash equivalents.
 
    TERMINATION.  The Acquisition Agreement may be terminated at any time  prior
to the Effective Time, whether prior to or after approval by the shareholders of
the Company:
 
           (A)
           by  mutual written consent  of the Boards of  Directors of Varlen and
           the Company;
 
           (B)
           by  either  the  Company  or   Varlen  if  any  court  of   competent
           jurisdiction  or other governmental body  shall have issued an order,
    decree or ruling or taken any  other action (which order, decree, ruling  or
    other  action the parties hereto shall  use their reasonable best efforts to
    lift),  in  each  case,  permanently  restraining,  enjoining  or  otherwise
    prohibiting  the Offer or the Merger and such order, decree, ruling or other
    action shall have become final and non-appealable;
 
           (C)
           by the Company, if the Offer shall have been terminated, or the Offer
           shall have expired,  without the  purchase of  any Shares  thereunder
    within  two business days thereof and  such non-purchase shall not have been
    due to a failure to satisfy any of the conditions of the Offer described  in
    Section  13 of  this Offer  to Purchase; PROVIDED  that the  Company may not
    terminate the Acquisition  Agreement if  the Company  is in  breach of  such
    agreement;
 
           (D)
           by  the Company, if the Effective Time  shall not have occurred on or
           before December 31, 1996 due to a failure of any of the conditions to
    the obligations of  the Company  to effect the  Merger as  described in  the
    Acquisition  Agreement;  PROVIDED that  the  Company may  not  terminate the
    Agreement if  the Company's  failure  to fulfill  any obligation  under  the
    Acquisition  Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, in whole or in
    part, the failure of the Effective Time to occur on or before such date;
 
           (E)
           by the Company, if: (1)  any corporation, partnership, person,  other
           entity  or group (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)
    other than Varlen or the Purchaser  or any of their respective  subsidiaries
    or  affiliates  (a  "Qualified  Person") shall  have  commenced  (within the
    meaning of Rule 14d-2 under  the Exchange Act) a  cash tender offer for  any
    and  all Shares at a price at or in  excess of $16.125 per Share, or (2) any
    Qualified Person shall have  made a bona fide  written proposal involving  a
    merger  or consolidation of the Company or the acquisition of all the Shares
    or all or a substantial portion of  its assets which would result in a  cash
    distribution  to shareholders of the Company  in excess of $16.125 per Share
    (any such proposal described in subclause (1) or (2) being referred to as  a
    "Qualified  Proposal"), and the Board of Directors of the Company shall have
    been advised in a writing by its legal counsel (the delivery of which advice
    shall have been confirmed in writing  to Varlen by such counsel) that  there
    would  be  a substantial  risk of  liability for  breach of  their fiduciary
    obligations to shareholders if they failed to recommend such offer or accept
    such Qualified  Proposal;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  the  Company  may  not
    terminate  the  Acquisition  Agreement:  (i) until  the  expiration  of five
    business days after notice of such Qualified Proposal has been delivered  to
    Varlen,  or (ii) unless otherwise consented to  in writing by Varlen, if any
    such offer or Qualified Proposal is made in  breach of, or as a result of  a
    breach of its non-solicitation obligation described herein;
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
           (F)
           by  either of Varlen or the Purchaser, if due to a failure to satisfy
           any of the conditions  of the Offer described  in Section 13 of  this
    Offer to Purchase: (i) Varlen or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall
    not  have commenced the Offer,  or shall have terminated  the Offer, or (ii)
    the Offer shall have expired without  the purchase of any Shares  thereunder
    within  two business days thereof, or (iii) Varlen shall have determined not
    to proceed with the Merger; PROVIDED  that neither Varlen nor the  Purchaser
    may terminate the Acquisition Agreement if either Varlen or the Purchaser is
    in material breach of such agreement;
 
           (G)
           by either of Varlen or the Purchaser, if the Effective Time shall not
           have  occurred on or before December 31, 1996 due to a failure of any
    of the conditions to the obligations  of Varlen and the Purchaser to  effect
    the  Merger described  in the  Acquisition Agreement;  PROVIDED that neither
    Varlen nor the Purchaser may terminate the Acquisition Agreement if Varlen's
    or the  Purchaser's failure  to fulfill  any material  obligation under  the
    Acquisition  Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, in whole or in
    part, the failure of the Effective Time to occur on or before such date; or
 
           (H)
           by either of  Varlen or the  Purchaser, if prior  to the purchase  of
           Shares  in the  Offer, the  Board of  Directors of  the Company shall
    have: (1)  withdrawn, or  modified in  a  manner adverse  to Varlen  or  the
    Purchaser,  its approval or recommendation of the Offer or the Merger or any
    of its  other  actions  taken  in accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the
    Acquisition  Agreement summarized in the third paragraph of "The Acquisition
    Agreement -- The Offer and Merger" hereinabove, (2) taken any of the actions
    referred to in  the third  paragraph of  "The Acquisition  Agreement --  The
    Offer  and Merger"  hereinabove for  the benefit  of any  person (other than
    Varlen, the  Purchaser  or any  of  their respective  subsidiaries)  or  any
    transaction  (other than the Offer and Merger), or (3) resolved to do any of
    the foregoing.
 
    TERMINATION FEE.  If the Acquisition Agreement is terminated by the  Company
pursuant to the provision described in clause (E) of  "The Acquisition Agreement
- --  Termination"  above or  if  the Acquisition  Agreement  and/or the  Offer is
terminated by Varlen or the Purchaser by reason of a failure of any condition to
the Offer described in (i) paragraphs (a),  (b) or (g) as set forth below  under
"Certain  Conditions,"  (ii) paragraph  (c) as  set  forth below  under "Certain
Conditions," (but only  if due,  in whole  or in  part, to  any (x)  act of  the
Company  or  any affiliate  thereof,  or (y)  other  occurrence, event,  fact or
circumstance not beyond the control of the Company or any affiliate thereof), or
(iii)  clause  (vi)  of  paragraph  (c)  as  set  forth  below  under   "Certain
Conditions,"  the  Company has  agreed to  pay  to Varlen  a termination  fee of
$6,500,000 plus an amount  sufficient to reimburse  Varlen and its  subsidiaries
for  all fees, costs  and expenses relating to  the transactions contemplated by
the  Acquisition  Agreement,  the  financing  contemplated  by  the  Acquisition
Agreement  and the transactions contemplated  thereby (PROVIDED that the Company
shall not be  obligated to reimburse  Varlen or its  subsidiaries for more  than
$2,000,000 of such fees, costs and expenses).
 
    In the event of the termination of the Acquisition Agreement, it will become
null and void and have no effect without any liability on the part of any party,
except  that provisions relating to the termination fee, expenses of the parties
and confidentiality  of  information  will  survive  any  such  termination  and
provided  that a party will not be relieved from liability for any breach of the
Acquisition Agreement.
 
    COSTS AND  EXPENSES.   The  Acquisition Agreement  provides that  except  as
provided  above  under "Termination  Fee," all  costs  and expenses  incurred in
connection with the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement shall
be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses.
 
    DISSENTER'S RIGHTS.  No dissenter's rights are available in connection  with
the Offer. Holders of Shares may be entitled to dissenter's rights in connection
with  the Merger if, at the record date with respect to the meeting at which the
Acquisition Agreement and the  Merger will be  acted upon, certain  requirements
are satisfied.
 
    Section  13.1-730  of the  Virginia  Act (as  effective  from July  1, 1996)
provides that no dissenter's rights are available for the shares of any class or
series of stock which, at the record date fixed to
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
determine the shareholders  entitled to  receive notice of  and to  vote at  the
meeting of shareholders to act upon the agreement or plan of merger, were either
(i)  listed on a national securities exchange  or on the National Association of
Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or (ii) held of record by at least
2,000 shareholders, unless, among other things,  in either case (i) the  holders
of such class or series of shares are required by the terms of such agreement or
plan  to accept for such shares anything  except cash or (ii) the transaction to
be voted on  is an  "affiliated transaction"  that has  not been  approved by  a
majority of "disinterested directors." See Section 15.
 
    If the conditions of Section 13.1-730 of the Virginia Act are not met and if
the  Merger or  a similar  business combination  is consummated,  the holders of
Shares not purchased pursuant to the Offer would have certain rights to  dissent
and  demand to be paid the "fair value"  of their Shares under the Virginia Act.
Under the  Virginia  Act, dissenting  shareholders  who comply  with  applicable
statutory  procedures would be  entitled to payment  of the "fair  value" of the
Shares as  to which  dissenter's rights  are  properly claimed  as of  the  time
immediately before the effectuation of the Merger (excluding any appreciation or
depreciation  in  anticipation of  the Merger,  unless  such exclusion  would be
inequitable). In the first instance, the "fair value" estimation is made by  the
corporation.  Dissatisfied dissenters may  then notify the  corporation of their
own "fair value" estimation. If the corporation and the dissatisfied shareholder
cannot settle on the amount owed, the shareholder will ultimately be entitled to
a judicial determination of "fair value." Any such judicial determination of the
"fair value" of the Shares could be  based upon considerations other than or  in
addition  to the  price paid in  the Offer and  the market value  of the Shares,
including asset  values,  the investment  value  of  the Shares  and  any  other
valuation  considerations generally  accepted in  the investment  community. The
"fair value" of the Shares  so determined could be more  or less than the  price
per Share to be paid pursuant to the Offer and the Merger.
 
    THE  FOREGOING SUMMARY  OF THE  RIGHTS OF  DISSENTING SHAREHOLDERS  DOES NOT
PURPORT TO  BE COMPLETE.  THE EXERCISE  AND PRESERVATION  OF DISSENTER'S  RIGHTS
REQUIRE STRICT ADHERENCE TO THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE VIRGINIA ACT.
 
    SHAREHOLDER TENDER AGREEMENT.
 
    SUMMARY.    Simultaneously  with entering  into  the  Acquisition Agreement,
Varlen entered  into a  Shareholder Tender  Agreement (the  "Shareholder  Tender
Agreement")   with  certain   shareholders  of   the  Company   (the  "Tendering
Shareholders"), including  Needham B.  Whitfield, Chairman  and Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company, Anne Whitfield Kenny (whose husband, John C. Kenny, is a
director  of the Company),  and certain members  (and trusts for  the benefit of
members) of their families. Pursuant  to the Shareholder Tender Agreement,  each
Tendering  Shareholder has agreed to tender pursuant to the Offer and before the
Expiration Date  all of  the Shares  owned  of record  or beneficially  by  such
Tendering  Shareholder on the date of the Shareholder Tender Agreement, together
with any  Shares  acquired  by  any such  Tendering  Shareholder  prior  to  the
termination  of the  Shareholder Tender  Agreement. As  of the  date hereof, the
Tendering Shareholders beneficially own 2,108,343 Shares, or approximately 20.7%
of all outstanding Shares.
 
    The Shareholder Tender  Agreement provides that  each Tendering  Shareholder
will tender its Shares pursuant to the Offer before the Expiration Date and will
not  withdraw any  Shares so  tendered without  Varlen's prior  written consent;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that each  Tendering Shareholder  may: (i)  refrain from  so
tendering its Shares, and may withdraw any Shares previously so tendered, if and
for  so long as there shall have been commenced and not terminated a cash tender
offer by any person  or "group" (other  than Varlen or the  Purchaser or any  of
their  respective subsidiaries or affiliates) for any  and all Shares at a price
in excess of $16.125 per share (a "Superior Offer"); and (ii) tender its  Shares
pursuant  to such  Superior Offer;  AND PROVIDED  FURTHER, HOWEVER,  that in the
event that (x)  any such Superior  Offer shall have  expired or been  terminated
without purchase of such Tendering Shareholder's Shares, and (y) the Offer shall
then be in effect, then such Tendering Shareholder shall again be subject to the
foregoing provisions.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    Notwithstanding  the foregoing, the Shareholder  Tender Agreement permits up
to 50,000  of  the Tendering  Shareholders'  Shares  (in the  aggregate)  to  be
contributed to one or more charitable organizations and, if and to the extent so
contributed,  such Shares will  not be required  to be tendered  pursuant to the
Offer.
 
    OTHER AGREEMENTS.  During the term of the Shareholder Tender Agreement,  and
except  as  otherwise provided  therein  or with  the  prior written  consent of
Varlen, each Tendering Shareholder may not (i) sell, pledge or otherwise dispose
of any of its Shares, (ii) deposit its Shares into a voting trust or enter  into
a  voting agreement or arrangement with respect  to such Shares, (iii) grant any
proxy, power-of-attorney  or other  authorization  in or  with respect  to  such
Shares,  or  (iv)  enter  into  any contract,  option  or  other  arrangement or
undertaking with respect to the direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer or
other disposition of such Shares.
 
    The Shareholder  Tender Agreement  requires  each Tendering  Shareholder  to
abide  by  the  terms  of the  non-solicitation  provisions  of  the Acquisition
Agreement summarized in "The Acquisition Agreement -- Non-Solicitation"  section
set forth above in this Section 11.
 
    TERMINATION.    The Shareholder  Tender  Agreement will  terminate  upon the
earlier to occur of: (i) the termination of the Acquisition Agreement (if  any),
and (ii) the Effective Date.
 
CERTAIN CONDITIONS.
 
    Notwithstanding  any  other provision  of the  Acquisition Agreement  or the
Offer, and  except as  expressly  limited below,  the  Purchaser: shall  not  be
required  to commence or continue the Offer;  or accept for payment, purchase or
pay for  any Shares  tendered;  may postpone  the  acceptance for  payment,  the
purchase  of,  and/or payment  for,  Shares; and/or  may  amend (subject  to the
restrictions  contained  in  Section  1.1  of  the  Acquisition  Agreement,)  or
terminate  the Offer; if: (1) there shall not have been validly tendered and not
withdrawn prior  to  the expiration  of  the Offer  a  number of  Shares  which,
together  with  the  Shares  beneficially owned  by  the  Purchaser  and Varlen,
represents two-thirds of the total voting  power of all shares of capital  stock
of  the Company outstanding on a fully  diluted basis, or (2) any waiting period
under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvement Act of 1976, as amended  ("HSR
Act"),  applicable to the purchase of the Shares pursuant to the Offer shall not
have expired or been terminated,  or (3) at any time  on or after June 1,  1996,
and  prior to the time of payment for any such Shares (whether or not any Shares
have theretofore been accepted for payment  or paid for pursuant to the  Offer),
any  of the  following events  (each, an "Event")  shall have  occurred (each of
paragraphs (a) through (h) providing a separate and independent condition to the
Purchaser's obligations pursuant to the Offer):
 
    (a)the Company shall have authorized, recommended or proposed, or shall have
       announced an intention to authorize, recommend or propose, or shall  have
entered into an agreement or agreement in principle with respect to, any merger,
consolidation,  other  business  combination,  recapitalization,  liquidation or
dissolution, or any purchase or other  acquisition or sale or other  disposition
of  assets (other than in the ordinary  course of business) or shares of capital
stock of the  Company or  any of its  Subsidiaries, or  any similar  transaction
involving  the  Company or  any Subsidiary  or  division of  the Company  or any
Subsidiary (other than the  Merger and as Previously  Disclosed with respect  to
certain  subsidiaries)  (the  foregoing  being  collectively  referred  to  as a
"Business Combination"),  any  material change  in  its capitalization,  or  any
release  or relinquishment of any  material contract or other  rights not in the
ordinary course of business; or
 
    (b)(i) the Board  of Directors  of the Company  shall have  (x) modified  or
       amended in any respect its recommendation of the Offer, the Merger or any
of  its other actions taken in accordance with Section 1.2(a) and/or 4.14 of the
Acquisition Agreement,  or (y)  adopted any  resolution to  do so,  or (ii)  the
opinion  of Virginia counsel to  the Company referred to  in Section 4.14 of the
Acquisition Agreement  shall  have  been  disclaimed,  disavowed,  retracted  or
revoked  in any  respect, or  shall otherwise  have been  rendered inaccurate or
erroneous, or (iii) the Board of Directors  of the Company shall have (x)  taken
any  of the actions referred to in Section 1.2(a) and/or 4.14 of the Acquisition
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
Agreement for the benefit of any person, entity or group (as defined in  Section
13(d)(3)  of the Exchange Act) (other than Varlen, the Purchaser or any of their
respective subsidiaries) or any Business  Combination (other than the Offer  and
the Merger), or (y) adopted any resolution to do so; or
 
    (c)it  shall have been  publicly disclosed, or Varlen,  the Purchaser or the
       Company shall have learned  that: (i) any  person, entity (including  the
Company  or  any of  its subsidiaries  or  affiliates) or  group (as  defined in
Section 13(d)(3) of the  Exchange Act) (a "Person")  shall have (x) acquired  or
become  the beneficial owner of  more than 10% of  the outstanding Shares (other
than those shareholders of the Company party to that certain Shareholder  Tender
Agreement,  (the "Permitted Shareholders")), or (y)  been granted by the Company
any warrant, option or  right, conditional or  otherwise, to acquire  beneficial
ownership of more than 10% of the outstanding Shares, other than acquisitions by
a  Person who has publicly disclosed such ownership in a Schedule 13D or 13G (or
amendment thereto) on file with the Commission prior to June 1, 1996, and  other
than  for bona fide arbitrage purposes, or  (ii) any such Person (other than, in
the case of the following clause (x), a Permitted Shareholder) who has  publicly
disclosed  in such a Schedule 13D or 13G  any such ownership of more than 10% of
the outstanding Shares prior to such date shall have (x) acquired or become  the
beneficial  owner of, or proposed to acquire  or become the beneficial owner of,
additional Shares, or  (y) been granted  by the Company  any warrant, option  or
right,  conditional or otherwise, to acquire any  Shares, or (iii) any new group
shall have been formed which beneficially owns  more than 10% of the Shares,  or
(iv) any Person shall have commenced, or publicly proposed to commence, a tender
offer  for outstanding Shares, or publicly proposed any Business Combination, or
(v) any Person shall have commenced any solicitation of proxies with respect  to
the  Shares in opposition to the Merger,  or (vi) any Person shall have acquired
or become the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the outstanding Shares; or
 
    (d)there shall  be  pending  any  action or  proceeding  before  any  court,
       government  or  governmental  authority  or  agency:  (i)  challenging or
seeking to make  illegal, or  to delay or  otherwise directly  or indirectly  to
restrain  or prohibit the  making of the  Offer, the acceptance  for payment of,
payment for,  or the  purchase of,  some or  all of  the Shares  by Varlen,  the
Purchaser  or any other subsidiary or affiliate of Varlen or the consummation of
the Merger, or seeking to obtain  material damages in connection with the  Offer
or the Merger, or (ii) seeking to prohibit ownership or operation by Varlen, the
Purchaser  or any other subsidiary  or affiliate of Varlen  of all or a material
portion of  the business  or  assets of  Varlen, the  Company  or any  of  their
respective  subsidiaries or affiliates or to compel Varlen, the Purchaser or any
other subsidiary or affiliate of Varlen to dispose of or to hold separately  all
or a material portion of the business or assets of Varlen, the Company or any of
their  respective subsidiaries or  affiliates, as a  result of the  Offer or the
Merger, or (iii)  seeking to  impose or confirm  limitations on  the ability  of
Varlen, the Purchaser or any other subsidiary or affiliate of Varlen effectively
to exercise full rights of ownership and control of any Shares (or any shares of
capital  stock of any subsidiary of the Company) (including, without limitation,
the right to vote any such Shares (or shares of a subsidiary)) acquired pursuant
to the Offer  or otherwise  (directly or  indirectly), on  all matters  properly
presented to the Company's shareholders (or any such subsidiary's shareholders),
or  (iv) seeking to  require divestiture by  Varlen, the Purchaser  or any other
subsidiary or  affiliate  of  Varlen  of any  Shares,  or  (v)  invalidating  or
rendering  unenforceable any material provision of the Acquisition Agreement, or
(vi) which otherwise might  materially adversely affect  Varlen, the Company  or
any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates; or
 
    (e)there  shall  be  any action  taken,  or any  statute,  rule, regulation,
       judgment, order  or  injunction  proposed,  enacted,  entered,  enforced,
promulgated,  issued or  deemed applicable  to the Offer  or the  Merger, by any
court,  government  or  governmental  authority   or  agency  (other  than   the
application  of the waiting period provisions of the  HSR Act to the Offer or to
the Merger) which may, directly or indirectly, result in any of the consequences
referred to in paragraph (d) above; or
 
    (f)there shall have occurred: (i)  any general suspension of, or  limitation
       on  prices for, trading in securities on any national securities exchange
or in the over-the-counter market, or (ii) a declaration of a banking moratorium
or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States, or (iii)
any limitation (whether or not mandatory)  by any governmental authority on,  or
any other event
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
which,  in the sole judgment of Varlen,  might affect the extension of credit by
banks or other lending institutions in  the United States, or (iv) any  material
change  in  the  United States  or  any  other currency  exchange  rates  or any
suspension of, or limitation on, the markets therefor, or (v) any  extraordinary
adverse  change in the financial  markets or the market  price of the Shares, or
(vi) any  change  in  the  general  political,  market,  economic  or  financial
conditions  in the United States  or abroad that could,  in the sole judgment of
Varlen, have a material  adverse effect upon the  business or operations of  the
Company  or any of its subsidiaries or  affiliates or the trading of the Shares,
or (vii) a  commencement of  war, armed  hostilities or  other international  or
national  calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or (viii)
in the case of any of the foregoing existing at the time of the commencement  of
the Offer, a material acceleration or worsening thereof; or
 
    (g)the  representations  and warranties  of the  Company in  the Acquisition
       Agreement shall not be true and correct in all material respects, or  the
Company  shall not  have performed  in all  material respects  each covenant and
complied with each agreement  to be performed and  complied with by the  Company
under the Acquisition Agreement; or
 
    (h)the  Company and Varlen shall  have agreed to terminate  the Offer or the
       Acquisition Agreement, or the Acquisition Agreement shall otherwise  have
been terminated in accordance with it terms;
 
which,  in the sole judgment of the  Purchaser, in any such case, and regardless
of the circumstances  (including any  action or  inaction by  the Purchaser  and
Varlen)  giving rise to any such condition,  make it inadvisable to proceed with
acceptance for payment or purchase of or  payment for any Shares tendered or  to
proceed with the Merger.
 
    The  foregoing  conditions  are  for  the sole  benefit  of  Varlen  and the
Purchaser and may  be asserted  by Varlen and  the Purchaser  regardless of  the
circumstances  giving rise to such condition, including (without limitation) any
action or inaction by Varlen or the Purchaser, or may be waived by Varlen or the
Purchaser in whole  at any  time or  in part  from time  to time  in their  sole
discretion.  The failure by Varlen or the  Purchaser at any time to exercise any
of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right and  each
such  right shall be deemed an ongoing right and may be asserted at any time and
from time to time. Any determination  by Varlen or the Purchaser concerning  any
Event shall be final and binding upon all parties.
 
    In  addition, under the Acquisition Agreement  the obligations of Varlen and
the Purchaser to consummate and effect  the Merger are subject to the  condition
that  the Company shall not have received  demands for payment of the fair value
of Shares (pursuant to Article 15 (Dissenter's Rights) of the Virginia Act) with
respect to more than 5% of the outstanding Shares.
 
    In addition, notwithstanding  anything to  the contrary  in the  Acquisition
Agreement,  the obligations of the Purchaser  to accept for payment, purchase or
pay for  any  Shares  tendered  shall  also be  subject  to  the  expiration  or
termination  of all waiting periods under the HSR Act that are applicable to the
purchase of Shares pursuant to the Offer and the Acquisition Agreement.
 
ITEM 4. THE SOLICITATION OR RECOMMENDATION
 
    (A)  RECOMMENDATION  OF  THE  BOARD.   The  Company's  Board  of   Directors
unanimously  has determined that the Offer and the Merger are fair to and in the
best interests  of the  shareholders of  the Company,  has approved  the  Merger
Agreement,  the Offer and the Merger and recommends that all shareholders of the
Company accept the Offer and tender all of their Shares pursuant to the Offer.
 
    (B) BACKGROUND; REASONS FOR BOARD'S RECOMMENDATION.
 
    On December 11, 1995,  at Varlen's request, two  senior officers of  Varlen,
Richard  L. Wellek, President and Chief  Executive Officer, and Raymond A. Jean,
Executive Vice  President and  Chief Operating  Officer, visited  the  Company's
facilities  in Petersburg, Virginia and met  with Needham B. Whitfield, Chairman
of the  Board  of  the Company  and  Chief  Executive Officer,  J.  Craig  Rice,
President   and   Chief   Operating   Officer,   and   Howard   J.   Bush,  Vice
President--Marketing. After a presentation by
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
Mr. Bush of  the Company's markets  and businesses, the  Varlen executives  were
given  a  tour  of  the  manufacturing  facilities,  and  afterwards  a  general
discussion ensued. The Varlen executives pointed to a variety of changes in  the
railroad  markets domestically  and internationally,  and proposed  that a large
supplier, with a wide variety of products important to the rail industry,  would
be  better  positioned  to  deal  with  these  changing  conditions.  The Varlen
executives asked  the Company  if they  would be  interested in  combining  with
Varlen  to form such a supplier. The  Company's executives agreed to think about
the proposition, and to have further discussions with Varlen.
 
    At its regular monthly meeting on December 15, 1995, the Company's Board  of
Directors was advised of the Varlen visit and its interest.
 
    On  January 25, 1996, Mr. Wellek,  together with George W. Hoffman, Railroad
Group Vice President for Varlen, returned to Petersburg and resumed  discussions
with  Messrs. Whitfield,  Rice, and Bush.  A number of  marketing synergies were
identified between the two  companies, and both parties  agreed to explore  each
other's operations in greater depth.
 
    At  its regular monthly meeting on January  26, 1996, the Company's Board of
Directors was advised of the Varlen visit and its continuing interest.
 
    On February  20, 1996,  Messrs  Whitfield, Rice  and Bush  visited  Keystone
Industries,  Inc.  in Camp  Hill, Pennsylvania.  Keystone  is a  manufacturer of
railroad equipment components and a wholly  owned subsidiary of Varlen. After  a
tour  of  the  facilities,  further discussions  about  operations  and railroad
markets were conducted with Messrs. Wellek and Hoffman.
 
    On February 21, 1996, Messrs. Whitfield  and Rice accompanied Mr. Wellek  to
Vassar,  Michigan to tour two automotive parts plants of a Varlen subsidiary and
meet local  managers  of  these  operations.  Business  philosophies,  marketing
strategies, organizational culture and operating methods were discussed.
 
    On  March 11,  1996, Mr.  Wellek visited Messrs.  Whitfield and  Rice at the
Company's administrative headquarters in Midlothian, Virginia to discuss whether
there was  enough  fit between  the  two companies  to  explore in  earnest  the
possibility  of a  business combination.  The two  companies agreed  to continue
discussions.
 
    On March 20,  1996, Messrs.  Wellek and  Jean met  Mr. Rice  and Keith  Poe,
Executive  Vice  President of  Quality  Bearing Service  ("QBS"),  the Company's
wholly owned reconditioning subsidiary, in  Little Rock, Arkansas to tour  QBS's
newest reconditioning plant and discuss the reconditioning operations.
 
    On March 21, 1996, Messrs. Wellek and Jean, who were in Louisville, Kentucky
for  an annual truck  show, made a  brief tour of  QBS's reconditioning plant in
Louisville.
 
    At its regular  monthly meeting on  March 22, 1996,  the Company's Board  of
Directors  was advised of  the continuing Varlen  visits and discussions between
the two companies, and the process  the Company intended to follow with  respect
to these discussions was discussed in more detail.
 
    On  March  27,  1996, Varlen  signed  a confidentiality  agreement  with the
Company providing for the transfer  of confidential information to Varlen  about
the  Company's operations and financial results, and holding Varlen subject to a
standstill provision in  the event  Varlen wished  to use  this information  for
purposes of, among other things, making a public tender for the Company shares.
 
    On  April 3, 1996,  Richard A. Nunemaker, Vice  President, Finance and Chief
Financial Officer  of  Varlen,  met  with Jacob  M.  Feichtner,  Executive  Vice
President  and  Chief Financial  Officer  of the  Company  and Mr.  Whitfield to
determine what  financial and  operating data  was available  and to  begin  his
inquiries.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    On  April  10, 1996,  Messrs. Wellek,  Jean,  Hoffman, Thomas  Robinson, and
others visited the Company's facilities in Petersburg to conduct an  engineering
review  of  the Company's  new  bearing developments  and  its development  of a
one-way clutch for the automotive market. Mr. Rice and several of the  Company's
engineers were involved in the discussions.
 
    On  April  11, 1996,  Messrs. Wellek,  Jean, Hoffman  and Robinson  met with
Messrs. Rice, Whitfield, and James W.  Benz, President of Rail Link, a  contract
switching subsidiary wholly owned by the Company. A variety of railroad industry
and international sales issues were discussed.
 
    On  April 15,  1996, Vicki L.  Casmere, Vice President,  General Counsel and
Secretary of Varlen, met with the  Company's counsel in Richmond and later  with
Messrs.  Feichtner and  Whitfield in Midlothian  to conduct a  general review of
legal matters related to the Company's operations.
 
    At its regular  monthly meeting on  April 18, 1996,  the Company's Board  of
Directors  was brought  up to  date on  the discussions  with Varlen.  The Board
determined that the Company would require the services of a financial advisor to
guide the Board and express an opinion on fairness of whatever consideration and
terms were offered.
 
    On May  7, 1996,  Mr. Wellek  met with  Messrs. Whitfield  and Rice  at  the
Company's Midlothian headquarters to review the status of Varlen's inquiries and
to  advise the Company's  executives that Varlen wished  to acquire the Company,
assuming the contract terms, timing and price were satisfactory to both parties.
There was a  general discussion as  to how  this process might  proceed and  Mr.
Wellek indicated the possible price range of a Varlen offer.
 
    A  Special Meeting of the Company's Board of Directors was called on May 13,
1996. The details of the meeting with Mr. Wellek were reported to the Board, who
determined to engage  the investment  banking firm of  Wheat, First  Securities,
Inc.  ("Wheat")  of Richmond,  Virginia  to serve  as  financial advisor  to the
Company.
 
    Wheat immediately proceeded to conduct a preliminary evaluation of potential
price ranges of comparable and hypothetical transactions. At the Company Board's
regular monthly meeting on  May 24, 1996, the  Company's senior management  made
presentations  on the markets and prospects for the Company's various businesses
and why a  combination with Varlen  would be  in the strategic  interest of  the
company.   This  was  followed  by   Wheat's  presentation  of  its  preliminary
evaluation. Based on the discussions  that followed, the Board directed  Messrs.
Whitfield and Rice to pursue serious negotiations with Varlen as to price, terms
and how such a combination might be effected.
 
    On  May 29, 1996, Messrs. Whitfield and  Rice met with Messrs. Wellek, Jean,
Nunemaker, Robinson  and Ms.  Casmere at  Varlen's headquarters  in  Naperville,
Illinois  Mr.  Whitfield  reported  the  Company  Board's  response  to Varlen's
proposal and asked for definitive terms.
 
    On May  31, 1996,  Mr. Wellek  called Mr.  Whitfield and  informed him  that
Varlen  wished  to make  a cash  tender offer  for the  Shares and  assuming the
Company would cooperate by entering into an acquisition agreement, Varlen  would
submit  a proposed draft of  the agreement. Mr. Wellek  indicated that the final
price offered would depend on the terms of the agreement.
 
    On June  11, 1996,  Mr. Wellek  and  Ms. Casmere  of Varlen,  together  with
Varlen's outside counsel, met with Messrs. Whitfield and Rice of the Company and
its  counsel, and negotiated the basic terms subject to approval of both boards.
Negotiations continued  over the  period  from June  11  to June  14  concerning
certain additional terms.
 
    On  June 13, 1996, the Varlen Board  of Directors met and approved the terms
of the offer  and the  agreements between  the two  companies. Mr.  Bush of  the
Company  was in attendance at the beginning  of the meeting, made a presentation
on the Company's railroad bearing markets  and answered questions by the  Varlen
directors.
 
    At a Special Meeting on June 15, 1996, the Company's Board of Directors met.
Wheat  advised  the  board,  based  on  various  analyses  and  subject  to  the
limitations set forth in its written opinion, that the
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
consideration was fair to the Company's  shareholders from a financial point  of
view,  and the Board,  after discussion, approved  the Acquisition Agreement and
agreed to recommend Varlen's offer to the Company's shareholders.
 
    During  the  process  of  its  discussions  with  Varlen,  the  Company  had
conversations  with several other parties who  expressed some degree of interest
in a business combination. A confidentiality agreement was entered into with one
party and information shared. However, no proposals were made by any other party
and based  on the  timing and  substance of  the Varlen  offer and  advice  from
management  concerning the  nature of  discussions that  had occurred  with such
parties  and  from  its  advisor  that  the  company  was  unlikely  to  receive
substantially  higher offers,  the Company's Board  decided to  proceed with the
Varlen negotiations and enter into an agreement recommending the Varlen offer.
 
    The negotiations culminated in the  execution of the Acquisition  Agreement,
and the Shareholder Tender Agreement on Saturday, June 15, 1996. On Monday, June
17,  1996,  Varlen and  the Company,  in  a joint  press release,  announced its
intention to commence the Offer.
 
                                   * * * * *
 
    In approving  the Acquisition  Agreement and  the transactions  contemplated
thereby,  and recommending that all shareholders tender their Shares pursuant to
the Offer, the Board of Directors considered a number of factors, including:
 
       (i) the financial  and other  terms  of the  Offer,  the Merger  and  the
           Acquisition Agreement;
 
       (ii)that the $16.125 per Share tender offer price represents a premium of
           approximately  32% over the closing price of the Shares on the NASDAQ
    National Market System ("NMS") on June  14, 1996, the last full trading  day
    prior  to  the  public  announcement of  the  execution  of  the Acquisition
    Agreement;
 
       (iii)
           recent trading prices of  the Shares on the  NMS, including the  fact
           that  the Shares have not traded at or above the $16.125 tender offer
    price in more than fifteen (15) years;
 
       (iv)the written opinion of Wheat delivered to the Board on June 15, 1996,
           to the effect that, as  of that date, and  based upon its review  and
    analysis and subject to the limitations set forth therein, the consideration
    to  be received by the  holders of the Shares pursuant  to the Offer and the
    Merger as  contemplated  in  the  Acquisition  Agreement  is  fair,  from  a
    financial  point of view, to such holders.  The full text of Wheat's written
    opinion, which sets  forth, among  other things,  assumptions made,  matters
    considered  and limitations on the review  undertaken, is attached hereto as
    Exhibit J and is incorporated herein by reference. Shareholders are urged to
    read the opinion in its entirety. Wheat's opinion is directed to the  Board,
    addresses  only the fairness of the  consideration to be received by holders
    of the Shares  from a  financial point  of view  and does  not constitute  a
    recommendation  to  any shareholder  as to  whether such  shareholder should
    accept the Offer and tender its Shares;
 
       (v) the  view  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  based  in  part  upon  the
           presentations of management and of Wheat to the Board of Directors on
    May  24 and again on  June 15, 1996, regarding  the likelihood of a superior
    offer arising;
 
       (vi)the  continuing  consolidation  in  the  rail  industry,  encouraging
           consolidation among suppliers, as well, to compete effectively;
 
       (vii)
           the  Company's long-term and short-term  prospects and capital needs,
           especially in  light  of  the developing  market  for  the  Company's
    automotive one-way clutch products;
 
       (viii)
            the provisions of the Acquisition Agreement, including the provision
           allowing  the Company to respond  to unsolicited inquiries concerning
    an acquisition of the Company, and  the provisions which permit the  Company
    to terminate the Acquisition Agreement upon payment to
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
    Purchaser  of a break-up fee  in the amount set  forth in the description of
    the Acquisition Agreement set forth in  Item 3(b)(2), in the event that  the
    Board   of  Directors   determines  to  withdraw   its  recommendation  that
    shareholders accept the Offer based on the Board of Directors' determination
    that such action  is necessary  to comply  with its  fiduciary duties  under
    applicable law;
 
       (ix)the  fact  that Varlen's  and the  Purchaser's obligations  under the
           Offer were not subject to any financing condition;
 
       (x) the familiarity of the Board of Directors with the business,  results
           of  operations, properties and financial condition of the Company and
    the nature of the industry in which it operates; and
 
       (xi)the Board of Directors' belief that the transactions contemplated  by
           the  Acquisition Agreement would result  in relatively few changes to
    the Company's  operations and  customer relationships,  and that  employment
    opportunities  within the combined companies would offer growth and security
    to the Company's employees.
 
    The foregoing discussion of the information and factors considered and given
weight by the Board of  Directors is not intended to  be exhaustive. In view  of
the  variety  of factors  considered in  connection with  its evaluation  of the
Acquisition Agreement and  the Offer,  the Board of  Directors did  not find  it
practicable  to, and did  not, quantify or otherwise  assign relative weights to
the specific  factors considered  in reaching  its determination.  In  addition,
individual members of the Board of Directors may have given different weights to
different factors.
 
ITEM 5. PERSONS RETAINED, EMPLOYED OR TO BE COMPENSATED.
 
    Pursuant to an engagement letter dated May 31, 1996, between the Company and
Wheat,  the  Company retained  Wheat to  render  certain financial  advisory and
investment banking  services  to  the  Company in  connection  with  a  possible
business  combination. Pursuant  to this  engagement, one  of the  services that
Wheat agreed to provide was a written opinion to the Board of the Company as  to
the  fairness  of  the consideration,  to  be  received by  shareholders  of the
Company, from a financial point of view in connection with the proposed sale  of
the  Company to Varlen. Pursuant to the Engagement Letter, the Company agreed to
pay Wheat a fee of $50,000 after the delivery of an oral opinion to the Board by
Wheat as to the fairness of the consideration to received in the transaction  by
the Company's shareholders, from a financial point of view; an additional fee of
$150,000  at the time  the opinion is included  in a proxy  statement or a 14D-9
recommendation to the shareholders; and an additional $150,000 payable upon  the
closing  of the transaction. In addition,  the Company agreed to reimburse Wheat
for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred (including reasonable legal  fees
and expenses) in performing its services under the Engagement Letter, whether or
not  the transaction is consummated or  the engagement terminates or expires. In
addition, the Company has agreed to indemnify Wheat and certain related  persons
against  certain liabilities  related to  or arising  out of  Wheat's engagement
under the Engagement Letter.
 
    In the ordinary course of business,  Wheat and its affiliates may trade  the
equity  securities of the Company for their  own account and for the accounts of
customers and, accordingly, may  at any time  hold a long  or short position  in
such  securities.  Wheat  has  in  the  past  provided  financial  advisory  and
investment banking services to the Company for which services they have received
customary fees.
 
    Wheat is  a nationally  recognized investment  banking firm  engaged in  the
evaluation  of businesses  and their securities  in connection  with mergers and
acquisitions, negotiated primary and secondary underwritings, private placements
and valuations for corporate and other  purposes. The Company selected Wheat  as
its  financial  advisor based  upon  its familiarity  with  the Company  and the
industry  in  which  the  Company  operates  and  its  experience,  ability  and
reputation with respect to mergers and acquisitions.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    Except  as disclosed herein or in the Offer to Purchase, neither the Company
nor any  person acting  on its  behalf currently  intends to  employ, retain  or
compensate any other person to make solicitations or recommendations to security
holders on its behalf concerning the Offer or the Merger.
 
ITEM 6. RECENT TRANSACTIONS AND INTENT WITH RESPECT TO SECURITIES.
 
    (a)  SHARE TRANSACTIONS IN LAST 60 DAYS. Except for exercises of outstanding
options, during the past 60 days,  no transactions in shares have been  effected
by  the  Company or,  to the  best of  the  Company's knowledge,  by any  of its
executive officers, directors, affiliates or subsidiaries.
 
    (b) INTENT TO TENDER.  To the best  of the Company's  knowledge, all of  the
Company's  executive officers and directors  (except those individuals who would
be subject to liability  therefor pursuant to  the short-swing profit  recapture
provisions  of Sections 16(b) of the Exchange  Act) have agreed to tender in the
Offer all shares that they now own.  As described above, Mr. Whitfield and  Mrs.
Kenny  and  members of  their families  have entered  into a  Shareholder Tender
Agreement pursuant to which such  shareholders have agreed, among other  things,
to validly tender (and not to withdraw, subject to the right not to tender or to
withdraw  in the event of  a superior offer) pursuant  to and in accordance with
the terms of the Offer, all shares owned by them on the date of the  Shareholder
Tender  Agreement, as well as  any Shares acquired after  such date and prior to
the termination of such agreement.
 
ITEM 7. CERTAIN NEGOTIATIONS AND TRANSACTIONS BY THE SUBJECT COMPANY.
 
    (a) CERTAIN  NEGOTIATIONS.  Except  as described  in  this  Schedule  14D-9,
including  as  set forth  in  the Offer  to Purchase,  to  the knowledge  of the
Company, no negotiation is being  undertaken or is under  way by the Company  in
response  to the Offer which relates to or would result in (i) any extraordinary
transaction, such as a  merger or reorganization, involving  the Company or  any
affiliate  or subsidiary of the Company, (ii)  a purchase, sale or transfer of a
material amount of assets by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (iii)
a tender offer for or  other acquisition of securities by  or of the Company  or
(iv) any material change in the present capitalization or dividend policy of the
Company.  Pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, however, and as described under
"No Solicitation." in Item  3(b)(2) above, the Company  may, subject to  certain
limitations,  take certain actions in respect of proposed transactions necessary
for the  directors  of  the  Company to  discharge  their  fiduciary  duties  to
shareholders under applicable law.
 
    (b)  CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS. Except as described in this Schedule 14D-9, there
are no  transactions,  board  resolutions, agreements  in  principle  or  signed
contracts  in response to  the Offer which relate  to or would  result in one or
more of the matters referred to in Item 7(a).
 
ITEM 8. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED
 
    None
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
ITEM 9. MATERIAL TO BE FILED AS EXHIBITS.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT                                                      DESCRIPTION
- ------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>
Exhibit A           Offer to Purchase dated June 20, 1996.*
Exhibit B           Letter of Transmittal.*
Exhibit C           Acquisition Agreement,  dated June  15, 1996,  by and  among Varlen,  the Purchaser  and  the
                    Company.
Exhibit D           Shareholder  Tender Agreement, dated June  15, 1996, by and  among Varlen, the Purchaser, the
                    Company and the parties identified therein.
Exhibit E(1)        Change in Control Agreement dated  as of March 22, 1996,  between the Company and Needham  B.
                    Whitfield.
Exhibit E(2)        Change  in Control Agreement  dated as of  March 22, 1996,  between the Company  and J. Craig
                    Rice.
Exhibit E(3)        Change in Control  Agreement dated as  of March 22,  1996, between the  Company and Jacob  M.
                    Feichtner.
Exhibit E(4)        Change  in Control Agreement  dated as of March  22, 1996, between the  Company and Howard J.
                    Bush.
Exhibit E(5)        Change in Control Agreement  dated as of March  22, 1996, between the  Company and Donald  E.
                    Fitzsimmons.
Exhibit F           Executive Retirement Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective March 22, 1996.
Exhibit G           Trust  Agreement for the Company's Executive Retirement Incentive Program dated as of May 31,
                    1996.
Exhibit H           1987 Restricted Stock Plan of the Company, as amended and restated effective March 22, 1996.
Exhibit I           1988 Stock Option Plan of the Company, as amended and restated effective March 22, 1996.
Exhibit J           Fairness opinion of Wheat dated June 15, 1996.**
Exhibit K           Joint Press Release of Varlen and the Company, dated June 17, 1996.
Exhibit L           Joint Press Release of Varlen and the Company, dated June 20, 1996.
Exhibit M           Letter dated June 20, 1996,  from the Company's Chairman and  Chief Executive Officer to  the
                    Company's shareholders.**
</TABLE>
 
        *  Included   in  the  Offer  to  Purchase  materials  sent  to  Company
           shareholders.
 
       **  Included  in   the  Schedule   14D-9   materials  sent   to   Company
           shareholders.
 
    After  reasonable inquiry  and to  the best  of my  knowledge and  belief, I
certify that the information set forth  in this statement is true, complete  and
correct.
 
Dated: June 20, 1996                       Brenco, Incorporated
 
                                        By _______/s/_Needham B. Whitfield______
                                            Needham B. Whitfield
                                            Chairman of the Board and
                                              Chief Executive Officer
 
                                       19

<PAGE>
                           OFFER TO PURCHASE FOR CASH
                     ALL OUTSTANDING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
 
                                       OF
 
                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED
 
                                       AT
 
                             $16.125 NET PER SHARE
 
                                       BY
 
                                   BAS, INC.
 
                          A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF
 
                               VARLEN CORPORATION
 
  THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY
         TIME, ON THURSDAY, JULY 18, 1996 UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.
 
    THE  BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF BRENCO, INCORPORATED HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE
OFFER, THE MERGER  (AS HEREINAFTER  DEFINED) AND THE  ACQUISITION AGREEMENT  (AS
HEREINAFTER DEFINED), HAS DETERMINED THAT THE TERMS OF THE OFFER, THE MERGER AND
THE  ACQUISITION  AGREEMENT  ARE  FAIR  TO AND  IN  THE  BEST  INTERESTS  OF THE
SHAREHOLDERS OF BRENCO, INCORPORATED AND RECOMMENDS THAT SHAREHOLDERS ACCEPT THE
OFFER AND TENDER THEIR SHARES (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED) PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
 
    THE OFFER  IS CONDITIONED  UPON,  AMONG OTHER  THINGS, THERE  BEING  VALIDLY
TENDERED AND NOT WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED)
A  NUMBER  OF SHARES  OF BRENCO,  INCORPORATED WHICH,  TOGETHER WITH  THE SHARES
BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY VARLEN CORPORATION, BAS, INC. AND/OR OTHER SUBSIDIARIES OF
VARLEN CORPORATION, REPRESENTS AT LEAST TWO-THIRDS OF THE TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES
THEN OUTSTANDING  ON  A  FULLY  DILUTED  BASIS.  THE  PURCHASER  ESTIMATES  THAT
APPROXIMATELY 6,639,627 SHARES WILL NEED TO BE VALIDLY TENDERED (AND NOT VALIDLY
WITHDRAWN) TO SATISFY THIS MINIMUM CONDITION (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED). THE OFFER
IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN OTHER CONDITIONS. SEE SECTIONS 1, 13 AND 16.
 
    VARLEN  CORPORATION  HAS ENTERED  INTO A  SHAREHOLDER TENDER  AGREEMENT WITH
CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS OF  BRENCO, INCORPORATED INCLUDING  THE CHAIRMAN AND  CHIEF
EXECUTIVE  OFFICER OF  BRENCO, INCORPORATED AND  CERTAIN MEMBERS  OF HIS FAMILY,
PURSUANT TO WHICH, AMONG OTHER THINGS, SUCH SHAREHOLDERS HAVE AGREED (SUBJECT TO
CERTAIN  EXCEPTIONS)  TO  TENDER  IN  THE  OFFER  APPROXIMATELY  20.7%  OF   ALL
OUTSTANDING SHARES.
                             ---------------------
 
                                   IMPORTANT
 
    ANY  SHAREHOLDER DESIRING TO  TENDER ALL OR A  PORTION OF SUCH SHAREHOLDER'S
SHARES SHOULD  EITHER (1)  COMPLETE AND  SIGN THE  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL (OR  A
FACSIMILE  THEREOF)  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  INSTRUCTIONS  IN  THE  LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL AND MAIL  OR DELIVER  THE LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL  TOGETHER WITH  THE
CERTIFICATE(S)  EVIDENCING SUCH SHARES, AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS, TO THE
DEPOSITARY OR  TENDER  SUCH SHARES  PURSUANT  TO THE  PROCEDURE  FOR  BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER  SET FORTH IN SECTION  4 OR (2) REQUEST  HIS BROKER, DEALER, COMMERCIAL
BANK, TRUST  COMPANY OR  OTHER NOMINEE  TO  EFFECT THE  TRANSACTION FOR  HIM.  A
SHAREHOLDER  WHOSE  SHARES  ARE REGISTERED  IN  THE  NAME OF  A  BROKER, DEALER,
COMMERCIAL BANK,  TRUST  COMPANY OR  OTHER  NOMINEE MUST  CONTACT  SUCH  BROKER,
DEALER,  COMMERCIAL BANK,  TRUST COMPANY  OR OTHER  NOMINEE IF  SUCH SHAREHOLDER
DESIRES TO TENDER SUCH SHARES.
 
    A  SHAREHOLDER  WHO  DESIRES  TO   TENDER  SHARES  AND  WHOSE   CERTIFICATES
REPRESENTING  SUCH SHARES  ARE NOT IMMEDIATELY  AVAILABLE, OR  WHO CANNOT COMPLY
WITH THE PROCEDURES FOR BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER  ON A TIMELY BASIS, MAY TENDER  SUCH
SHARES  BY FOLLOWING THE PROCEDURE FOR  GUARANTEED DELIVERY SET FORTH IN SECTION
4.
 
    QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS  FOR ASSISTANCE  MAY BE DIRECTED  TO THE  INFORMATION
AGENT  OR  TO THE  DEALER MANAGER  AT THEIR  RESPECTIVE ADDRESSES  AND TELEPHONE
NUMBERS SET FORTH ON THE BACK COVER OF THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE. ADDITIONAL COPIES
OF THIS OFFER TO PURCHASE, THE  LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, THE NOTICE OF  GUARANTEED
DELIVERY  AND OTHER RELATED MATERIALS MAY  BE DIRECTED TO THE INFORMATION AGENT,
THE DEALER MANAGER, OR TO BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS OR TRUST COMPANIES.
                             ---------------------
 
                      THE DEALER MANAGER FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
 
June 20, 1996
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                      PAGE
- -------                                                      -----
<C>      <S>                                                 <C>
INTRODUCTION...............................................     1
    1.   Terms of the Offer; Expiration Date...............     4
    2.   Acceptance of and Payment for Shares..............     4
    3.   Withdrawal Rights.................................     5
    4.   Procedures for Accepting the Offer and Tendering
          Shares...........................................     6
    5.   Certain Income Tax Consequences...................     8
    6.   Market Prices of Shares; Dividends................     9
    7.   Certain Effects of the Offer......................     9
    8.   Certain Information Concerning the Company........    10
    9.   Certain Information Concerning the Purchaser and
          Varlen...........................................    12
   10.   Background of the Offer...........................    14
   11.   Purpose of the Offer and the Merger; Plans for the    16
          Company; the Acquisition Agreement and
          Shareholder Tender Agreement.....................
   12.   Source and Amount of Funds........................    24
   13.   Certain Conditions of the Offer and the Merger....    25
   14.   Dividends and Distributions.......................    27
   15.   Certain Legal Matters.............................    28
   16.   Extension of Tender Period, Termination and
          Amendments.......................................    31
   17.   Certain Fees and Expenses.........................    32
   18.   Miscellaneous.....................................    33
Schedule A -- Directors and Executive Officers of Varlen
and the Purchaser..........................................   A-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
TO THE HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK OF BRENCO, INCORPORATED:
 
                                  INTRODUCTION
 
    BAS,  Inc.,  a Virginia  corporation (the  "Purchaser")  and a  wholly owned
subsidiary of  Varlen Corporation,  a  Delaware corporation  ("Varlen"),  hereby
offers  to purchase all outstanding shares of  the Common Stock, par value $1.00
per share (the "Shares"), of  Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation  (the
"Company"),  at  $16.125 per  Share,  net to  the  seller in  cash,  without any
interest, upon the terms and subject to  the conditions set forth in this  Offer
to  Purchase and in the related Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute
the "Offer"). Tendering shareholders will not be obligated to pay brokerage fees
or commissions  or, except  as  set forth  in Instruction  6  of the  Letter  of
Transmittal,  stock  transfer  taxes  with respect  to  the  purchase  of Shares
pursuant to the Offer. The Purchaser will pay charges and reimbursable  expenses
of Lehman Brothers Inc., which is acting as the Dealer Manager for the Offer (in
such capacity, the "Dealer Manager"), Harris Trust Company of New York, which is
acting  as the Depositary (the "Depositary") and D.F. King & Co., Inc., which is
acting  as  the  Information  Agent  (the  "Information  Agent"),  incurred   in
connection with the Offer.
 
    THE  BOARD OF DIRECTORS  OF THE COMPANY HAS  UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE OFFER,
THE MERGER AND THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT,  HAS DETERMINED THAT THE TERMS OF  THE
OFFER,  THE MERGER  AND THE ACQUISITION  AGREEMENT ARE  FAIR TO AND  IN THE BEST
INTERESTS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS  OF THE COMPANY  AND RECOMMENDS THAT  SHAREHOLDERS
ACCEPT THE OFFER AND TENDER THEIR SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
 
    THE  OFFER  IS CONDITIONED  UPON, AMONG  OTHER  THINGS, THERE  BEING VALIDLY
TENDERED AND NOT WITHDRAWN PRIOR  TO THE EXPIRATION DATE  A NUMBER OF SHARES  OF
THE  COMPANY WHICH, TOGETHER  WITH THE SHARES BENEFICIALLY  OWNED BY VARLEN, THE
PURCHASER AND/OR OTHER SUBSIDIARIES OF VARLEN, REPRESENTS AT LEAST TWO-THIRDS OF
THE TOTAL  NUMBER OF  SHARES THEN  OUTSTANDING  ON A  FULLY DILUTED  BASIS  (THE
"MINIMUM  CONDITION"). THE  OFFER IS  SUBJECT TO  CERTAIN OTHER  CONDITIONS. SEE
SECTIONS 1, 13 AND 16.
 
    Wheat, First  Securities, Inc.,  has  delivered to  the Company's  Board  of
Directors  its opinion that the consideration to be received by the shareholders
of the Company pursuant to the Offer and the Merger is fair to such shareholders
from a financial point of  view. The Purchaser has  been advised by the  Company
that  a copy  of such opinion  will be set  forth in  full as an  exhibit to the
Company's Solicitation/Recommendation Statement on Schedule 14D-9 (the "Schedule
14D-9") which is being distributed  to the Company's shareholders.  Shareholders
are  urged  to  read  the opinion  in  its  entirety for  a  description  of the
assumptions made, matters considered and limitations of the review undertaken by
Wheat, First Securities, Inc.
 
    The purpose of  the Offer is  to facilitate  the acquisition of  all of  the
outstanding  Shares and thereby  to enable Purchaser to  acquire control of, and
the entire equity interest in,  the Company. The Offer  will be followed by  the
Merger  which will  enable the Purchaser  to acquire all  outstanding Shares not
tendered and  purchased  pursuant to  the  Offer  or acquired  pursuant  to  the
Shareholder Tender Agreement (as hereinafter defined).
 
    The  Offer is being made  pursuant to an Acquisition  Agreement, dated as of
June 15, 1996 (the "Acquisition Agreement"), by and among Varlen, the  Purchaser
and  the  Company. Pursuant  to the  Acquisition Agreement,  and subject  to the
satisfaction or waiver of  the conditions set forth  therein, the Purchaser  has
agreed  to make the Offer  and purchase any and  all Shares validly tendered and
not withdrawn following the  later of (i) the  expiration or termination of  all
waiting  periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976,
as amended (the  "HSR Act"),  applicable to the  Offer and  (ii) the  Expiration
Date.  After the completion of the Offer,  the Purchaser will be merged with and
into the Company  (the "Merger")  and each  Share then  outstanding (other  than
Shares  held by Varlen,  the Purchaser or  any direct or  indirect subsidiary of
Varlen, the  Purchaser  or  the  Company,  and  Shares  with  respect  to  which
dissenter's  rights under  the Virginia Stock  Corporation Act,  as amended (the
"Virginia Act") are properly exercised) will be converted upon effectiveness  of
the
<PAGE>
Merger (the "Effective Time") into the right to receive $16.125 in cash, without
any  interest.  Following  the  consummation of  the  Merger,  the  Company will
continue as the surviving corporation and  will be a wholly owned subsidiary  of
Varlen.
 
    The  Acquisition Agreement provides  that, promptly upon  the acceptance for
payment of,  and payment  by the  Purchaser in  accordance with  the Offer  for,
Shares  constituting 50% or more of all  Shares then outstanding pursuant to the
Offer, and  from time  to time  thereafter, the  Purchaser will  be entitled  to
designate  such number of directors, rounded up to the next whole number, on the
Board of Directors of the Company  as will give the Purchaser representation  on
the  Board of Directors equal to at  least that number of directors which equals
the product  of  the  total  number  of directors  on  the  Board  of  Directors
multiplied  by the percentage that such number of Shares so accepted for payment
and paid for or owned  by Varlen or the Purchaser  bears to the total number  of
Shares  outstanding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the  Purchaser shall have the right
(in its discretion) to designate a  number of directors less than such  product;
AND PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that at all times prior to the Merger there shall
be at least two members of the Board of Directors of the Company selected by the
current  members of  such Board. In  the Acquisition Agreement,  the Company has
agreed to use its best efforts to cause the Purchaser's designees to be  elected
to  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  (including  mailing  to  the Company's
shareholders the  information  required  by  Section  14(f)  of  the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and  Rule  14f-1
promulgated thereunder) and  to use  its reasonable  best efforts  to cause  the
resignation  of  current directors,  and/or  an increase  in  the number  of the
Company's directors, as may be directed by Varlen and required to implement  the
foregoing.
 
    The  Merger is subject to the satisfaction of various conditions, including,
among other things,  approval by  the shareholders  of the  Company if  required
under  the Virginia Act. If the Purchaser acquires the number of Shares required
to satisfy the Minimum Condition, it will control two-thirds of the  outstanding
Shares  on  a  fully  diluted  basis.  Accordingly,  the  Purchaser  would  have
sufficient voting power to  approve the Merger at  a meeting of shareholders  to
vote  thereon. In the  event that as a  result of the Offer,  Varlen owns 90% or
more of the outstanding Shares, the Purchaser and Varlen would be able to effect
the Merger pursuant  to the  short form merger  provisions of  the Virginia  Act
without  any action by any other shareholder  of the Company, but subject to the
requirements of the  Virginia Act that  a copy of  the Acquisition Agreement  be
mailed  to shareholders and  to the applicable  dissenter's rights provisions of
the Virginia Act.
 
    In connection with the Merger, the Company has agreed that it shall take all
action necessary,  in accordance  with  the Virginia  Act  and its  charter  and
bylaws,  to convene a meeting of its  shareholders as promptly as practicable to
consider and vote upon the Merger (if and to the extent required by the Virginia
Act), and to not take any action  which would result in the affirmative vote  of
shareholders  required for approval of the  Merger to be greater than two-thirds
of the votes entitled to be cast. Unless in the written opinion of legal counsel
to the Company (the delivery of which shall be confirmed in writing to Varlen by
such counsel) any of  the following actions would  create a substantial risk  of
violating  the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors to the shareholders of
the Company, the  Company has  also agreed: (i)  that the  proxy or  information
statement  with respect  to any meeting  of the Company's  shareholders or other
corporate action  to approve  the Acquisition  Agreement and  the Merger,  shall
contain  the recommendation of  the Board of Directors  that the shareholders of
the Company vote to adopt and approve the Merger and the Acquisition  Agreement,
and (ii) if proxies are solicited, to use its reasonable best efforts to solicit
from its shareholders proxies in favor of such adoption and approval and to take
all  other action necessary or, in the reasonable judgment of Varlen, helpful to
secure the  vote or  consent of  shareholders required  by the  Virginia Act  to
effect  the Merger. At such meeting of  the shareholders of the Company, Varlen,
the Purchaser and their  direct and indirect subsidiaries  will vote all of  the
Shares then owned by any of them in favor of the Merger.
 
    Holders  of Shares may, in certain  circumstances, have a statutory right to
dissent from the Merger and  demand the "fair value"  of their Shares under  the
Virginia Act, provided they follow the
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
procedures  established by the Virginia Act  to exercise and perfect such right.
Any dissenting  shareholders will  have only  such rights  and privileges  as  a
shareholder  of the  Company as are  provided for under  Article 15 (DISSENTER'S
RIGHTS) of the Virginia Act. See Section 11.
 
    Simultaneously with entering into the Acquisition Agreement, Varlen  entered
into  a Shareholder Tender  Agreement (the "Shareholder  Tender Agreement") with
certain shareholders of  the Company (the  "Tendering Shareholders"),  including
Needham  B. Whitfield, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Anne
Whitfield Kenny (whose husband,  John C. Kenny, is  a director of the  Company),
and  certain members (and  trusts for the  benefit of members)  of their family.
Pursuant to the  Shareholder Tender  Agreement, each  Tendering Shareholder  has
agreed  to tender (subject to certain possible exceptions) pursuant to the Offer
and before the Expiration Date all of the Shares owned of record or beneficially
by such Tendering Shareholder (except for  50,000 Shares in the aggregate  which
may  be contributed to charity) on the date of the Shareholder Tender Agreement,
together with any Shares acquired by any such Tendering Shareholder prior to the
termination of the  Shareholder Tender  Agreement. As  of the  date hereof,  the
Tendering Shareholders beneficially own 2,108,343 Shares, or approximately 20.7%
of all outstanding Shares.
 
    The  Acquisition  Agreement and  the Shareholder  Tender Agreement  are more
fully described  in Section  11  of this  Offer  to Purchase.  Shareholders  are
encouraged  to read  that Section carefully,  together with all  other terms and
conditions of the Offer, before deciding whether to tender their Shares.
 
    According to the Company, on June 14, 1996 there were (i) 10,207,440  Shares
(including  62,576 restricted Shares issued pursuant to the Company's restricted
stock plan) outstanding, and (ii) 442,000 shares reserved for issuance upon  the
exercise  of outstanding stock  options issued pursuant  to Company stock option
plans. As  of  the date  of  this Offer  to  Purchase, a  subsidiary  of  Varlen
beneficially  owns 460,000 Shares. Based on the foregoing, the Minimum Condition
will be satisfied  if 6,639,627 Shares  are validly tendered  and not  withdrawn
prior to the Expiration Date.
 
    THE  OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT  12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK  CITY TIME, ON THURSDAY,
JULY 18, 1996, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.
 
    THE OFFER DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A SOLICITATION OF PROXIES FOR ANY MEETING. ANY
SUCH SOLICITATION WOULD BE MADE ONLY PURSUANT TO SEPARATE PROXY OR  SOLICITATION
MATERIALS  COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 14(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT,
AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    THIS OFFER  TO  PURCHASE  AND  THE RELATED  LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL  CONTAIN
IMPORTANT INFORMATION WHICH SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE ANY DECISION IS MADE
WITH RESPECT TO THE OFFER.
 
    1.   TERMS OF THE OFFER; EXPIRATION DATE.  Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set  forth in  the Offer  (including,  if the  Offer is  extended  or
amended,  the terms and conditions of any extension or amendment), the Purchaser
will accept for payment and will pay for any and all Shares validly tendered  on
or  prior to the Expiration Date and  not withdrawn in accordance with Section 3
of this Offer to Purchase. The term "Expiration Date" means 12:00 midnight,  New
York  City time, on Thursday,  July 18, 1996, unless  the Purchaser, in its sole
discretion, shall have extended the period of time for which the Offer is  open,
in which event the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest time and date at
which the Offer, as so extended by the Purchaser, shall expire. See Section 16.
 
    The  Offer  is  subject  to  certain conditions  set  forth  in  Section 13,
including  satisfaction  of  the  Minimum   Condition  and  the  expiration   or
termination  of the waiting period applicable  to the Purchaser's acquisition of
Shares pursuant  to  the Offer  under  the HSR  Act.  If any  condition  to  the
Purchaser's  obligation to purchase shares is not satisfied prior to the payment
for any such Shares, the  Purchaser may (i) terminate  the Offer and return  all
tendered Shares to tendering shareholders, (ii) extend the Offer and, subject to
withdrawal  rights as set forth  in Section 3, retain  all such Shares until the
expiration of the Offer as so extended, (iii) waive such condition and,  subject
to  any requirement to extend the period of time during which the Offer is open,
purchase all Shares validly tendered by  the Expiration Date and not  withdrawn,
or  (iv)  delay acceptance  for payment  of  or payment  for Shares,  subject to
applicable law, until satisfaction or waiver of the conditions of the Offer.
 
    The Acquisition Agreement provides that,  unless previously approved by  the
Company,  the Purchaser will not reduce the  price to be paid per Share pursuant
to the Offer, change the  form of consideration to be  paid in the Offer or  the
Merger,  increase  the  Minimum  Condition  or  amend  the  terms  of  the Offer
(including any of the conditions  set forth in Section 13)  in a manner that  is
materially  adverse  to  the  holders  of  Shares.  For  a  description  of  the
Purchaser's right to extend the period of  time during which the Offer is  open,
and to amend, delay or terminate the Offer, see Section 16.
 
    The  Company has provided the Purchaser  with the Company's shareholder list
and security position  listings for the  purpose of disseminating  the Offer  to
holders  of Shares. This Offer to Purchase and the related Letter of Transmittal
will be mailed to  record holders of  Shares and will  be furnished to  brokers,
dealers,  banks and similar persons whose names, or the names of whose nominees,
appear on the shareholder list or, if applicable, who are listed as participants
in a clearing agency's security position listing, for subsequent transmittal  to
beneficial owners of Shares.
 
    2.  ACCEPTANCE OF AND PAYMENT FOR SHARES.  Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions  of the Offer  (including, if the  Offer is extended  or amended, the
terms and conditions  of any such  extension or amendment),  the Purchaser  will
purchase, by accepting for payment, and will pay for, any and all Shares validly
tendered  and  not  withdrawn  following  the later  of  (i)  the  expiration or
termination of all waiting periods under the HSR Act that are applicable to  the
purchase  of Shares  pursuant to  the Offer,  and (ii)  the Expiration  Date. In
addition, the Purchaser expressly reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to
delay the acceptance of, or payment for, Shares in order to comply, in whole  or
in  part, with  any applicable law.  See Section  15. In all  cases, payment for
Shares purchased pursuant to the Offer will be made only after timely receipt by
the Depositary  of  certificates  for  such Shares  or  timely  confirmation  of
book-entry  transfer  (a  "Book-Entry  Confirmation") of  such  Shares  into the
Depositary's account  at  The  Depository  Trust  Company  or  the  Philadelphia
Depository   Trust  Company   (each,  a   "Book-Entry  Transfer   Facility"  and
collectively, the "Book-Entry Transfer  Facilities") pursuant to the  procedures
set  forth  in Section  4,  a properly  completed  and duly  executed  Letter of
Transmittal (or a  manually signed  facsimile thereof) and  any other  documents
required by the Letter of Transmittal.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
    For  purposes of the Offer,  the Purchaser shall be  deemed to have accepted
for payment  (and  thereby  purchased)  tendered Shares  as,  if  and  when  the
Purchaser  gives oral  or written  notice to  the Depositary  of the Purchaser's
acceptance of such Shares for payment pursuant to the Offer. Payment for  Shares
purchased  pursuant to the Offer  will be made by  deposit of the purchase price
with the Depositary, which will act as agent for tendering shareholders for  the
purpose  of receiving  payment from the  Purchaser and  transmitting payments to
tendering shareholders. The Purchaser will not, under any circumstances, pay any
interest on the purchase price, regardless of any delay in making such payment.
 
    If any  tendered Shares  are not  purchased  pursuant to  the Offer,  or  if
certificates  are submitted for more Shares  than are tendered, certificates for
such unpurchased  Shares will  be  returned, without  expense to  the  tendering
shareholder (or, in the case of book-entry transfer within a Book-Entry Transfer
Facility,  such Shares  will be  credited to  an account  maintained within such
Book-Entry Transfer Facility), as promptly  as practicable after the  expiration
or termination of the Offer.
 
    The  Purchaser  will pay  all  stock transfer  taxes,  if any,  payable with
respect to the transfer  to it of  Shares purchased pursuant  to the Offer.  If,
however,  payment  of  the  purchase  price  is  to  be  made  to,  or  (in  the
circumstances permitted by the Offer) if unpurchased Shares are to be registered
in the name  of, any person  other than  the registered holder,  or if  tendered
certificates  are registered  in the  name of any  person other  than the person
signing any  Letter of  Transmittal,  the amount  of  any stock  transfer  taxes
(whether  imposed  on the  registered holder  or such  other person)  payable on
account of such payment  or transfer to  such person will  be deducted from  the
purchase  price unless  satisfactory evidence of  the payment of  such taxes, or
exemption therefrom, is submitted.
 
    The Purchaser expressly reserves the right  to transfer or assign to  Varlen
or  to one or more of Varlen's  direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries the
right to purchase  all or any  portion of  the Shares tendered  pursuant to  the
Offer,  but no  such transfer  or assignment will  relieve the  Purchaser of its
obligations under the Offer or prejudice the rights of tendering shareholders to
receive payment for Shares validly tendered and accepted for payment pursuant to
the Offer.
 
    If, prior to the  Expiration Date, the Purchaser  shall decide, in its  sole
discretion,  to increase the  consideration offered to  shareholders pursuant to
the Offer, such increased consideration shall  be paid to all holders of  Shares
accepted for payment and paid for pursuant to the Offer.
 
    3.  WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS.  Tenders of Shares made pursuant to the Offer will be
irrevocable,  except that Shares tendered may be  withdrawn at any time prior to
the Expiration Date  and, unless previously  accepted for payment,  may also  be
withdrawn  after August 18, 1996. If the  Purchaser is delayed in its acceptance
or purchase of or payment for Shares or is unable to purchase or pay for  Shares
for any reason, then, without prejudice to the Purchaser's rights under Sections
1, 13 and 16, tendered Shares may be retained by the Depositary on behalf of the
Purchaser  and may not  be withdrawn except  as permitted by  this Section 3 and
subject to Rule 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act. See Section 16.
 
    For a withdrawal to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice
of withdrawal must be timely received by the Depositary at one of its  addresses
specified  on  the back  cover of  this Offer  to Purchase.  Any such  notice of
withdrawal must specify the  name of the  person who tendered  the Shares to  be
withdrawn,   the  number  of  Shares  to   be  withdrawn  and,  if  certificates
representing such  Shares have  been delivered  or otherwise  identified to  the
Depositary,  the name(s)  in which such  certificate(s) is  (are) registered, if
different from the  name of the  person tendering such  Shares. If  certificates
have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Depositary, then prior to the
physical  release  of such  certificates,  the tendering  shareholder  must also
submit the serial numbers shown  on the particular certificates evidencing  such
Shares  and the signature  on the notice  of withdrawal must  be guaranteed by a
member firm  of a  registered  national securities  exchange,  a member  of  the
National  Association of  Securities Dealers, Inc.,  a commercial  bank or trust
company having an office,  branch or agency  in the United  States or any  other
institution  that is a member of  the Medallion Signature Guaranty Program (each
being  referred   to   herein  as   an   "Eligible  Institution").   If   Shares
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
have  been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry tender as set forth
in Section  4,  the notice  of  withdrawal must  specify  the name  and  account
number(s) of the account(s) at the applicable Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be
credited with the withdrawn Shares, in which case a notice of withdrawal will be
effective  if delivered to the Depositary by any method of delivery described in
the first sentence of this paragraph. None of Varlen, the Purchaser, the  Dealer
Manager,  the  Depositary or  the Information  Agent will  be obligated  to give
notice of any defects or irregularities  in any notice of withdrawal, nor  shall
any  of  them incur  any  liability for  failure to  give  any such  notice. All
questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of notices  of
withdrawal  will be determined  by the Purchaser, in  its sole discretion, whose
determination shall be final and binding.
 
    Withdrawals of Shares tendered may not be rescinded, and any Shares properly
withdrawn will thereafter  be deemed not  validly tendered for  purposes of  the
Offer.  Withdrawn Shares,  however, may  be retendered  by following  one of the
procedures described in Section 4 at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
    4.  PROCEDURES FOR ACCEPTING THE OFFER AND TENDERING SHARES.
 
    VALID TENDER.   In order for  a holder  of Shares to  validly tender  Shares
pursuant  to  the  Offer,  a  properly completed  and  duly  executed  Letter of
Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof), together with any required
signature  guarantees  and  any  other  documents  required  by  the  Letter  of
Transmittal,  must be  received by  the Depositary at  one of  its addresses set
forth on the back cover of this Offer to Purchase, on or prior to the Expiration
Date. Either  (i) the  certificates for  such Shares  must be  delivered to  the
Depositary  or (ii) such Shares  must be tendered pursuant  to the procedure for
book-entry transfer  set  forth below  and  a Book-Entry  Confirmation  must  be
received  by the Depositary (including an Agent's Message (as defined below), if
the tendering shareholder has  not delivered a Letter  of Transmittal), in  each
case  on or prior to the Expiration  Date. Delivery of documents to a Book-Entry
Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to the Depositary. Alternatively,
the tendering shareholder may comply with the guaranteed delivery procedure  set
forth  below.  The  term "Agent's  Message"  means  a message  transmitted  by a
Book-Entry Transfer Facility  to and received  by the Depositary  and forming  a
part  of a Book-Entry  Confirmation, which states  that such Book-Entry Transfer
Facility has  received an  express  acknowledgement from  a participant  in  the
system  established by  such Book-Entry  Transfer Facility  tendering the Shares
which are the subject of such Book-Entry Confirmation that such participant  has
received  and agrees to be  bound by the terms of  the Letter of Transmittal and
that  the  Purchaser  may  enforce  such  Letter  of  Transmittal  against  such
participant.
 
    BOOK-ENTRY  TRANSFER.  The Depositary will establish an account with respect
to the Shares  at each Book-Entry  Transfer Facility for  purposes of the  Offer
within  two business  days after  the date  of this  Offer to  Purchase, and any
financial institution that is a participant in a Book-Entry Transfer  Facility's
system  may make  book-entry transfer  of the  Shares by  causing the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility  to transfer  such  Shares into  the Depositary's  account  in
accordance with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedure for such transfer.
Even  if delivery of Shares  is to be effected  through book-entry transfer at a
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, the  Letter of Transmittal  (or a manually  signed
facsimile  thereof) along with  any required signature  guarantees and any other
required documents, or an Agent's Message,  must be transmitted to and  received
by  the Depositary at one of  its addresses set forth on  the back cover page of
this Offer to Purchase on  or prior to the  Expiration Date, or the  shareholder
must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth below.
 
    SIGNATURE  GUARANTEES.    If the  Letter  of  Transmittal is  signed  by the
registered holder of  the Shares tendered  therewith and payment  is to be  made
directly to such registered holder, or if Shares are tendered for the account of
an Eligible Institution, no signature guarantee is required. In all other cases,
signatures  on  the Letter  of  Transmittal must  be  guaranteed by  an Eligible
Institution. If certificates are registered in  the name of a person other  than
the  signer  of the  Letter  of Transmittal,  or  if payment  is  to be  made or
certificates for  Shares not  accepted for  payment or  not tendered  are to  be
returned to a person other than the registered holder, then certificates must be
endorsed or
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
accompanied  by appropriate stock  powers, in either case  signed exactly as the
name or the names of the registered owner or owners appear on certificates, with
the signature(s) on the  certificates or stock  powers guaranteed as  aforesaid.
See Instructions 1 and 5 of the Letter of Transmittal.
 
    GUARANTEED  DELIVERY.  If a shareholder desires to tender Shares pursuant to
the Offer and such holder's certificates are not immediately available, or  time
will  not permit all required  documents to reach the  Depositary on or prior to
the Expiration  Date,  or  the  procedure  for  book-entry  transfer  cannot  be
completed  on a timely basis, such Shares may nevertheless be tendered if all of
the following conditions are met:
 
        (i) such tenders are made by or through an Eligible Institution;
 
        (ii) a  properly  completed  and  duly  executed  Notice  of  Guaranteed
    Delivery  substantially in the form provided by the Purchaser is received by
    the Depositary as provided below by the Expiration Date; and
 
       (iii) the  certificates  for  all  tendered Shares  in  proper  form  for
    transfer  (or a Book-Entry Confirmation), together with a properly completed
    and duly  executed Letter  of Transmittal  (or a  manually signed  facsimile
    thereof)  with  any required  signature  guarantee and  any  other documents
    required by the Letter of Transmittal,  or an Agent's Message, are  received
    by  the Depositary within three  National Association of Securities Dealers,
    Inc. Automated Quotation System trading days after the date of execution  of
    such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
    The  Notice  of Guaranteed  Delivery may  be  delivered by  hand, or  may be
transmitted by facsimile transmission,  or by mail, to  the Depositary and  must
include  a guarantee  by an Eligible  Institution in  the form set  forth in the
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
    In all cases,  payment for  Shares tendered  and purchased  pursuant to  the
Offer  will be made only after timely  receipt by the Depositary of certificates
for such Shares (or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation), a properly completed  and
duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof) and
any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal.
 
    OTHER  REQUIREMENTS.   By  executing a  Letter of  Transmittal as  set forth
above, a tendering shareholder irrevocably  appoints designees of the  Purchaser
as  his proxies, in  the manner set forth  in the Letter  of Transmittal, to the
full extent of such shareholder's rights with respect to the Shares tendered  by
such  shareholder and purchased by  the Purchaser (and any  and all other Shares
and other securities issued or issuable in respect thereof on or after June  15,
1996)  prior  to the  time of  any shareholder  vote or  other action.  All such
proxies shall  be irrevocable  and  coupled with  an  interest in  the  tendered
Shares.  Such appointment will be  effective when, and only  to the extent that,
the Purchaser accepts such Shares for payment. Upon such appointment, all  prior
proxies given by such shareholder with respect to such purchased Shares or other
securities will be revoked and no subsequent proxies may be given. The designees
of  the Purchaser  will, with  respect to such  Shares and  other securities, be
empowered to exercise all voting and  other rights of such shareholder as  they,
in  their sole discretion, may  deem proper at any  annual, special or adjourned
meeting of  the Company's  shareholders, by  written consent  or otherwise.  The
Purchaser  reserves the right to require that, in order for Shares to be validly
tendered, immediately  upon  the acceptance  for  payment of  such  Shares,  the
Purchaser  be able  to exercise  full voting  and other  rights of  a record and
beneficial holder, including  rights in  respect of acting  by written  consent,
with  respect to  such Shares  (and any  and all  other securities  as set forth
above).
 
    THE METHOD  OF  DELIVERY OF  ALL  DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING  DELIVERY  THROUGH  A
BOOK-ENTRY  TRANSFER  FACILITY, IS  AT THE  ELECTION AND  RISK OF  THE TENDERING
SHAREHOLDER. IF  DELIVERY IS  TO BE  BY MAIL,  INSURED REGISTERED  MAIL,  RETURN
RECEIPT  REQUESTED  IS  RECOMMENDED.  AMPLE  TIME  SHOULD  BE  ALLOWED  FOR SUCH
DOCUMENTS TO REACH THE DEPOSITARY. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THIS  SECTION
4, DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE DEPOSITARY.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
    BACK-UP  FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING.  Under the federal income tax laws,
the Depositary will be required  to withhold 31% of  the amount of any  payments
made  to  certain shareholders  pursuant to  the Offer.  To prevent  such backup
federal  income  tax  withholding,  each  such  shareholder  must  provide   the
Depositary with his correct taxpayer identification number and certify that such
shareholder  is  not  subject  to  such  backup  withholding  by  completing the
Substitute Form W-9 included in the Letter of Transmittal.
 
    DETERMINATION OF  VALIDITY.    All  questions  as  to  the  validity,  form,
eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for payment of any tender
of  Shares  will  be determined  by  the  Purchaser and  Varlen,  in  their sole
discretion, whose determination  will be  final and binding.  The Purchaser  and
Varlen  reserve the absolute  right to reject  any or all  tenders determined by
them not to be in proper form or the acceptance of or payment for which may,  in
the  opinion of the  Purchaser's counsel, be unlawful.  The Purchaser and Varlen
also reserve the absolute right to waive  any of the conditions of the Offer  or
any defect in any tender with respect to any particular Shares or any particular
shareholder.  No tender of Shares will be deemed to have been validly made until
all defects and irregularities relating thereto have been cured or waived.  None
of  Varlen, the Purchaser, the Dealer Manager, the Depositary or the Information
Agent will  be obligated  to give  notice of  any defects  or irregularities  in
tenders,  nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such
notice. The Purchaser's and Varlen's interpretation of the terms and  conditions
of the Offer (including the Letter of Transmittal and instructions thereto) will
be final and binding.
 
    5.    CERTAIN INCOME  TAX  CONSEQUENCES.   The  receipt of  cash  for Shares
pursuant to the Offer or for Shares  pursuant to the Merger will be taxable  for
federal  income tax purposes  and may be taxable  under applicable state, local,
foreign and  other tax  laws. The  tax  consequences of  such receipt  may  vary
depending  upon,  among  other  things,  the  particular  circumstances  of  the
shareholder. In general, a shareholder will recognize gain or loss equal to  the
difference between the amount of cash received and his tax basis for his Shares.
Such  gain or  loss will generally  be capital  gain or loss  provided that such
shareholder held his Shares  as a capital asset,  and will be long-term  capital
gain  or loss if, on the  date of sale, such Shares  were held for more than one
year. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be short-term capital gain or loss.
 
    The foregoing  may not  be  applicable to  shareholders who  acquired  their
Shares  pursuant  to the  exercise  of employee  stock  options or  otherwise as
compensation or who are not  citizens or residents of  the United States or  who
are  otherwise subject to special tax  treatment under the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (such as  life insurance companies, tax exempt entities  and
regulated investment companies).
 
    THE  FEDERAL INCOME TAX  DISCUSSION SET FORTH ABOVE  IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL
INFORMATION ONLY. EACH SHAREHOLDER IS URGED  TO CONSULT HIS OWN TAX ADVISORS  TO
DETERMINE  PARTICULAR  TAX CONSEQUENCES  OF  THE OFFER  AND  THE MERGER  TO SUCH
SHAREHOLDER, INCLUDING THE EFFECT AND APPLICABILITY OF STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND
OTHER TAX LAWS.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    6.   MARKET PRICES  OF SHARES;  DIVIDENDS.   The Shares  are traded  in  the
over-the-counter  market, under the symbol "BREN."  The Shares are quoted in the
National Association of  Securities Dealers, Inc.  ("NASD") Automated  Quotation
System  ("NASDAQ") National Market  System. The following  table sets forth, for
the calendar periods  shown, the  range of  high and  low sales  prices for  the
Shares  as quoted in the NASDAQ National Market System for such periods, in each
case as reported by published financial  sources, and the cash dividend paid  by
the  Company for  each such  quarter. NASDAQ  National Market  System quotations
reflect inter-dealer prices,  without retail mark-up,  mark-down or  commission,
and do not necessarily reflect actual transactions.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          QUARTERLY
                                                     HIGH       LOW       DIVIDEND
                                                   --------   --------   -----------
<S>      <C>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
  1st    Quarter.................................  $12 1/2    $ 8 1/4     $     .05
  2nd    Quarter.................................   13 1/4      9 1/8           .05
  3rd    Quarter.................................   14         11 1/2           .06
  4th    Quarter.................................   13 1/4     11 1/4           .06
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
  1st    Quarter.................................  $13        $10 5/8     $     .06
  2nd    Quarter.................................   14 1/4     12               .07
  3rd    Quarter.................................   12 5/8      9 3/16          .07
  4th    Quarter.................................   12         10 1/8           .07
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1996
  1st    Quarter.................................  $12 13/16  $ 9         $     .07
  2nd    Quarter (through June 19, 1996).........   16 1/4     12 1/8        --
</TABLE>
 
    On  June 14, 1996, the last full day of trading prior to the announcement of
the Purchaser's intention to  make the Offer, the  last reported sale price  for
the  Shares, as reported  in the NASDAQ  National Market System,  was $12.25 per
Share, according to published sources. SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO OBTAIN  CURRENT
MARKET QUOTATIONS FOR THE SHARES.
 
    7.   CERTAIN EFFECTS OF  THE OFFER.  The purchase  of Shares pursuant to the
Offer will reduce the number of  Shares that might otherwise trade publicly  and
may  also be expected to reduce the number of holders of Shares. Such reductions
could adversely affect the  liquidity and market value  of the remaining  Shares
held by the public.
 
    NASDAQ  QUOTATION.  Depending on the  number of Shares purchased pursuant to
the Offer,  the Shares  may no  longer meet  the requirements  of the  NASD  for
continued inclusion in the NASDAQ National Market System (the top tier market of
The  NASDAQ Stock Market),  which require that  an issuer have  at least 200,000
publicly held shares, held by at  least 400 shareholders or 300 shareholders  of
round  lots, with a market value of  $1,000,000, and have net tangible assets of
at least either $1,000,000, $2,000,000 or $4,000,000, depending on profitability
levels during the issuer's four most recent fiscal years. If these standards are
not met, the  Shares might nevertheless  continue to be  included in the  NASD's
NASDAQ  Stock Market, with quotations published  in the NASDAQ "additional list"
or in one of the "local lists", but if the number of holders of the Shares  were
to  fall below 300, or if the number  of publicly held Shares were to fall below
100,000 or there were not at least  two registered and active market makers  for
the  Shares,  the  NASD's rules  provide  that  the Shares  would  no  longer be
"qualified"  for  NASDAQ  reporting  and  NASDAQ  would  cease  to  provide  any
quotations.  Shares  held  directly  or  indirectly  by  directors,  officers or
beneficial owners of more  than 10% of  the Shares are  not considered as  being
publicly  held  for this  purpose. If,  as a  result of  the purchase  of Shares
pursuant to the Offer, the  Shares no longer meet  the requirements of the  NASD
for continued inclusion in The NASDAQ Stock Market or the NASDAQ National Market
System, as the case may be, the market for Shares could be adversely affected.
 
    In the event that the Shares no longer meet the requirements of the NASD for
quotation  through NASDAQ and  the Shares are  no longer included  in The NASDAQ
Stock Market, it  is possible that  the Shares  would continue to  trade in  the
over-the-counter market and that price quotations would be
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
reported  by other sources. The  extent of the public  market for the Shares and
the availability of such  quotations would, however, depend  upon the number  of
holders  of Shares remaining at such time, the interests in maintaining a market
in Shares  on  the  part  of  securities  firms,  the  possible  termination  of
registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act, as described below, and other
factors.  The Purchaser  has been advised  by the  Company that, as  of June 15,
1996, there were approximately 1,951 record holders of Shares.
 
    EXCHANGE ACT REGISTRATION.   The Shares are  currently registered under  the
Exchange  Act.  Such  registration may  be  terminated upon  application  of the
Company to  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission") if  the
Shares are not listed on a national securities exchange and there are fewer than
300  record holders of  Shares. Termination of registration  of the Shares under
the Exchange  Act would  substantially  reduce the  information required  to  be
furnished  by the Company to its shareholders  and the Commission and would make
certain provisions of the Exchange Act (such as the short-swing profit  recovery
provisions  of  Section  16(b) and  the  requirement  of furnishing  a  proxy or
information statement  in connection  with  shareholders' meetings  pursuant  to
Section  14(a) or (c) and the related requirement of an annual report) no longer
applicable to  the Company.  Furthermore,  the ability  of "affiliates"  of  the
Company and persons holding "restricted securities" of the Company to dispose of
such  securities  pursuant  to  Rule  144 or  Rule  144A  promulgated  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be impaired or, with respect to  certain
persons,  eliminated. If,  as a  result of  purchases pursuant  to the  Offer or
otherwise, the Company  is no longer  required to maintain  registration of  the
Shares  under the Exchange  Act, the Purchaser  intends to cause  the Company to
apply for termination of such registration. See Section 11.
 
    MARGIN REGULATIONS.  The Shares are presently "margin securities" under  the
rules  of the  Board of  Governors of the  Federal Reserve  System (the "Federal
Reserve Board"), which has the effect,  among other things, of allowing  brokers
to extend credit on the collateral of such securities for the purpose of buying,
carrying  or  trading in  securities ("Purpose  Loans"). In  the event  that the
Shares were no longer quoted in the NASDAQ National Market System (which depends
on factors such as the number of holders of the Shares and the number and market
value of publicly-held Shares (see NASDAQ QUOTATION above)), the Shares would no
longer constitute  "margin  securities"  for purposes  of  the  Federal  Reserve
Board's margin regulations and, therefore, could no longer be used as collateral
for  Purpose Loans made by  brokers. In addition, if  registration of the Shares
under the Exchange Act  were terminated, the Shares  would no longer  constitute
"margin securities."
 
    RULE  13E-3.  The Commission has adopted  Rule 13e-3 under the Exchange Act,
which is applicable to certain "going private" transactions and which may  under
certain  circumstances  be  applicable  to  the  Merger  or  other  transactions
following the purchase of  Shares pursuant to the  Offer in which the  Purchaser
seeks  to acquire the remaining shares not held by it. However, Rule 13e-3 would
be inapplicable if (i) the Shares are deregistered under the Exchange Act  prior
to  the Merger  or other  transactions or  (ii) the  Merger or  another business
combination is consummated  within one  year after  the purchase  of the  Shares
pursuant  to the Offer and the amount paid  per Share for each class of Share in
the Merger or other business  combination is at least  equal to the amount  paid
per  Share  for such  class of  Share in  the Offer.  If applicable,  Rule 13e-3
requires, among other things, that certain financial information concerning  the
fairness  of the proposed transaction and  the consideration offered to minority
shareholders in such transaction be filed  with the Commission and disclosed  to
shareholders prior to the consummation of the transaction.
 
    8.   CERTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING THE COMPANY.   The Company is a Virginia
corporation with  its  principal executive  offices  located at  One  Park  West
Circle,  Midlothian,  Virginia  23113, telephone  (804)  794-1436.  According to
information filed by the Company with  the Commission, the Company is  primarily
engaged  in  the  manufacture,  sale  and  servicing  of  roller  bearings;  the
manufacture and  sale  of automotive  forgings;  the provision  of  third  party
railcar switching services; and the operation of short-line railroads.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    Set  forth below is a summary of certain selected financial information with
respect to the Company and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended  December
31,  1995,  December 31,  1994 and  December  31, 1993  and for  the three-month
periods ended March 31,  1996 and March  31, 1995, which  has been excerpted  or
derived  from  the audited  consolidated financial  statements contained  in the
Company's Annual Reports on  Form 10-K for the  fiscal years ended December  31,
1995 and December 31, 1994, and from unaudited consolidated financial statements
contained  in the Company's Quarterly Report on  Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 1996.  More comprehensive  financial information is  included in  such
reports  and other documents filed  by the Company with  the Commission, and the
following summary is qualified  in its entirety by  reference to such  documents
and all of the financial statements and related notes contained therein.
 
                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED
                         SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           MARCH 31,          FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      --------------------  -----------------------------------
                                                        1996       1995        1995         1994        1993
                                                      ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net sales.........................................  $  32,875  $  35,232  $   127,139  $   117,897  $  98,724
  Costs and expenses................................     28,825     29,224      110,177      102,727     89,413
  Interest expense..................................        178        214          723          799        741
  Income before income taxes........................      4,123      5,979       16,909       14,555      6,893
  Net income........................................      2,571      3,640       10,660        8,802      4,241
  Earnings per share:
    Net income per share............................        .25        .36         1.05          .88        .43
    Average shares outstanding......................     10,189     10,102       10,135       10,050      9,942
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Current assets....................................  $  56,780  $  49,171  $    49,520  $    41,968  $  36,900
  Total assets......................................     93,041     84,743       86,278       76,569     69,629
  Current liabilities...............................     11,962     12,297        8,438        7,530      8,312
  Long-term debt....................................      8,184      9,540        8,212        9,567     10,000
  Shareholders' equity..............................     66,134     58,777       63,999       55,498     48,289
</TABLE>
 
    CERTAIN  COMPANY  PROJECTIONS.    Prior  to  entering  into  the Acquisition
Agreement, Varlen  conducted  a due  diligence  review  of the  Company  and  in
connection  with such review received  certain non-public business and financial
information from  the  Company including  summary  business plans  comprised  of
income,  balance sheet  and cash  flow statements,  financial plans  and certain
historical data  detailing sales,  costs and  expenses and  balance sheet  data.
Certain  projected information included in the non-public business and financial
records of the  Company included  that (i)  net sales  for the  Company for  the
fiscal  years ending December 31, 1996  through 1998 would be approximately $125
million, $124 million and $130 million, respectively and (ii) net income for the
Company for the  fiscal years  ending December 31,  1996 through  1998 would  be
approximately  $9.6 million, $9.7 million  and $10.3 million, respectively. None
of the  assumptions which  form the  basis for  the projected  information  give
effect  to  the Offer,  the Merger  or  the financing  thereof or  the potential
combined operations  of  Varlen  and  the Company  after  consummation  of  such
transactions.
 
    THE  COMPANY  HAS  ADVISED THAT  THE  ABOVE PROJECTIONS  AND  FORECASTS WERE
PREPARED FOR INTERNAL PURPOSES ONLY, WERE NOT PREPARED WITH A VIEW TO COMPLIANCE
WITH THE  COMMISSION'S PUBLISHED  GUIDELINES FOR  DISCLOSURE OF  FORWARD-LOOKING
INFORMATION OR THE GUIDELINES ESTABLISHED BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED
PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS  REGARDING PROJECTIONS,  AND  WERE NOT  INTENDED  FOR PUBLIC
DISSEMINATION. THE FOREGOING PROJECTIONS AND FORECASTS ARE NECESSARILY BASED  ON
ASSUMPTIONS AS TO FACTS WHICH ARE NOT WITHIN THE COMPANY'S CONTROL. NO ASSURANCE
CAN   BE  GIVEN   THAT  SUCH   PROJECTIONS  OR   FORECASTS  WILL   PROVE  TO  BE
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
ACCURATE TO ANY EXTENT AND NONE OF VARLEN, THE PURCHASER, THE COMPANY OR ANY  OF
THEIR  RESPECTIVE  ADVISORS OR  ANY OTHER  PARTY  WHO RECEIVED  SUCH INFORMATION
ASSUMES ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR  THE ACCURACY OF  SUCH PROJECTIONS OR  FORECASTS.
VARLEN  AND THE  PURCHASER HAVE INCLUDED  SUCH PROJECTIONS  AND FORECASTS HEREIN
ONLY BECAUSE VARLEN WAS PROVIDED THEM PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THE  ACQUISITION
AGREEMENT.  ALTHOUGH PRESENTED WITH NUMERICAL SPECIFICITY, THESE PROJECTIONS AND
FORECASTS ARE BASED UPON A VARIETY OF ASSUMPTIONS RELATING TO THE BUSINESSES  OF
THE   COMPANY  WHICH  MAY  NOT  BE  REALIZED  AND  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  SIGNIFICANT
UNCERTAINTIES AND CONTINGENCIES,  MANY OF WHICH  ARE BEYOND THE  CONTROL OF  THE
COMPANY.  THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT THE PROJECTIONS AND FORECASTS SET FORTH
ABOVE WILL BE REALIZED, AND ACTUAL RESULTS MAY VARY MATERIALLY FROM THOSE SHOWN.
THE PROJECTIONS  AND  FORECASTS  HAVE  NOT BEEN  EXAMINED  OR  COMPILED  BY  THE
COMPANY'S  INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS. THE INCLUSION OF SUCH PROJECTIONS AND
FORECASTS HEREIN  SHOULD NOT  BE  REGARDED AS  AN  INDICATION THAT  VARLEN,  THE
PURCHASER,  THE COMPANY, ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE ADVISORS OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO
RECEIVED SUCH INFORMATION CONSIDERS IT AN ACCURATE PREDICTION OF FUTURE EVENTS.
 
    Except where  otherwise  stated,  the  information  concerning  the  Company
contained in this Offer to Purchase or incorporated herein by reference has been
taken  from or based upon publicly-available  documents and records on file with
the Commission and other public sources or was provided by the Company. Although
the Purchaser has no knowledge that would indicate that any statements contained
herein based on such  documents and records are  untrue, neither Varlen nor  the
Purchaser  can  take  responsibility for  the  accuracy or  completeness  of the
information contained in such documents and  records, or for any failure by  the
Company   to  disclose  events  which  may  have  occurred  or  may  affect  the
significance or accuracy of any such information which are unknown to Varlen  or
the Purchaser.
 
    The  Company is subject to the information and reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act and in accordance therewith is obligated to file reports and  other
information  with the Commission  relating to its  business, financial condition
and other matters. Information, as of particular dates, concerning the Company's
business, principal  physical properties,  capital structure,  material  pending
legal   proceedings,  operating  results,  financial  condition,  the  Company's
directors and officers, their remuneration,  stock options and restricted  stock
granted to them, the principal holders of the Company's securities, any material
interests of such persons in transactions with the Company and other matters, is
required  to be disclosed in proxy  statements and annual reports distributed to
the Company's shareholders and  filed with the  Commission. Such reports,  proxy
statements  and other  information may be  inspected at  the Commission's public
reference facilities  at 450  Fifth Street,  N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549,  and
should also be available for inspection at the following regional offices of the
Commission:  7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048; and 500
West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago, Illinois  60661; and  copies may  be
obtained,  by  mail,  for prescribed  rates  from  the principal  office  of the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Such  information
should  also be  available for inspection  at the offices  of NASDAQ Operations,
1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
 
    9.  CERTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING THE PURCHASER AND VARLEN.  The  Purchaser
is  a newly incorporated  Virginia corporation and a  wholly owned subsidiary of
Varlen. To date, the Purchaser has engaged in no activities other than those  in
connection  with the Offer. The principal executive offices of the Purchaser and
Varlen are located at 55 Shuman Boulevard, P.O. Box 3089, Naperville,  Illinois,
60566-7089, telephone (708) 420-0400.
 
    The  name, business  address, citizenship,  present principal  employment or
occupation and  employment  history for  the  past five  years  of each  of  the
directors  and executive officers of  the Purchaser and Varlen  are set forth in
Schedule A to this Offer to Purchase.
 
    Varlen, a Delaware corporation, was formed in 1969. Varlen is a manufacturer
of (i) aluminum permanent  mold and die castings  and structural molded  plastic
components   for  trucks  and   trailers;  (ii)  components   for  railcars  and
locomotives; (iii) remanufactured crankshafts  and camshafts and railroad  track
fastener  systems; (iv) automatic transmission  reaction plates, steering column
and
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
transmission  components,  seat  frame  brackets  and  precision  stamped  metal
components  and  weldments for  cars and  light trucks;  and (v)  instruments to
improve yield, certify products and  monitor regulatory standards for  petroleum
products.
 
    Except  as  set  forth in  this  paragraph  or elsewhere  in  this  Offer to
Purchase, and except for  460,000 shares beneficially owned  by a subsidiary  of
Varlen,  neither the Purchaser nor  Varlen nor, to the  best of their knowledge,
any of the persons  listed in Schedule  A hereto nor  any associate or  majority
owned  subsidiary of any of  the foregoing, beneficially owns  or has a right to
acquire any  equity securities  of the  Company and  neither the  Purchaser  nor
Varlen  nor, to  the best  of their  knowledge, any  of the  persons or entities
referred to above, nor any director,  executive officer or subsidiary of any  of
the foregoing, has effected any transaction in such equity securities during the
past 60 days.
 
    Except  as set forth  in this Offer  to Purchase, neither  the Purchaser nor
Varlen nor, to the best of the knowledge of Varlen and the Purchaser, any of the
persons  listed  in   Schedule  A   hereto,  has   any  contract,   arrangement,
understanding  or  relationship (whether  or not  legally enforceable)  with any
other person with respect to any  securities of the Company, including, but  not
limited  to, any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship concerning
the transfer or the voting  of any of such  securities, joint ventures, loan  or
option  arrangements,  puts or  calls, guarantees  of loans,  guarantees against
loss, or the giving or withholding of proxies. Except as set forth in this Offer
to Purchase, there  have been  no contacts, negotiations  or transactions  which
have  occurred since January 1,  1993, between Varlen, the  Purchaser, or any of
Varlen's other subsidiaries or, to the best  of the knowledge of Varlen and  the
Purchaser,  any of the persons listed in Schedule A hereto, on the one hand, and
the Company  or  its  affiliates,  on the  other  hand,  concerning:  a  merger,
consolidation or acquisition; a tender offer or other acquisition of securities;
an  election of directors; or  a sale or other transfer  of a material amount of
assets. Except as described in this Offer to Purchase, neither the Purchaser nor
Varlen nor, to the best of the knowledge of Varlen and the Purchaser, any of the
persons listed  in  Schedule  A  hereto,  has since  January  1,  1993  had  any
transaction  with the  Company or  any of  its executive  officers, directors or
affiliates which would require disclosure under the rules and regulations of the
Commission applicable to the Offer.
 
    Except as set forth in this Offer  to Purchase, during the last five  years,
neither the Purchaser nor Varlen nor, to the best of the knowledge of Varlen and
the Purchaser, any of the persons listed on Schedule A (i) has been convicted in
a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and similar misdemeanors) or
(ii)  was a party to a civil proceeding  of a judicial or administrative body of
competent jurisdiction and as a result of such proceeding was or is subject to a
judgment, decree or final order  enjoining future violations of, or  prohibiting
activities subject to, Federal or state securities laws or finding any violation
of such laws.
 
    Until  immediately  prior to  the time  the  Purchaser purchases  the Shares
pursuant to the Offer, it  is not anticipated that  the Purchaser will have  any
significant  assets  or liabilities  or engage  in  activities other  than those
incident to its formation and  capitalization and the transactions  contemplated
by  the  Offer. Because  the Purchaser  is  a newly  formed corporation  and has
minimal assets and capitalization, no meaningful financial information regarding
the Purchaser is available.
 
    Varlen is  subject to  the  information and  reporting requirements  of  the
Exchange  Act and  in accordance therewith  is obligated to  file reports, proxy
statements and other information with  the Commission relating to its  business,
financial  condition  and other  matters. Information,  as of  particular dates,
concerning Varlen's business, principal physical properties, capital  structure,
material  pending  legal  proceedings, operating  results,  financial condition,
directors and executive officers, their  remuneration, stock options granted  to
them,  the principal holders of Varlen's securities and any material interest of
such persons in  transactions with Varlen  and other matters  is required to  be
disclosed  in  proxy  statements  and  annual  reports  distributed  to Varlen's
stockholders and filed with the  Commission. Such reports, proxy statements  and
other information may be examined, and copies
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
may  be obtained from the  Commission in the same manner  set forth in Section 8
with respect to information concerning the Company. Such information should also
be available for  inspection at  the offices of  the NASDAQ  Operations, 1735  K
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
 
    Set  forth below is  a summary of certain  selected financial information of
Varlen and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended January 31, 1996, January
31, 1995 and January 31, 1994 and for the three-month periods ended May 4,  1996
and  April  29, 1995,  which  has been  excerpted  or derived  from  the audited
consolidated financial statements  contained in Varlen's  Annual Report on  Form
10-K  for the fiscal years ended January 31,  1996 and January 31, 1995 and from
unaudited financial information contained in  the Company's Quarterly Report  on
Form  10-Q  for the  quarter  ended May  4,  1996. More  comprehensive financial
information is included in such reports and other documents filed by Varlen with
the Commission,  and the  following  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety  by
reference to such document and all of the financial statements and related notes
contained therein.
 
                               VARLEN CORPORATION
                         SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  ------------------------      FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                                APRIL 29,   -------------------------------------
                                                  MAY, 4 1996     1995         1996         1995         1994
                                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Net sales.....................................  $    91,975  $   106,969  $   386,987  $   341,521  $   291,908
  Cost of sales.................................       68,178       79,611      290,052      260,469      221,988
  Selling, general and administrative
   expenses.....................................       14,254       15,289       57,762       50,436       45,087
  Interest expense, net.........................        1,053        1,173        4,467        4,762        6,110
  Income before income taxes....................        8,490       10,896       34,706       25,854       18,723
  Net earnings..................................        4,822        6,156       19,609       14,762       10,766
  Earnings per share*:
    Primary earnings per share..................          .79         1.01         3.19         2.44         1.80
    Fully diluted earnings per share............          .60          .75         2.43         1.92         1.57
  Average shares outstanding*:
    Primary.....................................        6,095        6,101        6,141        6,064        5,986
    Fully diluted...............................        9,159        9,166        9,199        9,136        8,062
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Current assets................................  $   112,008  $   119,118  $   111,514  $   111,535  $    84,575
  Total assets..................................      234,123      232,214      230,874      220,186      186,264
  Current liabilities...........................       44,201       57,734       44,470       53,822       35,529
  Long-term debt................................       73,403       72,790       73,398       72,788       72,698
  Shareholders' equity..........................      101,399       86,766       97,953       79,031       63,644
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*Amounts  prior  to May  4, 1996  have been  restated for  a 10%  stock dividend
 declared on May 29, 1996 and payable on July 15, 1996.
 
    10.  BACKGROUND OF THE  OFFER.  On December  11, 1995, at Varlen's  request,
two  senior officers of Varlen, Richard L. Wellek, President and Chief Executive
Officer, and  Raymond A.  Jean,  Executive Vice  President and  Chief  Operating
Officer,  visited the Company's facilities in  Petersburg, Virginia and met with
Needham B. Whitfield, Chairman of the  Board of the Company and Chief  Executive
Officer,  J. Craig  Rice, President and  Chief Operating Officer,  and Howard J.
Bush, Vice  President --  Marketing. After  a presentation  by Mr.  Bush of  the
Company's markets and businesses, the Varlen executives were given a tour of the
manufacturing facilities, and afterwards a general discussion ensued. The Varlen
executives  pointed to a variety of changes in the railroad markets domestically
and internationally, and proposed that a large supplier, with a wide variety  of
products important to the
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
rail   industry,  would  be  better  positioned  to  deal  with  these  changing
conditions. The Varlen executives asked the Company if they would be  interested
in  combining  with Varlen  to form  such a  supplier. The  Company's executives
agreed to think  about the  proposition, and  to have  further discussions  with
Varlen.
 
    On  January 25, 1996, Mr. Wellek,  together with George W. Hoffman, Railroad
Group Vice President for Varlen, returned to Petersburg and resumed  discussions
with  Messrs. Whitfield,  Rice, and Bush.  A number of  marketing synergies were
identified between the two  companies, and both parties  agreed to explore  each
other's operations in greater depth.
 
    On  February  20, 1996,  Messrs Whitfield,  Rice  and Bush  visited Keystone
Industries, Inc.  in Camp  Hill,  Pennsylvania. Keystone  is a  manufacturer  of
railroad  equipment components and a wholly  owned subsidiary of Varlen. After a
tour of  the  facilities,  further discussions  about  operations  and  railroad
markets were conducted with Messrs. Wellek and Hoffman.
 
    On  February 21, 1996, Messrs. Whitfield  and Rice accompanied Mr. Wellek to
Vassar, Michigan to tour two automotive parts plants of a Varlen subsidiary  and
meet  local  managers  of  these  operations.  Business  philosophies, marketing
strategies, organizational culture and operating methods were discussed.
 
    On March 11,  1996, Mr.  Wellek visited Messrs.  Whitfield and  Rice at  the
Company's administrative headquarters in Midlothian, Virginia to discuss whether
there  was  enough fit  between  the two  companies  to explore  in  earnest the
possibility of  a business  combination. The  two companies  agreed to  continue
discussions.
 
    On  March 20,  1996, Messrs.  Wellek and  Jean met  Mr. Rice  and Keith Poe,
Executive Vice  President  of Quality  Bearing  Service ("QBS"),  the  Company's
wholly  owned reconditioning subsidiary, in Little  Rock, Arkansas to tour QBS's
newest reconditioning plant and discuss the reconditioning operations.
 
    On March 21, 1996, Messrs. Wellek and Jean, who were in Louisville, Kentucky
for an annual truck  show, made a  brief tour of  QBS's reconditioning plant  in
Louisville.
 
    On  March  27,  1996, Varlen  signed  a confidentiality  agreement  with the
Company providing for the transfer  of confidential information to Varlen  about
the  Company's operations and financial results, and holding Varlen subject to a
standstill provision in  the event  Varlen wished  to use  this information  for
purposes of, among other things, making a public tender for the Company shares.
 
    On  April 3, 1996,  Richard A. Nunemaker, Vice  President, Finance and Chief
Financial Officer  of  Varlen,  met  with Jacob  M.  Feichtner,  Executive  Vice
President  and Chief Financial Officer of  the Company, Mr. Whitfield and others
to determine  what financial  and  operating data  was  available to  begin  his
inquiries.
 
    On  April 10, 1996,  Messrs. Wellek, Jean, Hoffman,  Thomas A. Robinson, and
others visited the Company's facilities in Petersburg to conduct an  engineering
review  of  the Company's  new  bearing developments  and  its development  of a
one-way clutch for the automotive market. Mr. Rice and several of the  Company's
engineers were involved in the discussions.
 
    On  April  11, 1996,  Messrs. Wellek,  Jean, Hoffman  and Robinson  met with
Messrs. Rice, Whitfield, and James W.  Benz, President of Rail Link, a  contract
switching subsidiary wholly owned by the Company. A variety of railroad industry
and international sales issues were discussed.
 
    On  April 15,  1996, Mr.  Nunemaker and  Stephen E.  Obendorf, met  with Mr.
Feichtner and others to further discuss and review financial and operating  data
of  the Company.  On the  same date, Vicki  L. Casmere,  Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary of Varlen, met with the Company's counsel in Richmond  and
later  with Messrs. Feichtner  and Whitfield in Midlothian  to conduct a general
review of legal matters related to the Company's operations.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
    On May  7, 1996,  Mr. Wellek  met with  Messrs. Whitfield  and Rice  at  the
Company's Midlothian headquarters to review the status of Varlen's inquiries and
to  advise the Company's  executives that Varlen wished  to acquire the Company,
assuming the contract terms, timing and price were satisfactory to both parties.
There was a  general discussion as  to how  this process might  proceed and  Mr.
Wellek indicated the possible price range of a Varlen offer.
 
    On  May 29, 1996, Messrs. Whitfield and  Rice met with Messrs. Wellek, Jean,
Nunemaker, Robinson  and Ms.  Casmere at  Varlen's headquarters  in  Naperville,
Illinois.  Mr.  Whitfield  reported  the Company  Board's  response  to Varlen's
proposal and asked for definitive terms.
 
    On May  31, 1996,  Mr. Wellek  called Mr.  Whitfield and  informed him  that
Varlen  wished  to make  a cash  tender offer  for the  Shares and  assuming the
Company would cooperate by entering into an acquisition agreement, Varlen  would
submit a proposed draft of the agreement, which was done the following week. Mr.
Wellek  indicated that the final price offered  would depend on the terms of the
agreement.
 
    On June  11, 1996,  Mr. Wellek  and  Ms. Casmere  of Varlen,  together  with
Varlen's outside counsel, met with Messrs. Whitfield and Rice of the Company and
its  counsel and negotiated the basic terms  subject to approval of both boards.
Negotiations continued  over the  period  from June  11  to June  14  concerning
certain additional terms.
 
    At  the  June 13,  1996 Varlen  Board  of Directors'  meeting, the  Board of
Directors was updated on  the status of negotiations  relating to the Offer  and
the  proposed terms of the  relevant agreements. Mr. Bush  of the Company was in
attendance at the beginning of the meeting, made a presentation on the Company's
railroad bearing markets  and answered  questions by the  Varlen directors.  The
Board  of Directors then approved the  Acquisition Agreement and the Shareholder
Tender Agreement.
 
    The negotiations culminated  in the execution  of the Acquisition  Agreement
and  the Shareholder Tender  Agreement on Saturday,  June 15, 1996.  On June 17,
1996, Varlen  and the  Company, in  a joint  press release,  announced  Varlen's
intention to commence the Offer.
 
    11.    PURPOSE OF  THE  OFFER AND  THE MERGER;  PLANS  FOR THE  COMPANY; THE
ACQUISITION AGREEMENT AND SHAREHOLDER TENDER AGREEMENT.
 
    PURPOSE OF THE OFFER AND THE MERGER
 
    The purpose of  the Offer is  to facilitate  the acquisition of  all of  the
outstanding  Shares and thereby  to enable the Purchaser  to acquire control of,
and the entire equity interest in, the Company. The purpose of the Merger is  to
acquire  all outstanding Shares not tendered and purchased pursuant to the Offer
or acquired pursuant  to the Shareholder  Tender Agreement. The  Offer is  being
made pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    No dissenter's rights are available in connection with the Offer. Holders of
Shares  may be entitled to dissenter's rights  in connection with the Merger if,
at the  record  date  with respect  to  the  meeting at  which  the  Acquisition
Agreement and the Merger will be acted upon, certain requirements are satisfied.
 
    Section  13.1-730  of the  Virginia  Act (as  effective  from July  1, 1996)
provides that no dissenter's rights are available for the shares of any class or
series of shares which, at the  record date fixed to determine the  shareholders
entitled  to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting of shareholders to act
upon the agreement  or plan  of merger,  were either  (i) listed  on a  national
securities  exchange  or  on  the  National  Association  of  Securities Dealers
Automated  Quotation  System  or  (ii)  held   of  record  by  at  least   2,000
shareholders, unless, among other things, in either case (i) the holders of such
class or series of shares are required by the terms of such agreement or plan to
accept  for such shares anything except cash or (ii) the transaction to be voted
on is an "affiliated transaction"  that has not been  approved by a majority  of
"disinterested directors." See Section 15.
 
    If the conditions of Section 13.1-730 of the Virginia Act are not met and if
the  Merger or  a similar  business combination  is consummated,  the holders of
Shares not purchased pursuant to the Offer
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
would have certain rights to dissent and  demand to be paid the "fair value"  of
their  Shares  under  the  Virginia  Act.  Under  the  Virginia  Act, dissenting
shareholders who comply with applicable  statutory procedures would be  entitled
to  payment of the "fair value" of the Shares as to which dissenter's rights are
properly claimed  as of  the time  immediately before  the effectuation  of  the
Merger  (excluding  any  appreciation  or depreciation  in  anticipation  of the
Merger, unless such exclusion would be inequitable). In the first instance,  the
"fair  value" estimation is made by the corporation. Dissatisfied dissenters may
then notify  the  corporation of  their  own  "fair value"  estimation.  If  the
corporation  and the dissatisfied shareholder cannot  settle on the amount owed,
the shareholder will ultimately be entitled to a judicial determination of "fair
value." Any such judicial determination of the "fair value" of the Shares  could
be  based upon considerations other than or in addition to the price paid in the
Offer and the market value of the Shares, including asset values, the investment
value of the Shares and any other valuation considerations generally accepted in
the investment community. The "fair value" of the Shares so determined could  be
more  or less than the price per Share to  be paid pursuant to the Offer and the
Merger.
 
    THE FOREGOING  SUMMARY OF  THE RIGHTS  OF DISSENTING  SHAREHOLDERS DOES  NOT
PURPORT  TO BE  COMPLETE. THE  EXERCISE AND  PRESERVATION OF  DISSENTER'S RIGHTS
REQUIRE STRICT ADHERENCE TO THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE VIRGINIA ACT.
 
    There can be no assurance that  the Merger will be consummated, inasmuch  as
the  Merger  is subject  to various  conditions,  some of  which are  beyond the
control of Varlen, the Purchaser and the  Company. See Section 13. In the  event
that, for any reason, the Merger does not occur, depending on the results of the
Offer, Varlen and the Purchaser intend to consider the desirability of acquiring
either additional Shares or the entire remaining equity interest in the Company.
If  Varlen  and/or  the  Purchaser  determine  to  do  either,  any  such future
transaction or  transactions might  be by  means of  a merger,  share  exchange,
reverse  stock split, open market or privately-negotiated purchases, one or more
additional tender offers, exchange offers or otherwise. Such transactions  might
involve  the exchange of Shares for cash, securities of the Company, Varlen, the
Purchaser or a subsidiary of any of  the foregoing, or some combination of  cash
and  securities, and may be  on terms and at prices  more or less favorable than
those  of  the  Offer.  Moreover,  the  decision  to  enter  into  such   future
transactions and the forms they might take will depend on the circumstances then
existing,  including the  financial resources  of Varlen  and the  Purchaser and
Varlen's business, tax and accounting  objectives, performance of the Shares  in
the  market, availability and alternative uses  of funds, money market and stock
market conditions, general economic conditions, and other factors. Varlen and/or
the Purchaser may enter into  one or more such  transactions whether or not  the
Purchaser  purchases Shares pursuant  to the Offer.  Varlen and/or the Purchaser
may also engage  in certain  of such  transactions during  the period  following
expiration of the Offer and prior to the Merger.
 
    PLANS FOR THE COMPANY
 
    As  described in this Offer to Purchase,  Varlen and the Purchaser have made
proposals which would, if completed, result in a merger of the Company,  changes
in its board of directors, the termination of quotations for the Company's stock
on  NASDAQ and the termination of the  registration of the Company's stock under
the Exchange Act. At present Varlen and the Purchaser do not have any plans  for
any material sale of the Company's assets, changes in capitalization or dividend
policy, or other changes in the Company's corporate structure or business. After
consummation  of the  Merger, Varlen  will continue  to review  the business and
operations of the Company and, based on such review, may effect the  acquisition
or  disposition of assets or other  changes in the Company's business, corporate
structure, capitalization,  management or  dividend  policy which  it  considers
appropriate  or desirable. Varlen has not  yet determined what specific actions,
if any, it may take with respect to the Company.
 
    THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
 
    THE OFFER AND  MERGER.  The  Acquisition Agreement provides  for the  public
announcement  of the Offer  within one business day  after the execution thereof
and for the commencement of the Offer as
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
promptly as practicable, but  in no event later  than five business days,  after
such  public announcement. The  obligation and right of  Purchaser to accept for
payment and pay  for any Shares  tendered pursuant  to the Offer  is subject  to
satisfaction  of the  Minimum Condition,  the expiration  or termination  of all
waiting periods under the HSR Act and the other conditions described in  Section
13.  The Purchaser expressly reserves the right  to waive any such condition, to
increase the price per Share payable in the Offer and to make any other  changes
in the terms and conditions of the Offer; provided that the Purchaser has agreed
that  it will not (i)  decrease the price payable in  the Offer, (ii) change the
form of consideration  payable in the  Offer or the  Merger, (iii) increase  the
Minimum  Condition, or  (iv) amend  any other term  of the  Offer (including the
conditions described  in Section  13)  in a  manner  materially adverse  to  the
holders of Shares.
 
    The  Acquisition Agreement provides  that, as soon  as practicable following
consummation of the Offer and the satisfaction or waiver of certain  conditions,
the  Purchaser will be merged  into the Company, with  the Company surviving the
Merger. Pursuant to the Merger, each  outstanding Share (other than Shares  held
by  Varlen, the Purchaser, the  Company or any direct  or indirect subsidiary of
Varlen, the  Purchaser  or  the  Company,  and  Shares  with  respect  to  which
dissenter's  rights  under  the Virginia  Act  are properly  exercised)  will be
converted into  the right  to receive  $16.125 in  cash, without  any  interest.
Following  the Merger, the Company will be  a wholly owned subsidiary of Varlen.
The Merger  is subject  to  the satisfaction  of various  conditions,  including
approval by the Company's shareholders if required under the Virginia Act.
 
    In  the Acquisition Agreement the Company has represented and warranted that
its Board of  Directors has approved  the Offer and  the Merger and  recommended
acceptance of the Offer by holders of Shares and approval of the Merger (if such
approval  is required by the Virginia Act) by holders of Shares. The Company has
further represented and warranted that its Board of Directors (all of whom,  the
Company's counsel has opined to Varlen, are "disinterested directors" within the
meaning  of the Virginia Act with respect to Varlen and the Purchaser) has taken
certain actions  in order  to  exempt Varlen,  the Purchaser,  their  respective
direct  and  indirect  subsidiaries and  the  Offer,  the Merger  and  the other
transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement from the restrictions and
other provisions of: (A)  Article 14 (AFFILIATED  TRANSACTIONS) of the  Virginia
Act,  in the manner  provided by Section 13.1-727.B.1(iv)  which (absent such an
exemption   or   similar    board   action)    generally   prohibits    mergers,
recapitalizations,  share exchanges, asset sales  and other transactions between
certain Virginia  corporations  and holders  of  10%  or more  of  their  voting
securities   ("interested  shareholders")  unless  approved  by  a  majority  of
"disinterested directors"  and/or holders  of  two-thirds of  the  corporation's
shares  excluding those of the interested shareholder; (B) Article 14.1 (CONTROL
SHARE ACQUISITIONS) of  the Virginia  Act, which  (absent such  an exemption  or
similar board action) generally denies voting rights to certain acquirers of 20%
of  more  of  the outstanding  voting  power  of a  public  Virginia corporation
("acquiring persons") unless  granted by a  majority of the  shares entitled  to
vote  in the election of  directors of the corporation  other than those held by
acquiring persons  and certain  corporate insiders;  and (C)  Article I  of  the
Articles  of Incorporation,  as amended  of the  Company (the  "Charter"), which
(absent such  an  exemption or  similar  board action)  generally  requires  the
affirmative  vote of holders of 75% of the  Shares in order to approve a merger,
consolidation and certain other business combinations between the Company and  a
beneficial  owner of  10% or more  of its Shares.  The Company and  its Board of
Directors have agreed to take such other actions necessary or appropriate at the
request of Varlen or the Purchaser  to: (1) exempt Varlen, the Purchaser,  their
respective direct and indirect subsidiaries, the Offer, the Merger and the other
transactions  contemplated by the  Acquisition Agreement from  the provisions of
any takeover,  affiliated  transactions,  business  combination,  control  share
acquisition  or other provision of (i) law  or regulation of the Commonwealth of
Virginia or any department or  agency thereof or (ii)  the Charter or Bylaws  of
the  Company,  and (2)  maintain the  shareholder vote  required to  approve the
Merger at the two-thirds level.
 
    COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.  Under the Acquisition Agreement, the Company  has
agreed  that unless Varlen or the Purchaser otherwise agree in writing, prior to
the Effective Time or such earlier time as designees of the Purchaser constitute
a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company:
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
        (i) the business of the Company and its subsidiaries shall be  conducted
    in  the ordinary course  of business and consistent  with past practice, and
    the Company shall use its reasonable  best efforts to maintain and  preserve
    its  and  its  subsidiaries' business  organization,  assets,  employees and
    advantageous business relationships;
 
        (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall: (1) amend or
    propose to amend its articles of incorporation or bylaws; (2) split, combine
    or reclassify any shares of its capital  stock or declare, set aside or  pay
    any  dividend payable in cash, stock or property with respect to its capital
    stock except for regular quarterly cash dividends not in excess of $.07  per
    Share on the Shares and except for any dividend by a wholly owned subsidiary
    payable  to the Company or another wholly owned subsidiary; (3) issue, sell,
    pledge, dispose  of or  encumber  any additional  shares of,  or  securities
    convertible  into or exchangeable or  exercisable for, or options, warrants,
    calls, commitments or rights  of any kind to  acquire, any capital stock  of
    any  class of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than Shares which
    the Company is required to issue pursuant to the options outstanding on June
    14, 1996; (4) transfer, lease,  license, sell, mortgage, pledge, dispose  of
    or  encumber any material assets  of the Company or  any of its subsidiaries
    other than  in the  ordinary course  of business  and consistent  with  past
    practice;  (5) redeem, purchase or  otherwise acquire directly or indirectly
    any of the  capital stock  or other equity  securities of  the Company;  (6)
    adopt  a plan of  liquidation or resolutions  providing for the liquidation,
    dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company or
    any of its subsidiaries, except for mergers among wholly owned subsidiaries;
    (7) acquire (by merger, consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets) any
    corporation, partnership or other business organization or division  thereof
    or make any investment with respect thereto; (8) directly or indirectly: (i)
    incur  or modify any  long-term indebtedness or  short-term indebtedness for
    money borrowed or other material liability other than in the ordinary course
    of business and  consistent with  past practice, (ii)  incur any  additional
    indebtedness  for  money  borrowed  other than  in  the  ordinary  course of
    business and  consistent with  past practice,  or (iii)  make any  loans  or
    advances  other than in the ordinary  course of business and consistent with
    past practice and intercompany loans and advances among the Company and  its
    wholly  owned  subsidiaries;  (9)  pay,  discharge  or  satisfy  any claims,
    liabilities or  obligations (absolute,  accrued, contingent  or  otherwise),
    other  than the  payment, discharge  or satisfaction  of liabilities  in the
    ordinary course of business and  consistent with past practice; (10)  waive,
    release,  grant or transfer any  rights of value or  modify or change in any
    material respect any  existing license, lease,  contract or other  document,
    other  than  in the  ordinary course  of business  and consistent  with past
    practice; or (11) enter into  any material commitment or transaction,  other
    than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
 
       (iii)  neither the Company  nor any of its  subsidiaries shall: (1) grant
    any increase in the compensation payable or to become payable by the Company
    or any of its  subsidiaries to any of  its directors, executive officers  or
    key  employees or adopt any new, or  amend or otherwise increase the amounts
    payable  or  to  become  payable  under,  any  existing,  bonus,   incentive
    compensation,   severance,  deferred  compensation,  profit  sharing,  stock
    option, stock  purchase, insurance,  pension, retirement  or other  employee
    benefit  plan (including (but not limited to) the granting of stock options,
    stock appreciation rights or restricted stock),  or (2) enter into or  amend
    any employment or change-in-control agreement with, or, except in accordance
    with  the existing written policies and agreements of the Company, grant any
    severance or termination pay  to, any director, officer  or employee of  the
    Company or any of its subsidiaries; and
 
       (iv)  neither the  Company nor  any of  its subsidiaries  shall agree, in
    writing or otherwise,  to take any  of the foregoing  actions or any  action
    which  would  make any  representation  or warranty  of  the Company  in the
    Acquisition Agreement untrue or incorrect in any material respect.
 
    NON-SOLICITATION.  The Acquisition  Agreement further provides that  neither
the  Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any of their respective directors,
officers,  employees,  investment  bankers,  representatives  or  agents  shall,
directly  or indirectly, make, solicit, initiate or encourage the initiation of,
any inquiries  or proposals  from, or  provide any  confidential information  or
participate  in any discussions or negotiations  with, or otherwise cooperate in
any way with  or assist,  any person (other  than Varlen  and its  subsidiaries,
those   third  parties  previously  disclosed  in  writing  by  the  Company  to
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
Varlen  prior  to  the  execution  of  the  Acquisition  Agreement  ("Previously
Disclosed")  and  their  respective directors,  officers,  employees, investment
bankers, commercial banks,  representatives and agents)  concerning any  merger,
consolidation,  other  business  combination,  recapitalization,  liquidation or
dissolution or any purchase or other acquisition or sale or other disposition of
assets (other than  in the  ordinary course of  business) or  shares of  capital
stock  of the  Company or  any of  its subsidiaries  or any  similar transaction
involving the  Company or  (except as  Previously Disclosed)  any subsidiary  or
division  of  the Company  or any  subsidiary; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that  (i) the
Company or  its Board  of Directors  shall  not be  prohibited from  taking  and
disclosing  to the Company's shareholders a  position contemplated by Rule 14d-9
or Rule 14e-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and (ii) in the event that the
Company shall  receive an  unsolicited proposal  from a  third party  which  the
Company's  Board  of Directors  determines,  based on  the  advice of  its legal
counsel and  independent  financial advisor,  is  capable of  consummating  such
transaction, for the acquisition for cash of all the outstanding Shares on terms
that  the Company's Board  of Directors determines,  based on the  advice of its
financial advisor (the receipt of which advice shall be confirmed in writing  to
Varlen  by the Company), are economically superior to those of the Offer and the
Merger and which in  the written opinion  of legal counsel  to the Company  (the
delivery  of which shall  be confirmed in  writing to Varlen  by such counsel) a
failure to consider  by the Board  of Directors  of the Company  would create  a
substantial  risk  of  violating  their fiduciary  duties  to  shareholders, the
Company may provide information to such third party to the same extent that such
information has been  provided to  the Purchaser  and Varlen.  The Company  must
promptly  advise Varlen  of, and  communicate to Varlen  the terms  of, any such
inquiry or proposal the Company may receive.
 
    CONFIDENTIALITY AND STANDSTILL AGREEMENTS.  Under the Acquisition Agreement,
the Company has agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain confidential
information, non-disclosure, non-use  and standstill agreements  from any  third
party  with or for  whom the Company or  any subsidiary has  taken any action or
received any proposal  not prohibited under  the non-solicitation provisions  of
the  Acquisition  Agreement.  The Company  also  agreed  not to  consent  to the
termination or  amendment of  the  confidential information,  non-disclosure  or
non-use provisions of any agreement with a third party without the prior written
consent  of Varlen or the  Purchaser, and to use  its reasonable best efforts to
take all actions  necessary or  proper to  enforce strict  compliance with  such
provisions.
 
    STOCK  INCENTIVE PLANS.   Under  the Acquisition  Agreement, the  Company is
required to  adjust the  terms  of all  outstanding  employee stock  options  to
purchase  Shares granted  under any  stock option  plan of  the Company  and all
restricted Shares granted under any restricted stock plan to cancel such options
and restricted Shares. Not later than immediately prior to the Merger, each such
option and restricted Share shall  become fully exercisable or unrestricted,  as
the  case may be, and vested. The Company  has agreed to use its reasonable best
efforts to cancel each  option outstanding not later  than immediately prior  to
the  Merger in exchange for a cash payment equal to the product of (i) the total
number of Shares subject to the option  and (ii) the excess, if any, of  $16.125
(or  any such  higher price  per Share  as may  be paid  in the  Offer) over the
exercise price per Share subject to such option. The Company has also agreed  to
use  its reasonable best efforts to cancel each restricted Share outstanding not
later than immediately prior to the Merger in exchange for $16.125. In addition,
the Board of Directors has agreed to take appropriate action with respect to the
Company's Employee Stock Savings Plan (the "Savings Plan") to provide that:  (i)
until  the earlier  to occur  of the  Effective Time  or any  termination of the
Acquisition Agreement, participants in the Savings Plan will not be eligible  to
receive  matching Shares on any Shares  purchased by such participants after the
date the  Acquisition Agreement,  and (ii)  any rights  of participants  in  the
Savings  Plan to receive matching Shares from the  Company as of the date of the
Acquisition Agreement accrued as a result of Shares purchased prior to the  date
of  the Acquisition Agreement shall be cancelled  in exchange for a payment, not
later than immediately prior to the Effective Time, from the Company (subject to
any applicable withholding taxes) in cash equal to the product of (x) the  total
number  of such accrued  matching Shares and (y)  $16.125. Under the Acquisition
Agreement, any  other plan  providing for  the issuance  or grant  of any  other
interest  in respect of the capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary shall
terminate as of the consummation of the Merger.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    DESIGNATION OF DIRECTORS.  The Acquisition Agreement provides that, promptly
upon  the acceptance for payment  of and payment by  the Purchaser in accordance
with the  Offer  for  Shares  constituting  50%  or  more  of  all  Shares  then
outstanding  in accordance with the Offer, and from time to time thereafter, the
Purchaser will be entitled to designate such number of directors, rounded up  to
the next whole number, on the Board of Directors of the Company as will give the
Purchaser representation on the Board of Directors equal to at least that number
of  directors which equals the  product of the total  number of directors on the
Board of Directors multiplied  by the percentage that  such number of Shares  so
accepted  for payment and paid for or owned  by Varlen or the Purchaser bears to
the total number of  Shares outstanding; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the  Purchaser
shall have the right (in its discretion) to designate a number of directors less
than such product; AND PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that at all times prior to the
Merger  there shall  be at least  two members of  the Board of  Directors of the
Company selected by  current members  of such  Board. Subject  to the  preceding
sentence, upon the Purchaser's purchase of the Shares pursuant to the Offer, the
Purchaser  will  have sufficient  voting  power to  remove  the entire  Board of
Directors of the Company  and replace it with  the Purchaser's nominees. In  the
Acquisition  Agreement, the Company  has agreed to take  all action necessary to
cause the  Purchaser's  designees  to  be elected  to  the  Company's  Board  of
Directors  (including mailing  to the  shareholders the  information required by
Section 14(f) of the Exchange Act and Rule 14f-1 promulgated thereunder) and  to
use its reasonable best efforts to cause the resignation of such directors, and/
or  an increase in the number of its directors, as may be directed by Varlen and
required to implement the foregoing.
 
    CONFIDENTIALITY.  Under the Acquisition Agreement, Varlen and the  Purchaser
have   agreed  to,   and  to  cause   their  officers,   employees,  agents  and
representatives to, keep confidential, unless compelled to disclose by  judicial
or  administrative  process or  by other  requirements  of law,  all non-public,
confidential or proprietary information provided  by the Company (except to  the
extent  that such information can be shown  to have been (i) previously known by
Varlen or the Purchaser, (ii) in the public domain through no fault of Varlen or
the Purchaser, or (iii)  later lawfully acquired by  Varlen from other  sources)
and will not release or disclose such information to any other person.
 
    INDEMNIFICATION  AND INSURANCE.  The Acquisition Agreement provides that the
Charter or Bylaws of the Company, after the Merger (the "Surviving Corporation")
shall contain provisions no less favorable with respect to indemnification  than
those  that are set forth in the Company's Charter and Bylaws, as amended to the
date the Acquisition Agreement, which provisions may not be amended, repealed or
otherwise modified for a period  of five years after  the Effective Time in  any
manner  that would adversely affect the  rights thereunder of individuals who on
or prior to the Effective Time were directors, officers, employees or agents  of
the  Company  (the  "Indemnified  Parties"). Varlen  shall  cause  the Surviving
Corporation to fulfill such indemnification  obligations. Varlen also agreed  to
use  its reasonable best efforts  to cause to be  maintained in effect for three
years from the Effective Time the current policy (or successor policies) of  the
directors'  and  officers' liability  insurance maintained  by the  Company with
respect to  matters  occurring  prior  to the  Effective  Time,  to  the  extent
available; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Varlen is not required to expend more than an
amount  per year equal to 150% of current annual premiums paid by the Company to
maintain or procure insurance coverage pursuant hereto.
 
    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The Acquisition Agreement contains  various
customary  representations  and  warranties of  the  parties  thereto, including
representations by  Varlen  and  the  Purchaser as  to  their  organization  and
qualification,  authority  relative  to the  Acquisition  Agreement, compliance,
financing, and brokers and  finders, and by the  Company as to its  organization
and qualification, capitalization, capitalization of its subsidiaries, authority
relative  to the Acquisition Agreement, lack of conflicts, filing of reports and
financial statements,  litigation, employee  benefit  plans, taxes,  absence  of
certain changes, brokers and finders, liabilities, contracts, board actions, and
cash and cash equivalents.
 
    TERMINATION.   The Acquisition Agreement may be terminated at any time prior
to the Effective Time, whether prior to or after approval by the shareholders of
the Company:
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
        (A) by mutual written consent of  the Boards of Directors of Varlen  and
    the Company;
 
        (B)  by  either  the  Company  or  Varlen  if  any  court  of  competent
    jurisdiction or other governmental body  shall have issued an order,  decree
    or  ruling or taken any  other action (which order,  decree, ruling or other
    action the parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to  lift),
    in  each case,  permanently restraining, enjoining  or otherwise prohibiting
    the Offer or the Merger and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall
    have become final and non-appealable;
 
        (C) by the  Company, if  the Offer shall  have been  terminated, or  the
    Offer  shall have  expired, without  the purchase  of any  Shares thereunder
    within two business days thereof and  such non-purchase shall not have  been
    due  to a failure to satisfy any of the conditions of the Offer described in
    Section 13 of  this Offer  to Purchase; PROVIDED  that the  Company may  not
    terminate  the Acquisition  Agreement if  the Company  is in  breach of such
    agreement;
 
        (D) by the Company, if the Effective Time shall not have occurred on  or
    before  December 31, 1996 due  to a failure of any  of the conditions to the
    obligations of  the  Company  to  effect the  Merger  as  described  in  the
    Acquisition  Agreement;  PROVIDED that  the  Company may  not  terminate the
    Agreement if  the Company's  failure  to fulfill  any obligation  under  the
    Acquisition  Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, in whole or in
    part, the failure of the Effective Time to occur on or before such date;
 
        (E) by the Company, if: (1) any corporation, partnership, person,  other
    entity  or group (as defined in Section  13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other
    than Varlen or  the Purchaser  or any  of their  respective subsidiaries  or
    affiliates  (a "Qualified Person") shall  have commenced (within the meaning
    of Rule 14d-2 under the  Exchange Act) a cash tender  offer for any and  all
    Shares at a price at or in excess of $16.125 per Share, or (2) any Qualified
    Person  shall have made a  bona fide written proposal  involving a merger or
    consolidation of the Company or the acquisition of all the Shares or all  or
    a   substantial  portion  of  its  assets  which  would  result  in  a  cash
    distribution to shareholders of the Company  in excess of $16.125 per  Share
    (any  such proposal described in subclause (1) or (2) being referred to as a
    "Qualified Proposal"), and the Board of Directors of the Company shall  have
    been advised in a writing by its legal counsel (the delivery of which advice
    shall  have been confirmed in writing to  Varlen by such counsel) that there
    would be  a substantial  risk of  liability for  breach of  their  fiduciary
    obligations to shareholders if they failed to recommend such offer or accept
    such  Qualified  Proposal;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  the  Company  may not
    terminate the  Acquisition  Agreement:  (i) until  the  expiration  of  five
    business  days after notice of such Qualified Proposal has been delivered to
    Varlen, or (ii) unless otherwise consented  to in writing by Varlen, if  any
    such  offer or Qualified Proposal is made in  breach of, or as a result of a
    breach of its non-solicitation obligation described herein;
 
        (F) by either of Varlen or the Purchaser, if due to a failure to satisfy
    any of the conditions of the Offer described in Section 13 of this Offer  to
    Purchase: (i) Varlen or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall not have
    commenced  the Offer, or shall have terminated  the Offer, or (ii) the Offer
    shall have expired without the purchase of any Shares thereunder within  two
    business  days thereof, or (iii) Varlen shall have determined not to proceed
    with the  Merger;  PROVIDED  that  neither  Varlen  nor  the  Purchaser  may
    terminate  the Acquisition Agreement if either Varlen or the Purchaser is in
    material breach of such agreement;
 
        (G) by either of  Varlen or the Purchaser,  if the Effective Time  shall
    not  have occurred on or before December 31, 1996 due to a failure of any of
    the conditions to the obligations of Varlen and the Purchaser to effect  the
    Merger  described in the Acquisition Agreement; PROVIDED that neither Varlen
    nor the Purchaser may terminate the Acquisition Agreement if Varlen's or the
    Purchaser's failure to fulfill any material obligation under the Acquisition
    Agreement has been the cause  of, or resulted in, in  whole or in part,  the
    failure of the Effective Time to occur on or before such date; or
 
       (H)  by either of  Varlen or the  Purchaser, if prior  to the purchase of
    Shares in the Offer, the Board of  Directors of the Company shall have:  (1)
    withdrawn, or modified in a manner adverse to
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    Varlen  or the Purchaser, its approval or recommendation of the Offer or the
    Merger or any of its other  actions taken in accordance with the  provisions
    of  the  Acquisition Agreement  summarized in  the  third paragraph  of "The
    Acquisition Agreement -- The Offer and Merger" hereinabove, (2) taken any of
    the actions referred to in the third paragraph of "The Acquisition Agreement
    -- The Offer and  Merger" hereinabove for the  benefit of any person  (other
    than  Varlen, the Purchaser or any  of their respective subsidiaries) or any
    transaction (other than the Offer and Merger), or (3) resolved to do any  of
    the foregoing.
 
    TERMINATION  FEE.  If the Acquisition Agreement is terminated by the Company
pursuant to the provision described in clause (E) of  "The Acquisition Agreement
- -- Termination"  above or  if  the Acquisition  Agreement  and/or the  Offer  is
terminated by Varlen or the Purchaser by reason of a failure of any condition to
the  Offer described  in (i) paragraphs  (a), (b) or  (g) of Section  13 of this
Offer to Purchase, (ii) paragraph  (c) of Section 13  of this Offer to  Purchase
(but  only if due,  in whole or  in part, to any  (x) act of  the Company or any
affiliate thereof,  or (y)  other occurrence,  event, fact  or circumstance  not
beyond  the control of  the Company or  any affiliate thereof),  or (iii) clause
(vi) of paragraph (c) of Section 13  of this Offer to Purchase, the Company  has
agreed  to  pay  to  Varlen  a termination  fee  of  $6,500,000  plus  an amount
sufficient to reimburse  Varlen and  its subsidiaries  for all  fees, costs  and
expenses relating to the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement,
the  financing contemplated  by the  Acquisition Agreement  and the transactions
contemplated thereby  (PROVIDED  that the  Company  shall not  be  obligated  to
reimburse  Varlen or  its subsidiaries  for more  than $2,000,000  of such fees,
costs and expenses).
 
    In the event of the termination of the Acquisition Agreement, it will become
null and void and have no effect without any liability on the part of any party,
except that provisions relating to the termination fee, expenses of the  parties
and  confidentiality  of  information  will  survive  any  such  termination and
provided that a party will not be relieved from liability for any breach of  the
Acquisition Agreement.
 
    COSTS  AND  EXPENSES.   The Acquisition  Agreement  provides that  except as
provided above  under "Termination  Fee,"  all costs  and expenses  incurred  in
connection with the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement shall
be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses.
 
    SHAREHOLDER TENDER AGREEMENT
 
    TENDER   OF  TENDERING  SHAREHOLDER  SHARES.     Varlen  and  the  Tendering
Shareholders have entered into the Shareholder Tender Agreement, which  provides
that  each Tendering  Shareholder will tender  its Shares pursuant  to the Offer
before the Expiration Date and will not withdraw any Shares so tendered  without
Varlen's   prior  written  consent;  PROVIDED,   HOWEVER,  that  each  Tendering
Shareholder may: (i) refrain from so tendering its Shares, and may withdraw  any
Shares  previously so  tendered, if  and for  so long  as there  shall have been
commenced and not terminated a cash tender offer by any person or "group" (other
than Varlen  or  the  Purchaser  or any  of  their  respective  subsidiaries  or
affiliates)  for any and all Shares at a price in excess of $16.125 per share (a
"Superior Offer"); and (ii) tender its  Shares pursuant to such Superior  Offer;
AND  PROVIDED FURTHER,  HOWEVER, that  in the event  that (x)  any such Superior
Offer shall have expired or been  terminated without purchase of such  Tendering
Shareholder's  Shares, and  (y) the  Offer shall  then be  in effect,  then such
Tendering Shareholder shall again be subject to the foregoing provisions.
 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the  Shareholder Tender Agreement permits  up
to  50,000  of  the Tendering  Shareholders'  Shares  (in the  aggregate)  to be
contributed to one or more charitable organizations and, if and to the extent so
contributed, such Shares  will not be  required to be  tendered pursuant to  the
Offer.
 
    OTHER  AGREEMENTS.  During the term of the Shareholder Tender Agreement, and
except as  otherwise provided  therein  or with  the  prior written  consent  of
Varlen, each Tendering Shareholder may not (i) sell, pledge or otherwise dispose
of  any of its Shares, (ii) deposit its Shares into a voting trust or enter into
a voting agreement or arrangement with  respect to such Shares, (iii) grant  any
proxy,
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
power-of-attorney  or other authorization in or  with respect to such Shares, or
(iv) enter into any  contract, option or other  arrangement or undertaking  with
respect   to  the  direct  or  indirect  sale,  assignment,  transfer  or  other
disposition of such Shares.
 
    The Shareholder  Tender Agreement  requires  each Tendering  Shareholder  to
abide  by  the  terms  of the  non-solicitation  provisions  of  the Acquisition
Agreement summarized in "The Acquisition Agreement -- Non-Solicitation"  section
set forth above in this Section 11.
 
    TERMINATION.    The Shareholder  Tender  Agreement will  terminate  upon the
earlier to occur of: (i) the termination of the Acquisition Agreement (if  any),
and (ii) the Effective Date.
 
    GENERAL.   The  preceding descriptions  of the  terms and  provisions of the
Acquisition Agreement  and the  Shareholder Tender  Agreement are  qualified  in
their  entirety by reference to the texts of such agreements, which are exhibits
to the  Tender Offer  Statement on  Schedule 14D-1  filed by  the Purchaser  and
Varlen  with the Commission and  is available for inspection  and copying at the
principal office of the Commission in the manner set forth in Section 9.
 
    12.  SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS.  The total amount of funds required by  the
Purchaser to purchase all presently outstanding Shares pursuant to the Offer and
the Merger and to pay related fees and expenses is estimated to be approximately
$165 million. Such funds will be obtained by the Purchaser or provided by Varlen
or  one or more of its subsidiaries to the Purchaser from available cash on hand
and pursuant to  a $190 million  credit facility (the  "Credit Facility") to  be
provided  by The  First National  Bank of Chicago  (the "Agent  Bank") and other
banks and financial institutions who may become party thereto (collectively with
the Agent Bank, the "Banks"), the identity of which has not yet been determined.
The Credit Facility will be comprised of a term loan commitment (the "Facility A
Commitment") in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $135 million  to
be  provided to the Purchaser, and  a revolving credit/letter of credit facility
(the "Facility B Commitment") in the aggregate principal amount of approximately
$55 million to  be provided  to Varlen, the  Purchaser and/or  any other  wholly
owned  subsidiary  of  Varlen  who  may satisfy  the  conditions  to  becoming a
"Borrowing Subsidiary"  under  the  applicable  credit  agreement  (Varlen,  the
Purchaser and each such other subsidiary, in such capacity, the "Borrowers").
 
    The Facility A Commitment and the revolving credit portion of the Facility B
Commitment  will bear interest, at the Borrower's option from time to time, at a
rate equal to either the "Alternate  Base Rate," the "Eurocurrency Rate" or  the
"Fixed  CD Rate," in each case plus  a spread based on Varlen's Leverage Ratio."
The "Alternate Base Rate" for any day will  mean the greater of (i) the rate  of
interest  announced by the Agent Bank as  its "Corporate Base Rate" for such day
or (ii) the "Federal Funds Effective Rate"  in effect on such day plus .50%  per
annum,  changing as and when such Corporate Base Rate or Federal Funds Effective
Rate changes.  "Eurocurrency  Rate" generally  will  mean the  rate  for  dollar
deposits  appearing on  Telerate Page  3750, as  adjusted for  maximum statutory
reserves. The "Fixed  CD Rate" generally  will mean the  rate determined by  the
Agent  Bank based on  the average of  the prevailing bid  rates on the borrowing
date for the purchase of certificates of deposit of the Agent Bank, adjusted for
maximum Federal  Reserve  Board reserve  requirements  and the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation  assessment rate.  The Credit  Facility will  provide for
customary provisions  relating to  yield  protection, availability  and  capital
adequacy.
 
    The  Credit Facility will provide for the  payment by Varlen of certain fees
including a (i) commitment fee at a  rate ranging from .175% to .375% per  annum
based  on the average daily unused portion  of the Facility A Commitment and the
Facility B Commitment and (ii) certain  letter of credit fees ranging from  .50%
to  1.25% per annum based on the undrawn stated amount of each letter of credit,
a letter of  credit fronting fee  of 0.15% of  the face amount  of each  standby
letter  of credit  and customary fees  in connection with  commercial letters of
credit and performance letters of credit.
 
    The  Credit   Facility  will   have  customary   conditions  to   borrowing,
representations  and  warranties,  covenants  and  events  of  default.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the Lenders obligation to fund  shall
be conditioned upon the satisfaction of the Minimum Condition.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    Each  of Varlen and its domestic  subsidiaries (including the Purchaser and,
upon consummation of the Offer or the Merger, the Company) will  unconditionally
guarantee  the indebtedness, obligations and  liabilities of the Borrowers under
the Credit Facility.
 
    The commitment of  the Banks under  the Credit Facility  will expire on  the
sixth  anniversary of the date of the closing of the Credit Facility, subject to
certain extension provisions. It is anticipated that borrowings under the Credit
Facility will  be repaid  from  funds generated  internally  by Varlen  and  its
subsidiaries  (including the Company) and from  other sources, which may include
other bank financings.
 
    THE OFFER IS NOT SUBJECT TO A FINANCING CONDITION.
 
    13.  CERTAIN CONDITIONS  OF THE OFFER AND  THE MERGER.  Notwithstanding  any
other  provision  of  the Acquisition  Agreement  or  the Offer,  and  except as
expressly limited below,  the Purchaser: shall  not be required  to commence  or
continue  the  Offer; or  accept for  payment,  purchase or  pay for  any Shares
tendered; may  postpone the  acceptance  for payment,  the purchase  of,  and/or
payment for, Shares; and/ or may amend (subject to the restrictions contained in
the  Acquisition Agreement, which for  purposes of this section  of the Offer to
Purchase includes the same as it  may be modified, amended, supplemented  and/or
restated from time to time) or terminate the Offer; if: (1) there shall not have
been  validly tendered and not withdrawn prior  to the expiration of the Offer a
number of  Shares which,  together with  the Shares  beneficially owned  by  the
Purchaser  and Varlen,  represents two-thirds of  the total voting  power of all
shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding on a fully-diluted basis,  or
(2)  any waiting  period under  the HSR  Act applicable  to the  purchase of the
Shares pursuant to the Offer shall not  have expired or been terminated, or  (3)
at  any time on or after  June 1, 1996 and prior to  the time of payment for any
such Shares  (whether or  not  any Shares  have  theretofore been  accepted  for
payment or paid for pursuant to the Offer), any of the following events (each an
"Event")  shall have  occurred (each of  paragraphs (a) through  (h) providing a
separate and independent  condition to the  Purchaser's obligations pursuant  to
the Offer):
 
       (a) the  Company shall have authorized, recommended or proposed, or shall
           have announced an  intention to authorize,  recommend or propose,  or
    shall  have entered into an agreement or agreement in principle with respect
    to, any merger, consolidation, other business combination, recapitalization,
    liquidation or dissolution, or any purchase or other acquisition or sale  or
    other  disposition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business)
    or shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any
    similar transaction involving the Company  or any subsidiary or division  of
    the  Company  or any  subsidiary (other  than the  Merger and  as Previously
    Disclosed  with  respect  to  certain  subsidiaries)  (the  foregoing  being
    collectively  referred  to as  a  "Business Combination"),  or  any material
    change in  its  capitalization, or  any  release or  relinquishment  of  any
    material contract or other rights not in the ordinary course of business; or
 
       (b) (i)  the Board of Directors of the Company shall have (x) modified or
           amended in any respect its recommendation of the Offer, the Merger or
    any of its  other actions  taken in accordance  with the  provisions of  the
    Acquisition  Agreement summarized in the third paragraph of "The Acquisition
    Agreement -- The Offer and Merger" in Section 11 of this Offer to  Purchase,
    or  (y) adopted  any resolution to  do so,  or (ii) the  opinion of Virginia
    counsel to the Company received by  the Company pursuant to the  Acquisition
    Agreement (which opinion relates to the actions of the Board of Directors of
    the  Company  described  in  the  foregoing  clause  (i))  shall  have  been
    disclaimed, disavowed,  retracted  or  revoked  in  any  respect,  or  shall
    otherwise  have been rendered inaccurate or erroneous, or (iii) the Board of
    Directors of the Company shall  have (x) taken any  of the actions taken  in
    accordance  with the provisions  of the Acquisition  Agreement summarized in
    the third paragraph of "The Acquisition  Agreement -- The Offer and  Merger"
    in  Section 11  of this  Offer to  Purchase for  the benefit  of any person,
    entity or group (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)  (other
    than  Varlen, the Purchaser or any  of their respective subsidiaries) or any
    Business Combination (other than the Offer  and the Merger), or (y)  adopted
    any resolution to do so; or
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
       (c) it  shall have been  publicly disclosed, or  Varlen, the Purchaser or
           the  Company  shall  have  learned  that:  (i)  any  person,   entity
    (including  the Company or  any of its subsidiaries  or affiliates) or group
    (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") shall have
    (x) acquired  or  become  the beneficial  owner  of  more than  10%  of  the
    outstanding  Shares  (other than  the Tendering  Shareholders), or  (y) been
    granted by  the  Company  any  warrant,  option  or  right,  conditional  or
    otherwise,  to  acquire  beneficial  ownership  of  more  than  10%  of  the
    outstanding Shares, other  than acquisitions  by a Person  who has  publicly
    disclosed  such ownership in a Schedule 13D or 13G (or amendment thereto) on
    file with the Commission prior to June 1, 1996, and other than for bona fide
    arbitrage purposes, or (ii) any such Person (other than, in the case of  the
    following clause (x), a Tendering Shareholder) who has publicly disclosed in
    such  a Schedule  13D or  13G any  such ownership  of more  than 10%  of the
    outstanding Shares prior to such date shall have (x) acquired or become  the
    beneficial  owner of, or proposed to  acquire or become the beneficial owner
    of, additional  Shares, or  (y) been  granted by  the Company  any  warrant,
    option  or right, conditional or otherwise,  to acquire any Shares, or (iii)
    any new group shall have been  formed which beneficially owns more than  10%
    of the Shares, or (iv) any Person shall have commenced, or publicly proposed
    to commence, a tender offer for outstanding Shares, or publicly proposed any
    Business   Combination,  or  (v)   any  Person  shall   have  commenced  any
    solicitation of proxies  with respect  to the  Shares in  opposition to  the
    Merger,  or (vi)  any Person  shall have  acquired or  become the beneficial
    owner of more than 50% of the outstanding Shares; or
 
       (d) there shall be  pending any  action or proceeding  before any  court,
           government,  governmental  authority  or agency:  (i)  challenging or
    seeking to make illegal, or to delay or otherwise directly or indirectly  to
    restrain or prohibit the making of the Offer, the acceptance for payment of,
    payment  for, or the purchase  of, some or all of  the Shares by Varlen, the
    Purchaser or any other subsidiary or affiliate of Varlen or the consummation
    of the Merger, or seeking to obtain material damages in connection with  the
    Offer  or the Merger, or (ii) seeking  to prohibit ownership or operation by
    Varlen, the Purchaser or any other subsidiary or affiliate of Varlen of  all
    or  a material portion of  the business or assets  of Varlen, the Company or
    any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates or to compel Varlen,  the
    Purchaser or any other subsidiary or affiilate of Varlen to dispose of or to
    hold  separately all  or a  material portion  of the  business or  assets of
    Varlen, the Company or any  of their respective subsidiaries or  affiliates,
    as  a result  of the  Offer or  the Merger,  or (iii)  seeking to  impose or
    confirm limitations on the  ability of Varlen, the  Purchaser, or any  other
    subsidiary  or affiliate  of Varlen effectively  to exercise  full rights of
    ownership and control of any Shares (or  any shares of capital stock of  any
    subsidiary of the Company) (including, without limitation, the right to vote
    any  such Shares (or shares of a subsidiary)) acquired pursuant to the Offer
    or otherwise (directly or indirectly), on all matters properly presented  to
    the  Company's shareholders (or any such subsidiary's shareholders), or (iv)
    seeking to  require  divestiture  by  Varlen, the  Purchaser  or  any  other
    subsidiary  or affiliate  of Varlen  of any  Shares, or  (v) invalidating or
    rendering unenforceable any material provision of the Acquisition Agreement,
    or (vi)  which  otherwise  might materially  adversely  affect  Varlen,  the
    Company or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates;
 
       (e) there  shall be any  action taken, or  any statute, rule, regulation,
           judgment, order or injunction  proposed, enacted, entered,  enforced,
    promulgated,  issued or deemed applicable to the Offer or the Merger, by any
    court,  government,  governmental  authority  or  agency  (other  than   the
    application  of the waiting period provisions of the HSR Act to the Offer or
    to the  Merger) which  may, directly  or indirectly,  result in  any of  the
    consequences referred to in paragraph (d) above;
 
       (f) there  shall  have  occurred:  (i)  any  general  suspension  of,  or
           limitation on  prices  for, trading  in  securities on  any  national
    securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market, or (ii) a declaration
    of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in
    the United States, or (iii) any limitation (whether or not mandatory) by any
    governmental authority on, or any other event which, in the sole judgment of
    Varlen,  might  affect the  extension of  credit by  banks or  other lending
    institutions in  the United  States,  or (iv)  any  material change  in  the
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    United  States or any other currency exchange  rates or any suspension of or
    limitation on, the markets therefor, or (v) any extraordinary adverse change
    in the financial  markets or the  market price  of the Shares,  or (vi)  any
    change in the general political, market, economic or financial conditions in
    the United States or abroad that could, in the sole judgment of Varlen, have
    a  material adverse effect upon the business or operations of the Company or
    any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or the trading of the Shares, or (vii)
    a commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international or  national
    calamity  directly or indirectly  involving the United  States, or (viii) in
    the case of any of the foregoing existing at the time of the commencement of
    the Offer, a material acceleration or worsening thereof; or
 
       (g) the representations and warranties of the Company in the  Acquisition
           Agreement  shall not be true and correct in all material respects, or
    the Company shall not have performed in all material respects each  covenant
    and  complied with each agreement  to be performed and  complied with by the
    Company under the Acquisition Agreement; or
 
       (h) the Company and Varlen  shall have agreed to  terminate the Offer  or
           the   Acquisition  Agreement,  or  the  Acquisition  Agreement  shall
    otherwise have been terminated in accordance with its terms;
 
which, in the sole judgment of the  Purchaser, in any such case, and  regardless
of  the circumstances  (including any  action or  inaction by  the Purchaser and
Varlen) giving rise to any such  condition, make it inadvisable to proceed  with
acceptance  for payment or purchase of or  payment for any Shares tendered or to
proceed with the Merger.
 
    The foregoing  conditions  are  for  the sole  benefit  of  Varlen  and  the
Purchaser  and may  be asserted  by Varlen and  the Purchaser  regardless of the
circumstances giving rise to such condition, including (without limitation)  any
action or inaction by Varlen or the Purchaser, or may be waived by Varlen or the
Purchaser  in whole  at any  time or  in part  from time  to time  in their sole
discretion. The failure by Varlen or the  Purchaser at any time to exercise  any
of  the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right and each
such right shall be deemed an ongoing right and may be asserted at any time  and
from  time to time. Any determination by  Varlen or the Purchaser concerning any
Event shall be final and binding upon all parties.
 
    In addition, under the Acquisition  Agreement the obligations of Varlen  and
the  Purchaser to consummate and effect the  Merger are subject to the condition
that the Company shall not have received  demands for payment of the fair  value
of Shares (pursuant to Article 15 (DISSENTER'S RIGHTS) of the Virginia Act) with
respect to more than 5% of the outstanding Shares.
 
    In  addition, notwithstanding anything  to the contrary  in this Section 13,
the obligations of the Purchaser to accept for payment, purchase or pay for  any
Shares  tendered shall also be  subject to the expiration  or termination of all
waiting periods under the HSR Act that are applicable to the purchase of  Shares
pursuant to the Offer and the Acquisition Agreement.
 
    14.    DIVIDENDS AND  DISTRIBUTIONS.   If, on  or after  June 15,  1996, the
Company should  (i)  split,  combine  or otherwise  change  the  Shares  or  the
Company's  capitalization, (ii) issue  or sell any  additional securities of the
Company or otherwise cause an increase  in the number of outstanding  securities
of  the Company (except for Shares issuable  upon the exercise of employee stock
options outstanding on  the date  of the Acquisition  Agreement), (iii)  acquire
currently  outstanding Shares  or otherwise cause  a reduction in  the number of
outstanding Shares, or (iv)  disclose that it has  taken any such action,  then,
without  prejudice to Purchaser's rights under  Sections 1 and 13, the Purchaser
may, in its sole  discretion, make such adjustments  as it deems appropriate  to
reflect  such split, combination or  other change in the  purchase price and the
other terms  of the  Offer or  the Merger  (including, without  limitation,  the
number  and  type of  securities offered  to be  purchased, the  amounts payable
therefor and the fees payable hereunder).
 
    Except for  regular quarterly  cash dividends  paid by  the Company  on  its
Shares  in an amount not  in excess of $.07  per Share on the  Shares, if, on or
after June 15, 1996, the Company should declare or
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
pay any cash or stock  dividend or other distribution  or issue any rights  with
respect  to the Shares, payable or distributable  to shareholders of record on a
date prior  to the  transfer to  the name  of the  Purchaser or  its nominee  or
transferee  on the Company's  stock transfer records of  the Shares accepted for
payment pursuant to the Offer, then, without prejudice to the Purchaser's rights
under Sections  1  and 13  and  without limiting  the  rights of  the  Purchaser
described  in the  preceding paragraph  of this  Section 14,  any such dividend,
distribution or  right to  be received  by the  tendering shareholders  will  be
received  and held by the tendering shareholder for the account of the Purchaser
and will be required to be  promptly remitted and transferred by each  tendering
shareholder  to  the Depositary  for the  account  of Purchaser,  accompanied by
appropriate documentation and transfer.  Pending such remittance, the  Purchaser
will  be entitled to  all rights and  privileges as owner  of any such dividend,
distribution or right and may withhold the entire purchase price or deduct  from
the  purchase price the amount or value  thereof, as determined by the Purchaser
in its sole discretion.
 
    15.  CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS.  Except  as set forth in this Section 15,  based
on a review of publicly available filings by the Company with the Commission and
other  information concerning the  Company provided to  Varlen, the Purchaser is
not aware of any license or other regulatory permit which appears to be material
to the business  of the  Company and  that might  be adversely  affected by  the
Purchaser's  acquisition  of  Shares pursuant  to  the Offer  (and  the indirect
acquisition of the stock of the  Company's subsidiaries), or of any approval  or
other  action by any  domestic or foreign  governmental or administrative agency
that would  be required  prior to  the acquisition  of Shares  by the  Purchaser
pursuant  to the Offer. Should any such approval or other action be required, it
is the Purchaser's  present intention  that such additional  approval or  action
would  be sought.  While the  Purchaser does not  presently intend  to delay the
purchase of Shares tendered  pursuant to the Offer  pending receipt of any  such
additional  approval or the taking of any such action, there can be no assurance
that any  such additional  approval  or action,  if  needed, would  be  obtained
without  substantial conditions or that adverse consequences might not result to
the Company's or Varlen's  business, or that certain  parts of the Company's  or
Varlen's  business might not be  required to be disposed  of or held separate or
other substantial conditions complied with in  order to obtain such approval  or
action  or in the  event that such  approvals were not  obtained or such actions
were not taken.  The Purchaser's obligation  to purchase and  pay for Shares  is
subject  to certain conditions  relating to the legal  matters discussed in this
Section 15. See Section 13.
 
    ANTITRUST.  Under the HSR Act,  certain acquisition transactions may not  be
consummated  unless  certain information  has  been furnished  to  the Antitrust
Division of the Department of Justice (the "Antitrust Division") and the Federal
Trade Commission  ("FTC")  and certain  waiting  period requirements  have  been
satisfied.  The acquisition of Shares pursuant  to the Offer and the Acquisition
Agreement is subject to such requirements.  On June 20, 1996, Varlen filed  with
the  Antitrust Division and the FTC a  Notification and Report Form with respect
to the Offer and the Merger.
 
    Under the provisions of the HSR Act applicable to the Offer, the purchase of
Shares pursuant to the Offer may not be consummated prior to the expiration of a
15-calendar day waiting period  following the filing  by Varlen, unless  earlier
terminated.  Accordingly, as such filing was made  on June 20, 1996, the waiting
period which is applicable to the Offer will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City
time, on July 5, 1996, unless Varlen  receives a request from either the FTC  or
the  Antitrust Division for  additional information or  documentary material, or
the Antitrust Division and the FTC  terminate the waiting period prior  thereto.
If,  within such 15-day waiting period either  the Antitrust Division or the FTC
requests additional information  or material from  Varlen concerning the  Offer,
the  waiting period will  be extended and  would expire at  11:59 p.m., New York
City time, on the tenth calendar day after the date of substantial compliance by
Varlen with such request. Only one extension of the waiting period pursuant to a
request for additional information is authorized by the rules promulgated  under
the  HSR Act.  Thereafter, the  waiting period could  be extended  only by court
order or  with the  consent  of the  Purchaser. The  additional  10-calendar-day
waiting period may be terminated sooner by the FTC or the Antitrust Division. In
practice,  complying with a  request for additional  information or material can
take a significant  amount of time.  In addition, if  the Antitrust Division  or
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
the FTC raises substantive issues in connection with a proposed transaction, the
parties  frequently engage in negotiations with the relevant governmental agency
concerning possible means  of addressing  those issues  and may  agree to  delay
consummation  of the transaction while  such negotiations continue. Although the
Company is required to  file certain information  and documentary material  with
the  Antitrust Division and the FTC in connection with the Offer and the Merger,
neither the Company's failure  to make such  filings nor a  request made to  the
Company  from the  Antitrust Division or  the FTC for  additional information or
documentary material will extend the Offer  period with respect to the  purchase
of  Shares pursuant  to the Offer  and the Acquisition  Agreement. The Purchaser
will not accept  for payment Shares  tendered pursuant to  the Offer unless  and
until the waiting period requirements imposed by the HSR Act with respect to the
Offer have been satisfied. See Section 13.
 
    If  the acquisition of Shares is delayed pursuant to a request by the FTC or
the Antitrust  Division  for  additional  information  or  documentary  material
pursuant  to the HSR Act, the Offer may,  at the discretion of the Purchaser, be
extended and, in  any event,  the purchase  of and  payment for  Shares will  be
deferred  until ten  days after  the request  is substantially  complied with by
Varlen, unless the ten-day  extended period expires on  or before the date  when
the  initial waiting period  would otherwise have expired  or unless the waiting
period is sooner terminated by the  FTC and the Antitrust Division. See  Section
2.  Unless the Offer is  extended, any extension of  the waiting period will not
give rise to any additional withdrawal rights. See Section 3.
 
    The Antitrust Division and the FTC frequently scrutinize the legality  under
the  antitrust laws  of transactions  such as the  acquisition of  Shares by the
Purchaser pursuant to the Offer and the Merger. At any time before or after  the
Purchaser's  purchase of  Shares, the Antitrust  Division or the  FTC could take
such action under the antitrust laws  as either deems necessary or desirable  in
the public interest, including seeking to enjoin the purchase of Shares pursuant
to  the  Offer  and  the  Merger  or  seeking  divestiture  of  Shares purchased
thereunder or the divestiture of assets of the Company, the Purchaser, Varlen or
any of their respective subsidiaries or  affiliates. Private parties as well  as
state  attorneys general may  also bring legal actions  under the antitrust laws
under certain  circumstances. If  any  such action  by  the FTC,  the  Antitrust
Division  or any other person should  be instituted, the Purchaser could decline
to accept for payment any Shares tendered. See Section 13 for certain conditions
to the  Offer.  Based  upon  an  examination  of  information  relating  to  the
businesses in which Varlen and the Company are engaged, Varlen believes that the
consummation  of the Offer would not  violate any antitrust laws. However, there
can be no assurance that a challenge to the Offer on antitrust grounds will  not
be made or, if a challenge is made, what the result will be.
 
    The  Merger would not require an additional  filing under the HSR Act if the
Purchaser owns 50% or more of the  outstanding Shares at the time of the  Merger
or  if  the Merger  occurs  within one  year after  the  HSR Act  waiting period
applicable to the Offer expires or is terminated.
 
    STATE TAKEOVER LAWS
 
    The Company is  incorporated under the  laws of the  State of Virginia.  The
following  is a  summary of  certain provisions  of the  Virginia Act  which are
applicable to the Offer.
 
    SHAREHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED TO APPROVE FUNDAMENTAL ACTIONS.  Section  13.1-718
of  the Virginia Act provides that, except for certain parent-subsidiary mergers
(see "Introduction"  above),  certain  significant  corporate  actions  must  be
approved  by a vote of more than two-thirds  of the votes entitled to be cast on
the matter unless the corporation's  articles of incorporation specify a  higher
or  lower vote. These  matters include mergers  (with certain exceptions), share
exchanges, sales  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  a  corporation's  assets,
dissolutions  and  amendments  to  a  corporation's  articles  of  incorporation
("Fundamental Actions"). The Company's Charter currently provides that the  vote
required  to  approve  certain  Fundamental  Actions  constituting  a  "business
combination" (as defined therein) with a beneficial owner of 10% or more of  the
Shares  is 75% of  the Shares. See  "The Acquisition Agreement  -- The Offer and
Merger" in Section 11 above.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS  STATUTE.   Article  14  of the  Virginia  Act  (the
"Affiliated  Transactions Statute") generally prohibits a publicly held Virginia
corporation from engaging  in an  "affiliated transaction"  with an  "interested
shareholder"  for a period of  three years after the  date of the transaction in
which the person  became an  interested shareholder,  unless (i)  a majority  of
disinterested  directors  approved  in  advance  the  transaction  in  which the
interested shareholder became an interested  shareholder or (ii) the  affiliated
transaction   is  approved  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of  the
disinterested directors and the holders of two-thirds of the voting shares other
than the shares beneficially owned by the interested shareholder. A  corporation
may engage in an affiliated transaction with an interested shareholder beginning
three  years after  the date of  the transaction  in which the  person became an
interested shareholder, if  the transaction  is approved  by a  majority of  the
disinterested directors or by two-thirds of the disinterested shareholders or if
it complies with certain statutory fair price provisions.
 
    Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  under  the  Virginia  Act  an "interested
shareholder"  is  a  person  who,  together  with  affiliates  and   associates,
beneficially   owns  10%  or  more   of  the  corporation's  outstanding  voting
securities. "Affiliated transactions" include (i)  any merger or share  exchange
with  an interested shareholder; (ii) the transfer to any interested shareholder
of  corporate  assets  with  a  fair  market  value  greater  than  5%  of   the
corporation's  consolidated  net worth;  (iii)  the issuance  to  any interested
shareholder of voting shares  with a fair  market value greater  than 5% of  the
fair  market value of all outstanding voting shares of the corporation; (iv) any
reclassification of securities  or corporate reorganization  that will have  the
effect  of  increasing  by  5%  or  more  the  percentage  of  the corporation's
outstanding voting shares held by any  interested shareholder; and (v) any  plan
or  proposal for dissolution of the corporation  proposed by or on behalf of any
interested shareholder.
 
    Under certain circumstances, the Affiliated Transactions Statute may make it
more difficult for an interested shareholder to effect various transactions with
the Company, after the consummation of the Merger. These provisions may have the
effect of preventing changes in management and possibly making it more difficult
to accomplish transactions which shareholders may otherwise deem to be in  their
best interests.
 
    CONTROL  SHARE ACQUISITIONS STATUTE.  Article  14.1 of the Virginia Act (the
"Control Share Acquisitions Statute")  provides that shares  of a publicly  held
Virginia  corporation  that  are  acquired  in  a  "control  share  acquisition"
generally will have no voting rights  unless such rights are conferred on  those
shares  by  the vote  of a  majority of  all the  outstanding shares  other than
interested  shares.  A  control  share  acquisition  is  defined,  with  certain
exceptions,  as the  acquisition of  the beneficial  ownership of  voting shares
which would cause the acquirer to have voting power within the following  ranges
or  to move upward from one range into another: (i) 20% to 33 1/3%; (ii) 33 1/3%
to 50%; or (iii) more than 50%, of such votes.
 
    The foregoing summary of the provisions of the Virginia Act does not purport
to be complete and is qualified in  its entirety by reference to the  provisions
of the Virginia Act.
 
    The  Board of Directors of the Company has approved the Offer and the Merger
and recommended acceptance of  the Offer by holders  of Shares and approval  (if
required  by the Virginia Act)  by holders of Shares.  The Board of Directors of
the Company  has also  taken  actions to  exempt  Varlen, the  Purchaser,  their
respective  direct and indirect  subsidiaries and the Offer  and the Merger from
the restrictions  and  provisions of  the  Affiliated Transactions  Statute  and
Control   Share  Acquisitions  Statute  as   well  as  from  the  super-majority
shareholder vote provisions of Article I of the Company's Charter. In  addition,
in  connection with Section  13.1-730 (DISSENTER'S RIGHTS)  of the Virginia Act,
the Board of Directors of the Company  has approved the Merger by a majority  of
"disinterested  directors" (as defined in Section 13.1-725 of the Virginia Act).
See Section 11.
 
    In 1995, in WLR FOODS, INC. V. TYSON FOODS INC., the United States Court  of
Appeals  for the Fourth Circuit ruled that four Virginia anti-takeover statutes,
including the Affiliated  Transactions Statute, the  Control Share  Acquisitions
Statute, the "poison pill statute" and the "business judgment statute" contained
in  the Virginia Act are not preempted by applicable federal securities law, are
constitutional and, even  though the  statutes favor  incumbent management  over
bidders,  do not impermissibly restrict  the ability of a  bidder to take over a
Virginia corporation.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    A  number of  states have  adopted takeover  laws which  purport, to varying
degrees, to  be applicable  to attempts  to acquire  securities of  corporations
which are incorporated in such states or which have substantial assets, security
holders, principal executive offices or principal places of business therein. To
the  extent that certain provisions of  certain of these state takeover statutes
purport to apply to the  Offer or the Merger,  the Purchaser believes that  such
laws  conflict with  federal law  and constitute  an unconstitutional  burden on
interstate commerce. In 1982, the Supreme  Court of the United States, in  EDGAR
V.  MITE CORP., held  that the Illinois  Business Takeovers Statute,  which as a
matter of state securities law,  made takeovers of corporations meeting  certain
requirements more difficult, imposed a substantial burden on interstate commerce
and  therefore was unconstitutional. In 1987,  however, in CTS CORP. V. DYNAMICS
CORP. OF AMERICA, the Supreme Court of the United States held that the State  of
Indiana could, as a matter of corporate law and, in particular, those aspects of
corporate  law  concerning corporate  governance, constitutionally  disqualify a
potential acquiror from voting  on the affairs of  a target corporation  without
the  prior approval of the remaining  shareholders, provided that such laws were
applicable only under certain conditions. The state law before the Supreme Court
was by its terms applicable only  to corporations that had a substantial  number
of  stockholders in  the state  and were  incorporated therein.  Subsequently, a
number of  Federal  courts  ruled  that various  state  takeover  statutes  were
unconstitutional  insofar as they apply to corporations incorporated outside the
state of enactment.
 
    Except as described herein, the Purchaser does not know whether the Offer is
subject to any state takeover statutes and neither Varlen nor the Purchaser  has
attempted  to comply  with any  state takeover  statutes in  connection with the
Offer. Should any person seek to apply any such statute to the Offer, Varlen and
the Purchaser reserve the  right to challenge the  validity or applicability  of
any  state law allegedly  applicable to the  Offer and nothing  in this Offer to
Purchase nor any action taken in connection herewith is intended as a waiver  of
that  right. In the event that any state takeover statute is found applicable to
the Offer  and  an appropriate  court  does not  determine  that such  laws  are
inapplicable  or invalid as applied to the  Offer, the Purchaser may be required
to file certain information with, or receive approvals from, the relevant  state
authorities, or the Purchaser might be unable to purchase and accept for payment
or  pay for Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer or be delayed in continuing or
consummating the Offer. In the circumstances described above, the Purchaser  may
not  be  obligated to  accept for  purchase and  payment or  pay for  any Shares
tendered.
 
    16.    EXTENSION  OF  TENDER  PERIOD,  TERMINATION  AND  AMENDMENTS.     The
Acquisition  Agreement provides that the Offer may  not be amended to reduce the
price to be paid per Share, change the  form of consideration to be paid in  the
Offer  or the Merger, increase  the Minimum Condition or  amend the terms of the
Offer in a  manner that  is materially  adverse to  the holders  of the  Shares.
Subject to such restrictions, the Purchaser expressly reserves the right, in its
sole  discretion, at any  time from time to  time, to extend  the period of time
during which  the  Offer is  open  by giving  oral  or written  notice  of  such
extension  to  the  Depositary.  If  the Purchaser  shall  decide,  in  its sole
discretion, to increase  the consideration offered  in the Offer  to holders  of
Shares  or make any other  material change in the  terms of the Offer (including
the Minimum Condition) or  the information concerning  the Offer, the  Purchaser
will  disseminate additional tender offer materials  and extend the Offer to the
extent required  by Rules  14d-4(c) and  14d-6(d) under  the Exchange  Act.  The
minimum  period  during  which the  Offer  must remain  open  following material
changes in the  terms of the  Offer or information  concerning the Offer,  other
than  a change  in price or  a change  in percentage of  securities sought, will
depend upon the facts and  circumstances, including the relative materiality  of
the  terms or  information. With  respect to a  change in  price or  a change in
percentage of securities sought, a minimum ten-business day period from the date
of announcement  thereof is  required  to allow  for adequate  dissemination  to
shareholders  and  investor  response. If,  prior  to the  Expiration  Date, the
Purchaser should decide  to increase the  price per Share  being offered in  the
Offer,  such increase  will be applicable  to all shareholders  whose Shares are
accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer. As used in this Offer to  Purchaser,
"business day" has the meaning set forth in Rule 14d-1 under the Exchange Act.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    The Purchaser also expressly reserves the right (i) to delay payment for any
Shares, regardless of whether such Shares were theretofore accepted for payment,
or  to terminate the Offer and not accept  for payment or pay for any Shares not
theretofore accepted or paid for, upon  the occurrence of any of the  conditions
specified  in Section 13  by giving oral  notice thereof to  the Depositary, and
(ii) subject to the restrictions set forth in the Acquisition Agreement, at  any
time  or from time to time,  to amend the Offer in  any respect. See Section 13.
Any extension, delay,  termination, waiver  or amendment  of the  Offer will  be
followed,  as  soon as  practicable, by  public  announcement thereof,  and such
announcement in the case of  an extension will be  made in accordance with  Rule
14e-1(d)  no later than 9:00 a.m., New York  City time, on the next business day
after the previously scheduled expiration  date. Without limiting the manner  in
which  the Purchaser may  choose to make any  public announcement, the Purchaser
shall have no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such
public announcement other than by  making a release to  either the Dow Jones  or
Reuters News Services and making any appropriate filing with the Commission.
 
    If  the Purchaser extends the Offer, or  if the Purchaser (whether before or
after its acceptance for  payment of Shares)  is delayed in  its purchase of  or
payment  for Shares or is unable to pay for Shares pursuant to the Offer for any
reason, then, without prejudice to the  Purchaser's rights under the Offer,  the
Depositary  may  retain tendered  shares on  behalf of  the Purchaser,  and such
Shares may not  be withdrawn  except to  the extent  tendering shareholders  are
entitled to withdrawal rights as described in Section 3. However, the ability of
the  Purchaser to delay the payment for  Shares which the Purchaser has accepted
for payment is limited by Rule  14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act, which  requires
that  a bidder pay the consideration  offered or return the securities deposited
by or  on behalf  of holders  of securities  promptly after  the termination  or
withdrawal of the Offer.
 
    17.   CERTAIN FEES AND EXPENSES.   Lehman Brothers Inc. ("Lehman") is acting
as Dealer Manager for the Offer and as financial advisor to Varlen in connection
with the  transactions described  in  this Offer  to  Purchase. Pursuant  to  an
engagement  letter dated  March 15, 1996  (the "Engagement  Letter"), Varlen has
agreed to pay Lehman an advisory fee  in connection with the acquisition of  the
Company,  in one or a series or combination of transactions whereby, directly or
indirectly, control (i.e., 51% of the  Shares of the Company), or  substantially
all  of the  assets of the  Company or any  of its affiliates  is transferred to
Varlen or Purchaser or any of  their affiliates (an "Acquisition"), of 0.75%  of
the  gross value  of all  cash, securities and  other property  paid directly or
indirectly by Varlen and/or the Purchaser in connection with an Acquisition (the
"Consideration"); provided that the Acquisition  occurs on or prior to  December
31,  1998 (the "Termination Date"). Varlen has  further agreed that in the event
that Varlen or the Purchaser shall acquire less than 50% of the Shares but  more
than  20%  of the  Shares  outstanding on  a fully  diluted  basis prior  to the
Termination Date,  and during  such  period Varlen  or  Purchaser shall  have  a
designee  appointed to the Company's Board  of Directors, then Varlen has agreed
to pay to Lehman an advisory fee of  0.75% of the price paid by the Company  for
such  shares. Varlen has agreed to pay Lehman the foregoing fees as follows: (x)
one-third  upon  commencement  of  an   Acquisition  and  (y)  two-thirds   upon
consummation  of an Acquisition. Pursuant to the Dealer Manager Agreement, dated
June 20, 1996, Varlen  has also agreed to  pay Lehman a fee  equal to $.065  per
Share  for each  Share accepted  for payment  in the  Offer as  compensation for
serving as Dealer Manager for the  Offer, which amount will be credited  against
the  above-described advisory fee  being paid to Lehman  by Varlen. In addition,
Varlen has agreed  to reimburse  Lehman for its  reasonable expenses  (including
professional  fees and  expenses of  up to $10,000,  plus 50%  of its reasonable
professional fees and expenses in excess of $10,000, up to a maximum of $50,000)
and has agreed to indemnify Lehman  against certain liabilities and expenses  in
connection  with their  engagement. The  amount of  the total  advisory fees and
reimbursable expenses payable to  Lehman pursuant to  the Engagement Letter,  if
the  Acquisition  is  consummated, is  currently  estimated not  to  exceed $1.4
million.
 
    The Purchaser has retained D.F. King &  Co. to act as Information Agent  and
Harris  Trust Company of  New York to  act as Depositary  in connection with the
Offer. The Information Agent may contact  holders of Shares by mail,  telephone,
telex, telegraph and personal interview and may request
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
brokers,  dealers and other nominee shareholders to forward material relating to
the offer to beneficial  owners. The Information Agent  and the Depositary  will
receive reasonable and customary compensation for services relating to the Offer
in addition to reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The Purchaser
has agreed to indemnify the Information Agent and the Depositary against certain
liabilities  and  expenses  in  connection  with  the  Offer  including  certain
liabilities under the federal securities laws.
 
    Neither Varlen nor  the Purchaser will  pay any fees  or commissions to  any
broker,  dealer or other  person (other than the  above-described fee to Lehman)
for soliciting  tenders  of Shares  pursuant  to the  Offer.  Brokers,  dealers,
commercial  banks and trust  companies will, upon request,  be reimbursed by the
Purchaser for reasonable and  necessary costs and expenses  incurred by them  in
forwarding materials to their customers.
 
    18.  MISCELLANEOUS.  The Purchaser is not aware of any jurisdiction in which
the  making  of the  Offer  is not  in compliance  with  applicable law.  If the
Purchaser becomes aware  of any jurisdiction  in which the  making of the  Offer
would  not be in compliance with applicable  law, the Purchaser will make a good
faith effort to  comply with  any such  law. If,  after good  faith effort,  the
Purchaser  cannot comply with any  such law, the Offer will  not be made to, nor
will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of, holders of Shares residing in any
jurisdiction in which the making of the Offer or acceptance thereof would not be
in compliance with the securities, blue sky or other laws of such  jurisdiction.
In  any jurisdiction the securities, blue sky or other laws of which require the
Offer to be made by a licensed broker or dealer, the Offer shall be deemed to be
made on  behalf of  the  Purchaser by  the  Dealer Manager  or  by one  or  more
registered brokers or dealers licensed under the laws of such jurisdiction.
 
    Varlen  and  the Purchaser  have filed  with the  Commission a  Tender Offer
Statement on Schedule 14D-1, together with  exhibits, pursuant to Rule 14d-3  of
the  General Rules  and Regulations under  the Exchange  Act, furnishing certain
additional information  with  respect to  the  Offer, and  may  file  amendments
thereto.  Such  Tender Offer  Statement  and any  amendments  thereto, including
exhibits, may be obtained in the manner  described in Section 8 with respect  to
information  concerning the  Company, except that  such information  will not be
available at the regional offices of the Commission.
 
    NO PERSON  HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO  MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATION  ON BEHALF OF VARLEN OR THE PURCHASER NOT CONTAINED IN THIS OFFER
TO PURCHASE OR  IN THE LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL AND,  IF GIVEN OR  MADE, ANY  SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED.
 
                                                        BAS, Inc.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                                                                      SCHEDULE A
 
          DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF VARLEN AND THE PURCHASER
 
    The  names and principal business positions for  the past five years of each
director and  executive officer  of Varlen  are set  forth below.  The  business
address  of each such person is 55  Shuman Boulevard, P.O. Box 3089, Naperville,
Illinois 60566-7089. All persons listed below are citizens of the United  States
of America.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                             PRINCIPAL BUSINESS POSITIONS FOR THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- ------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>
Richard L. Wellek                     Director;  President and Chief Executive Officer of Varlen since 1983. From
                                      1968 through 1983 he  held various executive  and operational positions  at
                                      Varlen.
 
Vicki L. Casmere                      Vice  President, General  Counsel and  Secretary since  April 1,  1996. Ms.
                                      Casmere served as Corporate Counsel of Caremark Inc. from 1992 to 1996  and
                                      as  Vice  President of  Caremark Inc.  from 1994  to 1996.  Previously, Ms.
                                      Casmere served as Corporate Counsel  of Baxter Healthcare Corporation  from
                                      1988 to 1992.
 
Rudolph Grua                          Director;  Vice Chairman of General  Binding Corporation, a manufacturer of
                                      business machines and related supplies,  since January 1995 and a  director
                                      since  May 1984. Prior  to January 1995,  Mr. Grua was  President and Chief
                                      Executive Officer of  General Binding  Corporation, positions  he had  held
                                      since May 1984.
 
George W. Hoffman                     Railroad  Group Vice President since 1990.  Mr. Hoffman was an Executive at
                                      Keystone Railway Equipment Company,  a subsidiary of  Varlen, from 1979  to
                                      1994.
 
Raymond A. Jean                       Executive   Vice  President   and  Chief  Operating   Officer  since  1993.
                                      Previously, Mr. Jean served as Group Vice President from 1988 to 1992.
 
Ernest H. Lorch                       Director; Of  Counsel  to  Whitman  Breed Abbott  &  Morgan,  attorneys,  a
                                      position  he has held since January 1993.  He retired as Chairman and Chief
                                      Executive Officer of The Dyson-Kissner-Moran Corporation ("DKM"), a private
                                      investment company,  in December  1992, a  position he  held since  January
                                      1992.  DKM owned approximately 30%  of the Common Stock  of Varlen prior to
                                      Varlen's purchase of all of the Varlen shares owned by DKM in January 1993.
                                      Mr. Lorch was President of DKM from June 1984 to January 1992. Mr. Lorch is
                                      also a director of Tyler Corporation, a retail supplier of automotive parts
                                      that also provides products for fundraising programs.
 
L. William Miles                      Director;  Vice  President  for  Administration  at  Fairfield  University,
                                      Connecticut,  a position he has held since July 1992. From February 1988 to
                                      June 1992 he was Senior Vice  President of Call Interactive, a provider  of
                                      interactive  telephone services.  Mr. Miles  is also  a director  of Bouton
                                      Corporation, a manufacturer of safety glasses.
 
Richard A. Nunemaker                  Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer since 1991. Previously,
                                      Mr. Nunemaker served as Vice President and Controller from 1987 to 1991.
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                             PRINCIPAL BUSINESS POSITIONS FOR THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- ------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greg A. Rosenbaum                     Director; President of Palisades Associates,  Inc., a merchant banking  and
                                      consulting  company, since August  1989. Mr. Rosenbaum  is also director of
                                      Richey  Electronics,  Inc.,  a  distributor  of  electronic  components,  a
                                      position he has held since 1993.
<S>                                   <C>
 
Joseph J. Ross                        Director; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Federal Signal
                                      Corporation,  a manufacturer of public safety, signaling and communications
                                      equipment. He has been Chairman of  Federal Signal since February 1990  and
                                      has  served as  its President  and Chief  Executive Officer  since December
                                      1987.
 
Theodore A. Ruppert                   Director; For  more than  the last  five years,  a general  partner in  the
                                      Village  Development  Partnership,  a real  estate,  manufacturing  and oil
                                      development holding company; Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and director
                                      of Glaize Development Corporation, a real estate developer; and a  director
                                      of Pioneer Bank & Trust Company.
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
               DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE PURCHASER
 
    The  names and principal business  positions for the past  five years of the
director and  executive officers  of  the Purchaser  are  set forth  below.  The
business  address of  each such  person is 55  Shuman Boulevard,  P.O. Box 3089,
Naperville, Illinois 60566-7089. All  persons listed below  are citizens of  the
United  States of America.  For further information  regarding such persons, see
"Directors and Executive Officers of Varlen."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                                         POSITION
- ------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>
Richard L. Wellek                     Director and President
 
Richard A. Nunemaker                  Vice President and Treasurer
 
Vicki L. Casmere                      Vice President and Secretary
</TABLE>
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
    Facsimile copies of the Letter  of Transmittal, properly completed and  duly
executed,  will be accepted. The Letter  of Transmittal, certificates for Shares
and any other required documents should be sent or delivered by each shareholder
of the Company or his  broker, dealer, commercial bank  or other nominee to  the
Depositary at one of its addresses set forth below.
 
                        THE DEPOSITARY FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                        HARRIS TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>                       <C>
                            ----------------
 
        BY MAIL:           BY OVERNIGHT COURIER:          BY HAND:
 
  Wall Street Station       77 Water Street, 4th       Receive Window
     P.O. Box 1010                 Floor            77 Water Street, 5th
   New York, New York     New York, New York 10005         Floor
       10268-1010                                    New York, New York
                                                           10005
                                BY FACSIMILE
                               TRANSMISSION:
                               (FOR ELIGIBLE
                             INSTITUTIONS ONLY)
                               (212) 701-7636
                               (212) 701-7637
 
                            CONFIRM FACSIMILE BY
                                 TELEPHONE:
 
                               (212) 701-7624
</TABLE>
 
                             ---------------------
 
    Any  questions or requests for assistance or additional copies of this Offer
to Purchase, the Letter  of Transmittal, the Notice  of Guaranteed Delivery  and
other  related materials may be directed to  the Information Agent or the Dealer
Manager at their respective  telephone numbers and  locations listed below.  You
may  also  contact your  broker,  dealer, commercial  bank  or trust  company or
nominee for assistance concerning the Offer.
 
                    THE INFORMATION AGENT FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                             D.F. KING & CO., INC.
                                77 Water Street
                            New York, New York 10005
                            (212) 269-5550 (collect)
                                       or
 
                         Call Toll Free: 1-800-848-3402
 
                      THE DEALER MANAGER FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
                            3 WORLD FINANCIAL CENTER
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10285
                         (212) 526-2864 (CALL COLLECT)

<PAGE>
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                        TO TENDER SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
 
                                       OF
 
                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED
 
                            PURSUANT TO THE OFFER TO
                          PURCHASE DATED JUNE 20, 1996
 
                                       BY
 
                                   BAS, INC.
 
                          A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF
 
                               VARLEN CORPORATION
 
  THE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY
         TIME, ON THURSDAY, JULY 18, 1996 UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED.
                        THE DEPOSITARY FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                        HARRIS TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                              <C>
          BY MAIL:                 BY OVERNIGHT COURIER:                  BY HAND:
    Wall Street Station         77 Water Street, 4th Floor             Receive Window
       P.O. Box 1010             New York, New York 10005        77 Water Street, 5th Floor
     New York, New York                                           New York, New York 10005
         10268-1010
</TABLE>
 
                           BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION:
                        (FOR ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY)
                                 (212) 701-7636
                                 (212) 701-7637
                        CONFIRM FACSIMILE BY TELEPHONE:
                                 (212) 701-7624
 
    DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE  OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA  FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION OTHER THAN AS
SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
 
    THE INSTRUCTIONS  ACCOMPANYING THIS  LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL SHOULD  BE  READ
CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
 
    This   Letter  of  Transmittal  is  to   be  completed  by  shareholders  if
certificates for Shares  (as defined  below) are  to be  forwarded herewith  or,
unless  an Agent's Message (as defined in Section 4 of the Offer to Purchase) is
utilized, if delivery  of Shares is  to be  made by book-entry  transfer to  the
accounts  maintained by  Harris Trust  Company of  New York,  as Depositary (the
"Depositary"), at The  Depository Trust Company  or the Philadelphia  Depository
Trust  Company  (each  a  "Book-Entry Transfer  Facility"  and  collectively the
"Book-Entry Transfer  Facilities")  pursuant  to the  procedures  set  forth  in
Section  4 of the  Offer to Purchase.  Holders of Shares  whose certificates for
Shares are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their  Shares
or  confirmation of the book-entry tender  of their Shares into the Depositary's
account at a Book-Entry  Transfer Facility ("Book  Entry Confirmation") and  all
other  documents required by this Letter of  Transmittal to the Depositary on or
prior   to   the    Expiration   Date    (as   defined   in    the   Offer    to
<PAGE>
Purchase),  must  tender  their  Shares  according  to  the  guaranteed delivery
procedure set forth in Section  4 of the Offer  to Purchase. See Instruction  2.
DELIVERY  OF DOCUMENTS  TO A  BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER  FACILITY DOES  NOT CONSTITUTE
DELIVERY TO THE DEPOSITARY.
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>
/ /        CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES  ARE BEING DELIVERED BY  BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO  THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY  THE
           DEPOSITARY  WITH A  BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER  FACILITY AND COMPLETE  THE FOLLOWING  (ONLY PARTICIPANTS  IN A BOOK-ENTRY
           TRANSFER FACILITY MAY DELIVER SHARES BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER):
 
           Name of Tendering Institution ....................................................................................
           Check box of Book-Entry Transfer Facility:
           / / The Depository Trust Company
           / / Philadelphia Depository Trust Company
 
           Account Number ...................................................................................................
           Transaction Code Number ..........................................................................................
 
/ /        CHECK HERE IF TENDERED SHARES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT  TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT  TO
           THE DEPOSITARY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING. PLEASE ENCLOSE A PHOTOCOPY OF SUCH NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY.
 
           Name(s) of Registered Owner(s) ...................................................................................
           Window Ticket Number (if any) ....................................................................................
           Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery ...............................................................
           Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery ....................................................................
           If delivered by Book-Entry Transfer, check box of Book-Entry Transfer Facility:
           / / The Depository Trust Company
           / / Philadelphia Depository Trust Company
 
           Account Number ...................................................................................................
           Transaction Code Number ..........................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>                   <C>                   <C>
                                           DESCRIPTION OF TENDERED SHARES
  NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED OWNER(S)               SHARE CERTIFICATE(S) AND SHARE(S) TENDERED
  (PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK, EXACTLY AS NAME(S)               (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SIGNED LIST IF NECESSARY)
         APPEAR(S) ON SHARE CERTIFICATES)
                                                        CERTIFICATE         TOTAL NUMBER OF          NUMBER OF
                                                         NUMBER(S)*        SHARES REPRESENTED    SHARES TENDERED**
                                                                           BY CERTIFICATE(S)*
                                                        TOTAL SHARES
 * NEED NOT BE COMPLETED BY SHAREHOLDERS DELIVERING SHARES BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER.
**  UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, IT WILL BE ASSUMED THAT  ALL SHARES REPRESENTED BY ANY CERTIFICATES DELIVERED TO THE
   DEPOSITARY ARE BEING TENDERED. SEE INSTRUCTION 4.
</TABLE>
 
                    NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW.
              PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY.
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
    The undersigned hereby  tenders to  BAS, Inc., a  Virginia corporation  (the
"Purchaser")  and a  wholly owned subsidiary  of Varlen  Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("Varlen"), the  above-described shares of  Common Stock, par  value
$1.00  per share (the "Shares"), of Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation
(the "Company"), pursuant to the  Purchaser's offer to purchase all  outstanding
Shares  at a price of $16.125 per Share,  net to the seller in cash, without any
interest, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer to
Purchase dated June 20,  1996 (the "Offer  to Purchase") and  in this Letter  of
Transmittal (which together constitute the "Offer"), receipt of which are hereby
acknowledged.  The undersigned understands that the Purchaser reserves the right
to transfer or assign, in whole or from  time to time in part, to Varlen or  one
or  more of its other direct or  indirect wholly owned subsidiaries the right to
purchase all or any portion of the Shares tendered pursuant to the Offer.
 
    Subject to,  and  effective upon,  acceptance  for payment  for  the  Shares
tendered  herewith in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of
the Offer, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers to, or upon  the
order  of, the Purchaser all right, title and  interest in and to all the Shares
that are  being  tendered  hereby  (and  any and  all  other  Shares  and  other
securities  and  property issued  or  issuable or  distributed  or distributable
(other than the Company's regular quarterly  dividend of not more than $.07  per
Share) in respect thereof on or after June 15, 1996 and prior to the transfer to
the  name of  the Purchaser  or nominee  or transferee  of the  Purchaser on the
Company's stock transfer records of the Shares tendered herewith  (collectively,
a  "Distribution")), and irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Depositary the
true and lawful agent  and attorney-in-fact of the  undersigned with respect  to
such  Shares (and any Distribution) with  full power of substitution (such power
of attorney being deemed  to be an irrevocable  power coupled with an  interest)
to: (i) deliver certificates for such Shares (and any Distribution), or transfer
ownership  of such Shares (and any Distribution) on the account books maintained
by  a  Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility,  together  in  any  such  case  with  all
accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity, to or upon the order of the
Purchaser,  upon receipt by  the Depositary, as the  undersigned's agent, of the
purchase price (adjusted, if appropriate, as provided in the Offer to Purchase);
(ii) present such Shares (and any Distribution) for transfer on the books of the
Company; and (iii)  receive all benefits  and otherwise exercise  all rights  of
beneficial  ownership of such  Shares (and any  Distribution), all in accordance
with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer.
 
    The undersigned hereby irrevocably appoints the Purchaser, its officers  and
its  designees,  and each  of  them, the  attorneys-in-fact  and proxies  of the
undersigned, each with full  power of substitution, to  exercise all voting  and
other rights of the undersigned in such manner as each such attorney-in-fact and
proxy  or the substitute  for any such  attorney-in-fact and proxy  shall in the
sole discretion of each such attorney-in-fact and proxy or his substitutes  deem
proper,  and otherwise act (including pursuant  to written consent) with respect
to all of  the Shares  tendered hereby (and  any Distribution)  which have  been
accepted  for payment by the  Purchaser prior to the time  of such vote or other
action and  which  the  undersigned  is  entitled to  vote  at  any  meeting  of
shareholders  (whether  annual  or  special  and  whether  or  not  an adjourned
meeting), or consent in lieu  of any such meeting,  or otherwise. THIS PROXY  IS
IRREVOCABLE AND COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND IS GRANTED IN CONSIDERATION OF, AND
IS  EFFECTIVE UPON, THE ACCEPTANCE  FOR PAYMENT OF SUCH  SHARES BY THE PURCHASER
<PAGE>
IN ACCORDANCE WITH  THE TERMS OF  THE OFFER. SUCH  ACCEPTANCE FOR PAYMENT  SHALL
REVOKE,  WITHOUT FURTHER ACTION, ANY OTHER POWER OF ATTORNEY AND/ OR PROXY GIVEN
BY  THE  UNDERSIGNED  AT  ANY  TIME  WITH  RESPECT  TO  SUCH  SHARES  (AND   ANY
DISTRIBUTION)  AND NO SUBSEQUENT POWER OF ATTORNEY OR PROXY MAY BE GIVEN (AND IF
GIVEN WILL  NOT BE  EFFECTIVE)  WITH RESPECT  THERETO  BY THE  UNDERSIGNED.  The
undersigned  understands  that the  Purchaser  expressly reserves  the  right to
require that, in order for Shares  to be validly tendered, immediately upon  the
Purchaser's  acceptance for payment  of such Shares  (and any Distribution), the
Purchaser is able to exercise  full voting rights and  other rights of a  record
and  beneficial holder thereof, including rights in respect of acting by written
consent with respect  to such  Shares (and any  Distribution) or  voting at  any
meeting of shareholders.
 
    The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that: (i) the undersigned has
full  power  and  authority to  tender,  sell,  assign and  transfer  the Shares
tendered hereby (and any Distribution) and  (ii) when the same are accepted  for
payment  by  the  Purchaser, the  Purchaser  will acquire  good,  marketable and
unencumbered title thereto, free and  clear of all liens, restrictions,  charges
and  encumbrances and  the same will  not be  subject to any  adverse claim. The
undersigned, upon request,  will execute  and deliver  any additional  documents
deemed  by the Depositary, the Purchaser or  Varlen to be necessary or desirable
to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Shares tendered hereby (and
any Distribution).  In  addition,  the  undersigned  shall  promptly  remit  and
transfer  to the Depositary  for the account  of the Purchaser  the whole of any
dividend (other than the Company's regular  quarterly dividend of not more  than
$.07  per  Share),  distribution,  interest  payment  or  right  issued  to  the
undersigned on or after June 15, 1996, in respect of the Shares tendered hereby,
accompanied by appropriate documentation  of transfer. Pending such  remittance,
the  Purchaser shall be  entitled to all  rights and privileges  as owner of any
such dividend,  distribution, interest  payment or  right and  may withhold  the
entire  purchase price  or deduct  from the purchase  price the  amount or value
thereof, as determined by the Purchaser in its sole discretion.
 
    All authority herein conferred or agreed  to be conferred in this Letter  of
Transmittal shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity
of  the undersigned,  and any obligation  of the undersigned  hereunder shall be
binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal
representatives of the undersigned. Except as  stated in the Offer to  Purchase,
this tender is irrevocable.
 
    The undersigned understands that the tender of Shares pursuant to any of the
procedures  described  in  Section  4  of  the  Offer  to  Purchase  and  in the
instructions hereto will  constitute the tendering  shareholder's acceptance  of
the  terms and conditions of  the Offer, as well  as the tendering shareholder's
representation and  warranty  that  such  shareholder has  the  full  power  and
authority  to tender and  assign the Shares tendered  (and any Distribution), as
specified in this Letter of Transmittal. The Purchaser's acceptance for  payment
of  Shares pursuant to the Offer will constitute a binding agreement between the
tendering shareholder  and the  Purchaser  upon the  terms  and subject  to  the
conditions of the Offer.
 
    Unless  otherwise  indicated  herein under  "Special  Payment Instructions,"
please issue the check for the purchase price and/or any certificates for Shares
not tendered  or  accepted  for  payment in  the  name(s)  of  the  undersigned.
Similarly,  unless  otherwise indicated  under "Special  Delivery Instructions,"
please mail the check for the purchase price and/or return any certificates  for
Shares  not tendered  or accepted  for payment  (and accompanying  documents, as
appropriate) to the  undersigned at  the address shown  below the  undersigned's
signature.  In the  event that  both the  Special Delivery  Instructions and the
Special Payment  Instructions are  completed,  please issue  the check  for  the
purchase  price  and/or  return  any certificates  for  Shares  not  tendered or
accepted for payment  in the name(s)  of, and deliver  said check and/or  return
such  certificates  to,  the person  or  persons so  indicated.  The undersigned
recognizes that the Purchaser has no obligation pursuant to the Special  Payment
Instructions  to  transfer any  Shares from  the name  of the  registered holder
thereof if  the Purchaser  does not  accept for  payment any  of the  Shares  so
tendered.
 
<PAGE>
                          SPECIAL PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS
                        (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 5, 6 AND 7)
 
     To  be  completed ONLY  if  certificates for  Shares  not tendered  or not
 purchased and/or the check for the  purchase price of Shares purchased are  to
 be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned.
 
 Issue                    / / check                    / / certificates to:
 
 Name  ........................................................................
                                    (Please Print)
 
 Address  .....................................................................
 
  .............................................................................
                               (Include Zip Code)
 
  .............................................................................
              (Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number)
                           (See Substitute Form W-9)
                         SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
                        (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 5, 6 AND 7)
 
     To  be  completed ONLY  if  certificates for  Shares  not tendered  or not
 purchased and/or the check for the  purchase price of Shares purchased are  to
 be  sent to someone  other than the  undersigned, or to  the undersigned at an
 address other than that shown above.
 
 Mail / / check         / / certificates to:
 
 Name  ........................................................................
                                 (Please Print)
 
 Address  .....................................................................
 
  .............................................................................
                               (Include Zip Code)
 
                                   IMPORTANT
 
                                   SIGN HERE
                 (COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 ON REVERSE SIDE)
 
  .............................................................................
 
  .............................................................................
                            Signature(s) of Owner(s)
 
 Dated:  ............................................................... , 1996
 
     (Must be signed  by registered  owner(s) exactly as  name(s) appear(s)  on
 certificate(s)  for Shares or  on a security position  listing or by person(s)
 authorized  to  become  registered  owner(s)  by  certificates  and  documents
 transmitted  herewith. If signature is by trustees, executors, administrators,
 guardians, attorneys-in-fact,  agents,  officers  of  corporations  or  others
 acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please provide the following
 information. See Instruction 5.)
 
 Name(s) ......................................................................
 
  .............................................................................
                                 (Please Print)
 
 Capacity (full title)  .......................................................
 
 Address   ....................................................................
 
  .............................................................................
 
  .............................................................................
                               (Include Zip Code)
 
 Area Code and Telephone Numbers  .............................................
 Taxpayer Identification
   or Social Security No.  ....................................................
     (See Substitute Form W-9)
 
                           GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
                           (See Instructions 1 and 5)
 
 Name  ........................................................................
                                 (Please Print)
 
 Authorized Signature  ........................................................
 
 Name of Firm  ................................................................
 
 Address  .....................................................................
 
  .............................................................................
                              (including Zip Code)
 
 Area Code and Telephone Number  ..............................................
 
 Dated:  ............................................................... , 1996
<PAGE>
                 TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING STOCKHOLDERS
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 9)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                  <C>               <C>
                                     PAYER'S NAME: HARRIS TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
SUBSTITUTE                          PART 1 - PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN       ------------------------------------
FORM W-9                            THE  BOX  AT RIGHT  AND  CERTIFY BY              Social Security Number
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY,         SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.                                  OR
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE                                                      ------------------------------------
                                                                                 Employer Identification Number
PAYER'S REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER        PART 2 - Certification - Under Penalties of  Perjury,  PART 3 -
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)         I certify that:                                        Awaiting
                                    (1)   The  number shown  on this  form is  my correct  TIN         / /
                                         Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am  waiting
                                         for a number to be issued to me and have checked
                                         the box in Part 3) and
                                    (2)   I am not subject to backup withholding because:
                                    (a) I am  exempt from  backup withholding,  or (b)  I
                                         have  not been notified  by the Internal Revenue
                                         Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to  backup
                                         withholding  as a result of  a failure to report
                                         all interest or  dividends, or (c)  the IRS  has
                                         notified  me  that  I am  no  longer  subject to
                                         backup withholding.
                                    CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS -  You must cross  out item  (2) above if  you have  been
                                    notified  by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of
                                    underreporting interest or  dividends on your  tax return. However,  if after  being
                                    notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you received another
                                    notification  from the IRS that you are  no longer subject to backup withholding, do
                                    not cross out such item (2).
                                    SIGNATURE  DATE
</TABLE>
 
 NOTE:  FAILURE  TO  COMPLETE  AND  RETURN  THIS  FORM  MAY  RESULT  IN  BACKUP
        WITHHOLDING  OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE  TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
        PLEASE REVIEW  THE ENCLOSED  GUIDELINES FOR  CERTIFICATION OF  TAXPAYER
        IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
 
               YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU
               CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 3 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.
<PAGE>
             CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 
 I certify under penalties of perjury that a Taxpayer Identification Number has
 not  been  issued  to  me,  and  either (1)  I  have  mailed  or  delivered an
 application to receive  a Taxpayer  Identification Number  to the  appropriate
 Internal  Revenue Service Center  or Social Security  Administration Office or
 (2) I  intend  to  mail or  deliver  an  application in  the  near  future.  I
 understand  that if I do  not provide a Taxpayer  Identification Number by the
 time of payment, 31% of all reportable  payments made to me will be  withheld,
 but  that such  amounts will be  refunded to me  if I then  provide a Taxpayer
 Identification Number within sixty (60) days.
 _________________________________      _________________________________, 1996
              Signature                                                     Date
<PAGE>
                                  INSTRUCTIONS
             FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFER
 
    1.   GUARANTEE OF  SIGNATURES.  No  signature guarantee is  required on this
Letter of  Transmittal  (a) if  this  Letter of  Transmittal  is signed  by  the
registered  holder(s) (which term, for purposes  of this document, shall include
any participant  in a  Book-Entry  Transfer Facility  whose  name appears  on  a
security  position listing as the owner  of Shares) of Shares tendered herewith,
unless such holder(s)  has completed  either the box  entitled "Special  Payment
Instructions"  or the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" above, or (b)
if such Shares are tendered for the account  of a firm which is a bank,  broker,
dealer,  credit union, savings association or other  entity which is a member in
good standing of a recognized Medallion Signature Guarantee Program (each of the
foregoing being referred to as an  "Eligible Institution"). In all other  cases,
all  signatures on this Letter of Transmittal  must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution. See Instruction 5 of this Letter of Transmittal.
 
    2.  REQUIREMENTS OF TENDER.  This  Letter of Transmittal is to be  completed
by  shareholders either if certificates are  to be forwarded herewith or, unless
an Agent's  Message is  utilized, if  tenders are  to be  made pursuant  to  the
procedure  for tender by book-entry transfer set forth in Section 4 of the Offer
to Purchase.  Certificates  for  tendered  Shares,  or  timely  confirmation  (a
"Book-Entry  Confirmation") of  a book-entry  transfer of  such Shares  into the
Depositary's account at a Book-Entry Transfer  Facility, as well as this  Letter
of  Transmittal (or  a facsimile hereof),  properly completed  and duly executed
with any required signature guarantees, or an Agent's Message in connection with
a book-entry  transfer, and  any  other documents  required  by this  Letter  of
Transmittal,  must be  received by  the Depositary at  one of  its addresses set
forth on the front page  of this Letter of  Transmittal prior to the  Expiration
Date.  Shareholders  whose certificates  are  not immediately  available  or who
cannot deliver  their  certificates and  all  other required  documents  to  the
Depositary prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedure for
delivery  by book-entry transfer  on a timely  basis may tender  their Shares by
properly completing and duly executing a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery  pursuant
to  the guaranteed  delivery procedure set  forth in  Section 4 of  the Offer to
Purchase. Pursuant to such procedure: (i) such tender must be made by or through
an Eligible Institution; (ii) a properly  completed and duly executed Notice  of
Guaranteed  Delivery, substantially in the form made available by the Purchaser,
must be received by the Depositary prior  to the Expiration Date; and (iii)  the
certificates (or a Book-Entry Confirmation) representing all tendered Shares, in
proper  form for transfer, in each case  together with the Letter of Transmittal
(or a facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed with any required
signature guarantees  (or, in  the case  of a  book-entry delivery,  an  Agent's
Message) and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be
received  by  the Depositary  within  three National  Association  of Securities
Dealers, Inc. Automated  Quotation System ("NASDAQ  System") trading days  after
the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If certificates are
forwarded  separately to the Depositary, a  properly completed and duly executed
Letter of Transmittal must accompany each such delivery.
 
    THE METHOD OF  DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES  FOR SHARES AND  ALL OTHER  REQUIRED
DOCUMENTS,  INCLUDING DELIVERY THROUGH  ANY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER  FACILITY, IS AT
THE OPTION AND RISK OF THE  TENDERING SHAREHOLDER. DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED  MADE
ONLY  WHEN  ACTUALLY  RECEIVED  BY  THE  DEPOSITARY.  IF  DELIVERY  IS  BY MAIL,
REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED.
IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY.
 
    No alternative, conditional or contingent  tenders will be accepted, and  no
fractional  Shares will be purchased (unless you are tendering all of the Shares
you own). All tendering shareholders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal
(or a facsimile hereof), waive any right to receive any notice of the acceptance
of their Shares for payment.
 
    3.   INADEQUATE SPACE.   If  the space  provided herein  is inadequate,  the
certificate  number(s)  and/or  the  number of  Shares  and  any  other required
information should be listed on a separate signed schedule attached hereto.
 
    4.   PARTIAL  TENDERS.    (NOT APPLICABLE  TO  SHAREHOLDERS  WHO  TENDER  BY
BOOK-ENTRY  TRANSFER.)  If  fewer  than  all  of  the  Shares  evidenced  by any
certificate delivered to the Depositary are  to be tendered, fill in the  number
of  Shares  which are  to  be tendered  in the  box  entitled "Number  of Shares
Tendered." In such  a case, new  Share certificate(s) for  the Shares that  were
evidenced  by your old Share certificate(s), but  were not tendered by you, will
be sent to you (unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this  Letter
of  Transmittal) as  soon as practicable  after the Expiration  Date. All Shares
represented by certificates delivered to the  Depositary will be deemed to  have
been tendered unless otherwise indicated.
 
    5.   SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, STOCK POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS.  If
this Letter of Transmittal is signed  by the registered holder(s) of the  Shares
tendered hereby, the signature(s) must correspond with the name(s) as written on
the  face of  the certificate(s) without  alteration, enlargement  or any change
whatsoever.
 
    If any of  the Shares tendered  hereby are owned  of record by  two or  more
joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
 
    If  any of the tendered Shares are  registered in different names on several
certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate
Letters of Transmittal as there are different registrations of certificates.
 
    If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates or stock powers are signed
by trustees, executors,  administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,  officers
of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the
Purchaser of their authority so to act must be submitted.
 
    If  this Letter of Transmittal is signed  by the registered holder(s) of the
Shares listed  and  transmitted  hereby,  no  endorsements  of  certificates  or
separate  stock  powers  are  required  unless  payment  is  to  be  made  to or
certificates for Shares not tendered  or not purchased are  to be issued in  the
name  of  a  person other  than  the  registered holder(s).  Signatures  on such
certificates or stock powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
    If this  Letter  of  Transmittal  is  signed by  a  person  other  than  the
registered  holder(s) of the  certificate(s) listed, the  certificate(s) must be
endorsed or  accompanied by  appropriate  stock powers,  in either  case  signed
exactly  as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear on the certificate(s)
for such  Shares.  Signatures on  such  certificates  or stock  powers  must  be
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
    6.   STOCK TRANSFER TAXES.  Except as otherwise provided in this Instruction
6, the Purchaser  will pay or  cause to be  paid any stock  transfer taxes  with
respect  to the transfer and sale  of Shares to it or  its order pursuant to the
Offer. If, however, payment of
<PAGE>
the purchase  price is  to  be made  to, or  if  certificate(s) for  Shares  not
tendered or accepted for payment are to be registered in the name of, any person
other than the registered holder(s), if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason
other than the sale or transfer of Shares to Purchaser pursuant to the Offer, or
if  tendered certificate(s) are registered in the  name of any person other than
the person(s)  signing this  Letter  of Transmittal,  the  amount of  any  stock
transfer  taxes (whether  imposed on  the registered  holder(s) or  such person)
payable on account  of the transfer  to such  person will be  deducted from  the
purchase  price unless satisfactory evidence of the  payment of such taxes or an
exemption therefrom, is submitted.
 
    Except as otherwise provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary
for transfer  tax stamps  to be  affixed to  the certificate(s)  listed in  this
Letter of Transmittal.
 
    7.    SPECIAL PAYMENT  AND  DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.    If the  check  for the
purchase price  of any  Shares purchased  is to  be issued,  or any  Shares  not
tendered or not purchased are to be returned, in the name of a person other than
the  person(s)  signing this  Letter  of Transmittal,  or  if the  check  or any
certificates for  Shares not  tendered or  not  purchased are  to be  mailed  to
someone  other than the person(s)  signing this Letter of  Transmittal or to the
person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal at an address other than that shown
above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be  completed.
Shareholders tendering Shares by book-entry transfer may request that Shares not
purchased  be  credited  to  such  account at  any  of  the  Book-Entry Transfer
Facilities  as   such  shareholder   may   designate  under   "Special   Payment
Instructions."  If no such instructions are given, any such Shares not purchased
will be returned by crediting the account at the Book-Entry Transfer  Facilities
designated above.
 
    8.   IRREGULARITIES.   All  questions as  to the  form of  documents and the
validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for payment  of
any  tender  of  Shares  will  be  determined  by  the  Purchaser,  in  its sole
discretion, which  determination  shall  be final  and  binding.  The  Purchaser
reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders of Shares determined by
it  not to be  in proper form  or the acceptance  for payment of  or payment for
tenders of  Shares which  may, in  the opinion  of the  Purchaser's counsel,  be
unlawful.  The Purchaser also reserves the absolute right to waive any defect or
irregularity in any tender of Shares. No tender of Shares will be deemed to have
been properly made until  all defects and  irregularities relating thereto  have
been cured or waived. The Purchaser's interpretation of the terms and conditions
of  the Offer in this  regard will be final and  binding. None of the Purchaser,
the Dealer Manager, the  Depositary, the Information Agent  or any other  person
will  be under any  duty to give  notification of any  defect or irregularity in
tenders or incur any liability for failure to give any such notification.
 
    9.  31% BACKUP WITHHOLDING; SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.  Under U.S. Federal  income
tax  law,  a  shareholder whose  tendered  Shares  are accepted  for  payment is
required to provide the Depositary with a correct Taxpayer Identification Number
("TIN"),  generally  the  shareholder's  social  security  or  federal  employer
identification  number, on  Substitute Form  W-9 below.  Failure to  provide the
information on the form may subject the tendering shareholder or other payee  to
a  $50 penalty. In addition, payments that are made to such shareholder or other
payee with respect to Shares purchased pursuant  to the Offer may be subject  to
31% federal income tax withholding on the payment of the purchase price.
 
    Certain  shareholders (including, among others, all corporations and certain
foreign individuals) are not subject  to these backup withholding and  reporting
requirements.  In order for a foreign individual to qualify an exempt recipient,
the shareholder  must submit  a Form  W-8, signed  under penalties  of  perjury,
attesting  that individual's exempt status. A Form  W-8 can be obtained from the
Depositary.  See  the  enclosed   "Guidelines  for  Certification  of   Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for additional instructions.
 
    Backup  withholding is not  an additional tax. Rather,  the tax liability of
persons subject  to backup  withholding will  be reduced  by the  amount of  tax
withheld.  If withholding results  in an overpayment  of taxes, a  refund may be
obtained from the Internal Revenue Service.
 
    To prevent backup  withholding on payments  that are made  to a  shareholder
with  respect  to Shares  purchased pursuant  to the  Offer, the  shareholder is
required  to  notify  the  Depositary  of  such  shareholder's  correct  TIN  by
completing  the Substitute Form W-9 certifying (i)  that the TIN provided on the
Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such shareholder is awaiting a TIN)  and
(ii)  that (a) such  shareholder has not  been notified by  the Internal Revenue
Service that such shareholder is subject to backup withholding as a result of  a
failure  to report all interest or dividends or (b) the Internal Revenue Service
has notified such  shareholder that  such shareholder  is no  longer subject  to
backup withholding.
 
    The box in part 3 of the Substitute Form W-9 may be checked if the tendering
shareholder  has not been issued a  TIN and has applied for  a TIN or intends to
apply for  a TIN  in the  near future.  If the  box in  Part 3  is checked,  the
shareholder  or  other  payee must  also  complete the  Certificate  of Awaiting
Taxpayer  Identification   Number  in   order  to   avoid  backup   withholding.
Notwithstanding  that  the box  in  part 3  is  checked and  the  Certificate of
Awaiting Taxpayer  Identification Number  is completed,  if the  shareholder  or
other  payee does not provide a properly  certified TIN to the Depositary within
60 days, the Depositary will withhold 31% of all payments made prior to the time
a properly certified TIN is provided to the Depositary.
 
    The shareholder  is required  to  give the  Depositary the  social  security
number or employer identification number of the record owner of the Shares or of
the  last transferee appearing on the transfers attached to, or endorsed on, the
Shares. If the Shares are in  more than one name or are  not in the name of  the
actual  owner, consult  the enclosed  "Guidelines for  Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form  W-9" for additional guidance on  which
number to report.
 
    10.   REQUESTS FOR  ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.   Questions or requests
for assistance  may be  directed to  the Information  Agent at  its address  and
telephone  numbers set forth below. Additional  copies of the Offer to Purchase,
this Letter of  Transmittal and the  Notice of Guaranteed  Delivery may also  be
obtained  from  the Information  Agent or  the Dealer  Manager or  from brokers,
dealers, commercial banks or trust companies.
 
    11.  LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES.  If any certificate  evidencing
Shares  has  been lost,  destroyed or  stolen,  the shareholder  should promptly
notify Wachovia  Bank of  North Carolina,  N.A., Winston  Salem, North  Carolina
27102-3001, Attention: Darrell V. Milton at (919) 770-4994. The shareholder will
then  be instructed as to the  steps that must be taken  in order to replace the
certificate.  This  Letter  of  Transmittal  and  related  documents  cannot  be
processed until the procedures for replacing lost or destroyed certificates have
been followed.
<PAGE>
    IMPORTANT:  THIS LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL (OR  A FACSIMILE COPY  HEREOF) OR AN
AGENT'S  MESSAGE  TOGETHER  WITH  CERTIFICATES  OR  CONFIRMATION  OF  BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER OR A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
AND  ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE DEPOSITARY ON OR PRIOR
TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.
 
    FACSIMILE COPIES OF THE LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL, PROPERLY COMPLETED AND  DULY
EXECUTED,  WILL BE ACCEPTED. THE LETTER  OF TRANSMITTAL, CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES
AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE SENT OR DELIVERED BY EACH SHAREHOLDER
OF THE COMPANY OR  HIS BROKER, DEALER, COMMERCIAL  BANK, TRUST COMPANY OR  OTHER
NOMINEE TO THE DEPOSITARY AT ONE OF ITS ADDRESSES SET FORTH BELOW:
 
                        THE DEPOSITARY FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                        HARRIS TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
 
<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                     <C>
                        ------------------
       BY MAIL:         BY OVERNIGHT COURIER:        BY HAND:
 
 Wall Street Station     77 Water Street, 4th     Receive Window
    P.O. Box 1010               Floor            77 Water Street,
  New York, New York      New York, New York        5th Floor
      10268-1010                10005           New York, New York
                                                      10005
                             BY FACSIMILE
                            TRANSMISSION:
                            (FOR ELIGIBLE
                          INSTITUTIONS ONLY)
                            (212) 701-7636
                            (212) 701-7637
 
                         CONFIRM FACSIMILE BY
                              TELEPHONE:
 
                            (212) 701-7624
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
    Questions  and requests  for assistance may  be directed  to the Information
Agent or the Dealer Manager at their respective addresses and telephone  numbers
listed  below.  Additional  copies of  the  Offer  to Purchase,  this  Letter of
Transmittal  and  other  tender  offer  materials  may  be  obtained  from   the
Information  Agent  or  the Dealer  Manager  as  set forth  below,  and  will be
furnished promptly at the Purchaser's expense. You may also contact your broker,
dealer,  commercial  bank,  trust  company  or  other  nominee  for   assistance
concerning the Offer.
                    THE INFORMATION AGENT FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                             D.F. KING & CO., INC.
                                77 Water Street
                            New York, New York 10005
                            (212) 269-5550 (collect)
                                       or
                         Call Toll Free: 1-800-848-3402
 
                      THE DEALER MANAGER FOR THE OFFER IS:
 
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
                            3 WORLD FINANCIAL CENTER
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10285
                         (212) 526-2864 (CALL COLLECT)

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT C
 
                             ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
 
    ACQUISITION  AGREEMENT (as the  same may be  modified, amended, supplemented
and/or restated from time to time, this "Agreement"), dated as of June 15, 1996,
by and among (1) Varlen Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Varlen"), (2) BAS,
Inc., a  Virginia corporation  and  a wholly  owned  subsidiary of  Varlen  (the
"Purchaser"),   and  (3)  Brenco,  Incorporated,  a  Virginia  corporation  (the
"Company").
 
                                    RECITALS
 
    The respective Boards of Directors of Varlen, the Purchaser and the  Company
have  each determined that it is advisable for Varlen, through the Purchaser, to
acquire all of the Company's outstanding Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share
(the "Shares"), at a price  of $16.125 per Share in  cash pursuant to the  offer
described  below in Article 1 and the merger  described below in Article 2, as a
result of which the Company will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Varlen. The
Board of Directors of the Company has  duly approved such offer and resolved  to
recommend  its acceptance  by the  holders of  Shares. The  respective Boards of
Directors of Varlen, the Purchaser and  the Company have each duly approved  the
merger  of  the Purchaser  and the  Company following  the consummation  of such
offer.
 
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration  of the premises  and the mutual  covenants
herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Varlen, the Purchaser and the Company
hereby agree as follows:
 
                             ARTICLE 1:  THE OFFER
 
    Section 1.1  THE OFFER.  (a)  Provided that none of the conditions set forth
in  ANNEX I to this Agreement shall have occurred, the Purchaser (or one or more
other direct or indirect  wholly owned subsidiaries  of Varlen) shall  promptly,
and  in no event later  than one business day after  the date of this Agreement,
publicly announce, and within five business days thereafter commence (within the
meaning of Rule 14d-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act")), an offer to purchase any and all outstanding Shares at a price
of $16.125 per Share, net to the seller in cash and without any interest thereon
(the "Offer",  which  term  shall  include any  amendments  to  such  offer  not
prohibited by this Agreement). The obligation of the Purchaser to consummate the
Offer, to accept for payment and to pay for any Shares tendered shall be subject
to  those conditions set forth in ANNEX I to this Agreement. Without the consent
of the Company, the Purchaser  shall not reduce the price  to be paid per  Share
pursuant  to the Offer, change the form of consideration to be paid in the Offer
or the Merger (as hereinafter defined), increase the minimum number of Shares to
be purchased in the Offer  or amend any other term  of the Offer (including  the
conditions  set  forth on  ANNEX I  to  this Agreement)  in a  manner materially
adverse to the holders of  the Shares. The conditions of  the Offer are for  the
sole  benefit of Varlen and the Purchaser and  may be asserted by Varlen and the
Purchaser regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any such conditions or,
subject to the preceding sentence, may be waived by Varlen and the Purchaser  in
whole or in part.
 
    (b)  On the date that the Purchaser  commences the Offer (within the meaning
of Rule 14D-2 under the Exchange Act), Varlen and the Purchaser shall file  with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")  a  Tender Offer
Statement on Schedule  14D-1 with respect  to the Offer  (the "Schedule  14D-1")
that  will comply  in all  material respects  with the  provisions of applicable
federal securities law and will contain an Offer to Purchase (which, along  with
the related letters of transmittal and summary advertisements, together with any
supplements  or  amendments  thereto,  are  referred  to  herein  as  the "Offer
Documents"). The  Schedule  14D-1 and  the  Offer  Documents, on  the  date  the
Schedule  14D-1 is filed with the Commission and on the date the Offer Documents
are first published, sent or given to securityholders, as the case may be, shall
not contain  any untrue  statement  of a  material fact  or  omit to  state  any
material fact required to be stated therein or
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
under  which they were made, not misleading,  and Varlen and the Purchaser agree
promptly to  correct  (and the  Company,  with respect  to  written  information
supplied  by  it  specifically for  use  in  the Schedule  14D-1  and  the Offer
Documents, agrees to promptly request that Varlen and the Purchaser correct) the
Schedule 14D-1 and/or the Offer Documents if and to the extent that any of  them
shall  have become false or  misleading in any material  respect. Varlen and the
Purchaser shall  take all  steps necessary  to cause  the Schedule  14D-1 as  so
corrected  to  be filed  with  the Commission  and  such Offer  Documents  as so
corrected to be  disseminated to  securityholders, in each  case as  and to  the
extent  required by applicable federal securities  laws. None of the information
relating to Varlen and its affiliates supplied in writing by Varlen specifically
for inclusion in the Schedule 14D-9  (as defined hereinbelow) will, at the  time
the Schedule 14D-9 is filed with the Commission, contain any untrue statement of
a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  light  of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
    Section 1.2  COMPANY ACTIONS.  (a)  The Company represents that the Board of
Directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") has duly approved the  Offer
and  the Merger and resolved to recommend  acceptance of the Offer by holders of
Shares and approval of the Merger (if such approval is required by the  Virginia
Stock  Corporation Act, as  amended (the "Virginia Act"))  by holders of Shares.
The Company  represents  and warrants  that  its  Board of  Directors  has:  (1)
exempted   Varlen,  the   Purchaser,  their   respective  direct   and  indirect
subsidiaries and the Offer, the  Merger and the other transactions  contemplated
by  this Agreement  from the  restrictions and  other provisions  of Article 14,
SectionSection 13.1-725-13.1-728 (AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS)  of the Virginia  Act
in  the manner provided by Section 13.1-727.B.1.(iv) thereof, by the adoption of
resolutions substantially in the form set forth in ANNEX II hereto; (2) exempted
Varlen, the Purchaser, their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries and the
Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement from
the super majority shareholder vote provisions  of Article I of the Articles  of
Incorporation,  as amended, of  the Company (the "Charter"),  by the adoption of
resolutions substantially  in the  form set  forth in  ANNEX II  hereto; (3)  in
connection  with  the provisions  of  Article 15  (DISSENTER'S  RIGHTS), Section
13.1-730  of  the  Virginia   Act,  approved  the  Merger   by  a  majority   of
"disinterested  directors" (as defined in Section 13.1-725 of the Virginia Act),
by the adoption of resolutions substantially in  the form set forth in ANNEX  II
hereto; and (4) approved this Agreement, with the effect of (among other things)
exempting  Varlen, the Purchaser, the Offer and the Merger from the restrictions
and provisions of  Article 14.1,  SectionSection 13.1-728.1-13.1-728.9  (CONTROL
SHARE  ACQUISITIONS) of the Virginia Act. The Company and its Board of Directors
(including the "disinterested director" members  thereof) shall take such  other
and  further actions necessary or  appropriate, at the request  of Varlen or the
Purchaser to:  (A)  exempt  Varlen,  the Purchaser,  their  direct  or  indirect
subsidiaries,  the Offer, the Merger and  the other transactions contemplated by
this Agreement  from the  provisions of  any takeover,  affiliated  transaction,
business  combination, control share acquisition or  other provision of: (i) law
or regulation  adopted by  the Commonwealth  of Virginia  or any  department  or
agency  thereof, or (ii) the Charter or  Bylaws of the Company, and (B) maintain
the shareholder vote required to approve the Merger at the two-thirds level.
 
    (b) The  Company  agrees  to file  with  the  Commission, and  mail  to  the
Company's  shareholders,  a  Solicitation/Recommendation  Statement  on Schedule
14D-9 (the  "Schedule 14D-9")  containing  the recommendation  of the  Board  of
Directors  that the holders of Shares accept  the Offer. The Schedule 14D-9 will
comply in  all  material respects  with  the provisions  of  applicable  federal
securities  laws. The Schedule 14D-9, on the  date filed with the Commission and
on the date  first published, sent  or given to  the Company's  securityholders,
shall  not contain any untrue statement of a  material fact or omit to state any
material fact required to be  stated therein or necessary  in order to make  the
statements  therein, in light  of the circumstances under  which they were made,
not misleading, and the Company agrees  promptly to correct (and Varlen and  the
Purchaser,  with  respect  to written  information  supplied by  either  of them
specifically for use in the Schedule  14D-9, agree to promptly request that  the
Company  correct) the  Schedule 14D-9 if  and to  the extent that  it shall have
become false or misleading in any  material respect. The Company shall take  all
steps necessary to cause the Schedule 14D-9 as so corrected to be filed with the
Commission and mailed to the Company's securityholders to
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
the  extent  required  by  applicable  federal  securities  laws.  None  of  the
information relating to the  Company and its affiliates  supplied in writing  by
the  Company specifically for inclusion in the  Schedule 14D-1 will, at the time
the Schedule 14D-1 is filed with the Commission, contain any untrue statement of
a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
    (c)  The Company will promptly furnish  Varlen or the Purchaser with mailing
labels containing the names  and addresses of the  record holders of Shares  and
lists of securities positions of Shares held in stock depositories, each as of a
recent  date, and shall furnish the  Purchaser with such additional information,
including  updated  lists  of  securityholders,  mailing  labels  and  lists  of
securities  positions,  and other  assistance  as the  Purchaser  may reasonably
request for the  purpose of communicating  the Offer to  the holders of  Shares.
Varlen  and the Purchaser agree to  hold the foregoing information confidential,
to use it only  in connection with the  Offer and the Merger,  and in the  event
this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms to cause such lists to
be returned to the Company.
 
    Section  1.3  DIRECTORS.   Promptly upon the acceptance  for payment of, and
payment by the Purchaser in accordance  with the Offer for, Shares  constituting
50%  or more of all Shares then outstanding pursuant to the Offer, and from time
to time thereafter, the Purchaser shall be entitled to designate such number  of
directors,  rounded up to  the next whole  number, on the  Board of Directors as
will give the  Purchaser representation on  the Board of  Directors equal to  at
least  that number of directors which equals  the product of the total number of
directors on the  Board of  Directors (giving  effect to  the directors  elected
pursuant  to this  sentence) multiplied  by the  percentage that  such number of
Shares so accepted for payment and paid for or owned by the Purchaser or  Varlen
bears  to the number of Shares outstanding, and the Company shall, at such time,
use its  best efforts  to cause  the  Purchaser's designees  to be  so  elected;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the Purchaser shall  have the right (in its discretion)
to designate a number of directors less than such product; AND PROVIDED FURTHER,
HOWEVER, that at  all times  prior to  the Merger there  shall be  at least  two
members of the Board of Directors of the Company selected by the current members
of  such Board.  Subject to  applicable law, the  Company shall  take all action
necessary to effect any such election (including mailing to its shareholders the
information  required  Section  14(f)  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  Rule   14f-1
promulgated thereunder, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Varlen)
and  use its reasonable best efforts to cause the resignation of such directors,
and/or an increase in the number of its directors, as may be directed by  Varlen
and required to implement the provisions of this Section 1.3.
 
                             ARTICLE 2:  THE MERGER
 
    Section  2.1  THE MERGER.  At the  Effective Time (as defined in Section 2.3
hereof), in accordance with this Agreement  and the Virginia Act, the  Purchaser
shall  be  merged with  and  into the  Company,  the separate  existence  of the
Purchaser (except as may be continued by operation of law) shall cease, and  the
Company  shall continue as the surviving corporation of the Merger. The Company,
after the  Merger,  is  hereinafter  sometimes referred  to  as  the  "Surviving
Corporation."  At the  election of Varlen,  any other direct  or indirect wholly
owned subsidiary of Varlen may be substituted for the Purchaser as a constituent
corporation in the merger for purposes of this Section 2.1.
 
    Section 2.2  EFFECT  OF THE MERGER.   At the  Effective Time, the  Surviving
Corporation  shall  continue  its  corporate existence  under  the  laws  of the
Commonwealth  of  Virginia  and  shall   succeed  to  all  rights,   privileges,
immunities,  franchises, property, debts due, liabilities and obligations of the
Purchaser and the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Virginia Act.
 
    Section 2.3  CONSUMMATION OF  THE MERGER.  As  soon as is practicable  after
the  satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 6 hereof, the
parties hereto will  cause the  Merger to be  consummated by  delivering to  the
State  Corporation  Commission of  the Commonwealth  of Virginia  (the "Virginia
Commission") articles  of merger  (the "Articles  of Merger")  in such  form  as
required by,
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
and executed and acknowledged in accordance with, the relevant provisions of the
Virginia Act. The Merger shall become effective as of the time that the Virginia
Commission finds that the Articles of Merger comply with the requirements of law
and  that all required fees  have been paid and it  shall issue a certificate of
merger with respect  to the Merger  for record in  accordance with the  relevant
provisions of the Virginia Act (or at such later time specified as the effective
time  in the Articles of Merger). The  term "Effective Time" shall mean the date
and time at which the Merger becomes effective.
 
    Section 2.4  ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION; BYLAWS; DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.  The
articles of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be the articles  of
incorporation  of the  Company as in  effect immediately prior  to the Effective
Time, until thereafter amended as provided  therein and under the Virginia  Act.
The  Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation shall be the Bylaws of the Purchaser as
in effect immediately prior  to the Effective Time  until thereafter amended  as
provided  therein and  under the  Virginia Act.  The directors  of the Purchaser
immediately prior to  the Effective Time  will be the  initial directors of  the
Surviving  Corporation, and the  officers of the  Purchaser immediately prior to
the Effective Time will be the initial officers of the Surviving Corporation, in
each case until their successors are elected and qualified.
 
    Section 2.5   CONVERSION OF  SECURITIES.   (a)   At the  Effective Time,  by
virtue  of the Merger and  without any action on the  part of the Purchaser, the
Company, the  Surviving  Corporation or  the  holder  of any  of  the  following
securities:
 
        (1) Each Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
    Time  (other than Shares  to be cancelled pursuant  to Section 2.5(b) hereof
    and Shares held by any holder who  properly exercises and does not waive  or
    withdraw  dissenter's rights with  respect to his  Shares under the Virginia
    Act ("Dissenting  Shares"))  shall  be cancelled  and  extinguished  and  be
    converted  into and become a right to  receive $16.125 in cash per Share (or
    any such higher price  per Share as  may be paid in  the Offer) without  any
    interest thereon (the "Merger Consideration");
 
        (2)  Each Share which is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
    Effective Time and  owned by  Varlen, the Purchaser  or the  Company or  any
    direct or indirect subsidiary of Varlen, the Purchaser or the Company, shall
    be cancelled and retired, and no payment shall be made with respect thereto;
    and
 
        (3)  Each share of Common Stock  of the Purchaser issued and outstanding
    immediately prior to the Effective Time  shall be converted into and  become
    one  validly issued, fully  paid and nonassessable share  of Common Stock of
    the Surviving Corporation.
 
    (b) The holders of Dissenting Shares,  if any, shall be entitled to  payment
for  such Shares  only to  the extent  permitted by  and in  accordance with the
applicable provisions  of  the Virginia  Act;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that  if,  in
accordance  with such provisions  of the Virginia Act,  any holder of Dissenting
Shares shall waive or withdraw such right  to payment of the fair value of  such
Shares,  each such Share shall  thereupon be deemed to  have been converted into
and to have  become exchangeable for,  as of  the Effective Time,  the right  to
receive   the  Merger  Consideration  provided  in  Section  2.5(a)(1)  of  this
Agreement. The holders  of Dissenting Shares  shall have and  possess only  such
rights  and privileges as a shareholder of the Company as are provided for under
Article 15 (DISSENTER'S RIGHTS) of the Virginia Act.
 
    Section 2.6  COMPANY  STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS.   (a)   Prior to the  Effective
Time,  the Board of Directors (or,  if appropriate, any committee thereof) shall
adopt, subject to the terms of the Stock Option Plans (as hereinafter  defined),
such resolutions as are necessary or appropriate, if any, to adjust the terms of
all  outstanding employee  stock options  to purchase  Shares (collectively, the
"Options") granted under any stock option plan of the Company (collectively, the
"Stock  Option  Plans",  which  term  shall  include  (without  limitation)  the
Company's  1988 Stock Option Plan, as  amended) to provide for the cancellation,
effective as of the Effective Time, of such Options (and any stock  appreciation
rights  or  limited stock  appreciation  rights) as  set  forth in  this Section
2.6(a). Not later  than immediately prior  to the Effective  Time, each  Option,
whether or not then exercisable or
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
vested,  shall become  fully exercisable and  vested. The Company  shall use its
reasonable best efforts to insure that each Option outstanding immediately prior
to the Effective Time shall  be cancelled in exchange  for a payment, not  later
than  immediately prior to the Effective Time,  from the Company (subject to any
applicable withholding taxes)  in cash  equal to the  product of  (x) the  total
number  of Shares  subject to  such Option and  (y) the  excess, if  any, of the
Merger Consideration over the exercise price  per Share subject to such  Option.
Any  stock appreciation  rights or  limited stock  appreciation rights  shall be
cancelled as of  immediately prior  to the  Effective Time  without any  payment
therefor.
 
    (b) Prior to the Effective Time, the Board of Directors (or, if appropriate,
any committee thereof) shall adopt, subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock
Plans   (as  hereinafter  defined),   such  resolutions  as   are  necessary  or
appropriate, if any, to adjust the terms of all restricted Shares (collectively,
the "Restricted Shares") granted under any restricted stock plan of the  Company
(collectively,  the "Restricted Stock Plans",  which term shall include (without
limitation) the Company's 1987 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended) to provide for
the cancellation, effective as of the Effective Time, of such Restricted  Shares
as  set forth in  this Section 2.6(b).  Not later than  immediately prior to the
Effective Time,  each Restricted  Share,  whether or  not then  unrestricted  or
vested,  shall become  fully unrestricted,  exercisable and  vested. The Company
shall use  its reasonable  best efforts  to insure  that each  Restricted  Share
outstanding  immediately  prior  to the  Effective  Time shall  be  cancelled in
exchange for the Merger Consideration.
 
    (c) Effective as of the date of this Agreement, the Board of Directors  (or,
if  appropriate, any committee thereof) shall  have taken the appropriate action
with respect to the Company's Employee  Stock Savings Plan (the "Savings  Plan")
to  provide that: (i)  until the earlier to  occur of the  Effective Time or any
termination of this  Agreement, participants  in the  Savings Plan  will not  be
eligible to receive matching Shares on any Shares purchased by such participants
after  the date  of this Agreement,  and (ii)  any right of  participants in the
Savings Plan to receive matching Shares from the Company as of the date of  this
Agreement  accrued as  a result of  Shares purchased  prior to the  date of this
Agreement shall  be  cancelled  in  exchange  for  a  payment,  not  later  than
immediately  prior  to the  Effective  Time, from  the  Company (subject  to any
applicable withholding taxes)  in cash  equal to the  product of  (x) the  total
number of such accrued matching Shares and (y) the Merger Consideration.
 
    (d)  Except as  provided herein,  the Stock  Option Plans,  Restricted Stock
Plans and any other plan, program  or arrangement providing for the issuance  or
grant  of any other interest  in respect of the capital  stock of the Company or
any subsidiary (collectively with  the Stock Option  Plans and Restricted  Stock
Plans,  referred to as  the "Stock Incentive  Plans") shall terminate  as of the
Effective Time. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that
following the Effective Time no holder of an Option or Restricted Shares nor any
other participant in any Stock Incentive Plan shall have any right thereunder to
acquire equity securities  of the Company  or the Surviving  Corporation or  any
subsidiary   thereof  and,  if  requested  by  Varlen,  to  obtain  the  written
acknowledgement of such holders and participants with respect thereto.
 
    Section 2.7  EXCHANGE OF  CERTIFICATES.  (a)   From and after the  Effective
Time,  Harris Trust Company of  New York shall act  as paying agent (the "Paying
Agent") in effecting the  exchange, for the  Merger Consideration multiplied  by
the  number  of  Shares  formerly  represented  thereby,  of  certificates  (the
"Certificates") that, prior to the  Effective Time, represented Shares  entitled
to  payment pursuant to Section 2.5(a) hereof.  At or before the Effective Time,
Varlen or the Purchaser  shall deposit with  the Paying Agent  in trust for  the
benefit  of  the  holders  of Certificates  immediately  available  funds  in an
aggregate amount  (the  "Payment Fund")  equal  to  the product  of  the  Merger
Consideration multiplied by the number of Shares entitled to payment pursuant to
Section  2.5(a) hereof. Upon the surrender  of each such Certificate, the Paying
Agent shall  pay  the  holder  of  such  Certificate  the  Merger  Consideration
multiplied  by the  number of Shares  formerly represented  by such Certificate,
without any interest thereon, in  exchange therefor, and such Certificate  shall
forthwith   be  cancelled.  Until  so   surrendered  and  exchanged,  each  such
Certificate shall represent solely the right to receive the Merger Consideration
multiplied by the number of Shares represented by such Certificate, without  any
interest  thereon. If any cash  is to be paid  to a name other  than the name in
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
which the Certificate  representing Shares surrendered  in exchange therefor  is
registered,  it shall be a condition to  such payment that the person requesting
such payment shall pay to the Paying Agent any transfer or other taxes  required
by  reason  of the  payment  of such  cash  to a  name  other than  that  of the
registered holder of the Certificate surrendered, or such person shall establish
to the satisfaction of the  Paying Agent that such tax  has been paid or is  not
applicable.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  neither the  Paying Agent  nor any
party hereto shall be liable to a holder of Shares for any Merger  Consideration
delivered  to  a  public  official pursuant  to  applicable  abandoned property,
escheat or similar laws.
 
    (b) The Payment Fund shall be invested  by the Paying Agent, as directed  by
Varlen  or the Purchaser,  in: (i) obligations  of, or fully  guaranteed by, the
United States of America or any  agency or instrumentality thereof maturing  not
more  than 12  months after  the date  of acquisition,  (ii) obligations  of any
United States state or any political subdivision of such state, or any agency or
instrumentality of such a state or political subdivision, maturing not more than
12 months after  acquisition that are  rated A  or better by  Standard &  Poor's
Corporation  ("S&P")  or  A  or  better  by  Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.
("Moody's"), (iii) commercial paper rated A-1 or better by S&P or P-1 or  better
by  Moody's, and/or (iv) certificates of deposit and bankers' acceptances issued
by, and  time deposits  with,  commercial banks  (whether foreign  or  domestic)
having  capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000; and any net earnings with
respect thereto shall be  paid to Varlen  as and when  requested by Varlen,  and
Varlen  shall replace any principal lost through any investment made pursuant to
this Section 2.7(b).
 
    (c) The Paying Agent shall, pursuant to irrevocable instructions to be given
by Varlen or the Purchaser, make the payments referred to in Section 2.5(a)  out
of  the Payment Fund. Promptly following the date which is nine months after the
Effective Time, the Paying Agent shall deliver to Varlen all cash,  certificates
and  other documents in its possession relating to the transactions described in
this Agreement, and the Paying Agent's duties shall terminate. Thereafter,  each
holder  of  a  Certificate  formerly representing  a  Share  may  surrender such
Certificate to the Surviving  Corporation or Varlen  and (subject to  applicable
abandoned  property, escheat and similar laws)  receive in exchange therefor the
Merger Consideration, without any  interest thereon, but  shall have no  greater
rights  against  the Surviving  Corporation or  Varlen than  may be  accorded to
general creditors of the Surviving Corporation or Varlen under applicable law.
 
    (d) Promptly after  the Effective  Time, the  Paying Agent  shall mail  each
record  holder  of Certificates  that immediately  prior  to the  Effective Time
represented Shares a form of letter  of transmittal and instructions for use  in
surrendering such Certificates and receiving the Merger Consideration therefor.
 
    (e)  After the  Effective Time,  there shall  be no  transfers on  the stock
transfer  books  of  the  Surviving   Corporation  of  any  Certificates   which
theretofore  represented  Shares.  If, after  the  Effective  Time, Certificates
formerly representing Shares are presented  to the Surviving Corporation or  the
Paying   Agent,  they   shall  be  cancelled   and  exchanged   for  the  Merger
Consideration, as provided in this Article  2, subject to applicable law in  the
case of Dissenting Shares.
 
     ARTICLE 3:  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF VARLEN AND THE PURCHASER
 
    Varlen  and the Purchaser each hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees
with, the Company as follows:
 
    Section 3.1    ORGANIZATION AND  QUALIFICATION.    Each of  Varlen  and  the
Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under  the  laws of  its  jurisdiction of  incorporation  and has  the requisite
corporate power to carry  on its respective business  as now conducted. Each  of
Varlen  and  the Purchaser  is duly  qualified  as a  foreign corporation  to do
business, and is in good standing,  in each jurisdiction where the character  of
its  properties  owned or  leased or  the  nature of  its activities  makes such
qualification necessary,  except for  failures to  be so  qualified or  in  good
standing  which would  not, in the  aggregate, materially impair  the ability of
Varlen and the Purchaser to
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
perform their  obligations  hereunder. The  Purchaser  has not  engaged  in  any
material  business  or  activity  of  any kind,  or  entered  into  any material
agreement or arrangement  with any  person or  entity or  incurred, directly  or
indirectly,  any material liabilities or  obligations, except in connection with
its incorporation or with the negotiation  of this Agreement and the  agreements
relating  to the financing of  the Offer, the Merger  and the other transactions
contemplated thereby (the "Financing") and the consummation of the  transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.
 
    Section  3.2  AUTHORITY RELATIVE TO THIS  AGREEMENT.  Each of Varlen and the
Purchaser has the  requisite corporate power  and authority to  enter into  this
Agreement  and  to  perform  its obligations  hereunder  and  to  consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby. The execution  and delivery of this  Agreement
by  Varlen and the Purchaser and the consummation by Varlen and the Purchaser of
the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by the respective
Boards of  Directors  of  Varlen  and  the  Purchaser  and  no  other  corporate
proceedings  on the part of  Varlen or the Purchaser  are necessary to authorize
the execution, delivery and performance  of this Agreement and the  transactions
contemplated  hereby. This  Agreement has  been duly  executed and  delivered by
Varlen and the Purchaser and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of  each
of them, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms except to
the  extent that  its enforceability  may be  limited by  applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights generally and by general equitable principles.
 
    Section 3.3  COMPLIANCE.   (a)  Neither the  execution and delivery of  this
Agreement  by  Varlen and  the Purchaser  nor  the consummation  by them  of the
transactions contemplated hereby,  nor compliance  by Varlen  and the  Purchaser
with  any of the provisions hereof, does or will: (i) violate, conflict with, or
result in a breach  of any provision  of, or constitute a  default (or an  event
which,  with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under,
or result  in  the termination  or  right of  amendment  of, or  accelerate  the
performance  required by,  or result in  a right of  termination or acceleration
under, or  result in  the creation  of any  lien, security  interest, charge  or
encumbrance  upon any of the properties or  assets of Varlen or the Purchaser or
any other  direct or  indirect subsidiary  of Varlen  under, any  of the  terms,
conditions or provisions of (x) the charter documents or bylaws of Varlen or the
Purchaser  or any other direct  or indirect subsidiary of  Varlen or, (y) except
for the Revolving Credit  Agreement, dated as of  December 6, 1993, as  amended,
among Varlen, the subsidiaries thereof party thereto, the lenders named therein,
and  The First National Bank of Chicago (the "Agent Bank"), as agent, which will
be refinanced simultaneously with the consummation of the Offer, any note, bond,
mortgage,  indenture,  deed  of  trust,  license,  lease,  agreement  or   other
instrument or obligation to which Varlen or the Purchaser or any other direct or
indirect  subsidiary of Varlen  is a party, or  to which any of  them, or any of
their respective  properties or  assets,  may be  subject,  or (ii)  subject  to
compliance  with the  statutes and  regulations referred  to in  Section 3.3(b),
violate any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule  or
regulation applicable to Varlen or the Purchaser or any other direct or indirect
subsidiary of Varlen or any of their respective properties or assets; except, in
the  case  of  each of  clauses  (i)(y)  and (ii)  above,  for  such violations,
conflicts, breaches,  defaults,  terminations,  accelerations  or  creations  of
liens,  security  interests, charges  or encumbrances  which, in  the aggregate,
would not materially impair the ability  of Varlen and the Purchaser to  perform
their obligations hereunder.
 
    (b)  Other than in connection  with or in compliance  with the provisions of
the Virginia Act, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
the Exchange  Act,  the  "take-over"  or  "blue sky"  laws  of  any  state,  the
Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules
and regulations thereunder (the "HSR Act")  and the laws and regulations of  any
states  or foreign jurisdictions under which a filing or consent may be required
for Varlen's acquisition of control of  the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,
and except for any notices, filings, authorizations, consents or approvals which
are   required  because  of  the  regulatory  status  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries or  facts specifically  pertaining to  them, no  notice to,  filing
with,  or authorization, consent or approval  of, any domestic or foreign public
body or authority is necessary for  the consummation by Varlen or the  Purchaser
of  the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except where the failure to
give
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
such notices, make such filings, or obtain authorizations, consents or approvals
would, in the  aggregate, not materially  impair the ability  of Varlen and  the
Purchaser to perform their obligations hereunder.
 
    Section  3.4   FINANCING.   Varlen has  received (and  has furnished  to the
Company copies  of)  written  commitments  from one  or  more  banks  and  other
financial  institutions  (as  the  case  may be,  the  "Banks")  to  provide the
Financing. The Schedule 14D-1 will contain true and accurate descriptions of the
commitments of the Banks. The Financing will not violate Regulations G, T, U  or
X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
 
    Section  3.5  BROKERS AND FINDERS.  Neither Varlen nor the Purchaser nor any
of their respective officers,  directors, employees or  agents has employed  any
broker,  finder, investment  banker or other  person, and none  of the foregoing
have incurred  any liability  for any  brokerage fees,  commissions or  finders'
fees,  in  connection with  the  transactions contemplated  hereby,  except that
Varlen and the Purchaser  have engaged Lehman Brothers  Inc. in connection  with
the  transactions  contemplated hereby  and  the Agent  Bank  (and/or affiliates
thereof) in connection with  the Financing. The Schedule  14D-1 contains a  true
and  accurate  description of  the fee  arrangements  between Varlen  and Lehman
Brothers and the Agent Bank (and any affiliates thereof).
 
           ARTICLE 4:  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
 
    The Company hereby represents and warrants  to, and agrees with, Varlen  and
the Purchaser as follows:
 
    Section  4.1  ORGANIZATION AND  QUALIFICATION.  The Company  and each of its
Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) is  a corporation duly organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia and
has  the requisite power and authority (corporate and otherwise) to carry on its
business as it is now being conducted. The subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21  of
the  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1995 (the "Latest 10-K") and those Previously Disclosed (as hereinafter defined)
are  the  only  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  (such  subsidiaries  listed  and
Previously  Disclosed, "Subsidiaries"). The Company  and each Subsidiary is duly
qualified as a foreign corporation to do  business, and is in good standing,  in
each  jurisdiction where the character of its  properties owned or leased or the
nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except for failures
to be so  qualified or in  good standing which  do not have  a Material  Adverse
Effect (as hereinafter defined). Copies of the Charter and Bylaws of the Company
have  heretofore been delivered to Varlen and  the Purchaser and such copies are
accurate and complete as of the date hereof. For purposes of this Agreement,  an
occurrence,  event,  fact  or  circumstance  (or any  group,  series  or  set of
occurrences, events,  facts or  circumstances) ("Occurrences")  has a  "Material
Adverse  Effect" if such Occurrences, individually or in the aggregate, resulted
in, results in or  may reasonably be  expected to result  in a material  adverse
effect  on  or  change  in:  (i)  the  business,  assets,  properties, condition
(financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of (x) the  Company
or  (y) the Company and  the Subsidiaries taken as a  whole, (ii) the ability of
Varlen or the  Purchaser to  consummate the  Offer or  the Merger  or the  other
transactions contemplated hereby, or (iii) the ability of the Company to perform
its  obligations hereunder.  For purposes of  this Agreement, a  fact shall have
been "Previously Disclosed"  if it is  contained in the  Latest 10-K, the  Proxy
Statement  furnished by the  Company to its shareholders  in connection with the
Company's 1996 Annual  Meeting of Shareholders  (the "Latest Proxy  Statement"),
the  Company's Quarterly  Report on  Form 10-Q for  the quarter  ended March 31,
1996, as amended prior to the date hereof (the "Latest 10-Q"), or was  otherwise
disclosed  in writing by  the Company to  Varlen prior to  the execution of this
Agreement.
 
    Section 4.2  CAPITALIZATION.   The authorized capital  stock of the  Company
consists  of: (i) 15,000,000 Shares,  of which, as of  June 14, 1996, 10,207,440
Shares (including  Restricted  Shares) were  issued  and outstanding,  and  (ii)
1,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock,  par value $1.00 per  share, none of which
are issued or outstanding.  All of the issued  and outstanding Shares have  been
validly
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and free of preemptive rights. As of
June  14, 1996,  the Company  had outstanding:  (1) Options  to purchase 442,000
Shares heretofore granted under the Company's Stock Option Plans and like number
of Shares  reserved for  issuance  upon the  exercise  thereof, and  (2)  62,576
Restricted Shares heretofore granted under the Company's Restricted Stock Plans.
Since  January  31, 1996,  the Company  has not  issued any  Options, Restricted
Shares or shares of  its capital stock except  upon exercise of Options  granted
prior  to January 31,  1996 and except  as Previously Disclosed  with respect to
Shares issued under the Savings Plan. Except  as set forth above: (A) there  are
no  shares of capital stock of the Company authorized, issued or outstanding and
(ii) there are no outstanding  subscriptions, options, warrants, calls,  rights,
convertible  securities  or other  agreements  or commitments  of  any character
obligating the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, transfer or sell any
shares of the  capital stock  or any securities  convertible into,  exchangeable
for,  or evidencing the right to subscribe  for, any shares of the capital stock
of the Company.  Following the Merger,  the Company will  have no obligation  to
issue,  transfer or sell any  shares of its capital  stock pursuant to any Stock
Incentive  Plan,  other  employee  benefit  plan,  or  otherwise.  All  of   the
outstanding  shares  of capital  stock  of each  of  the Subsidiaries  have been
validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by either  the
Company  or another  Subsidiary free and  clear of all  pledges, liens, security
interests, charges,  claims, equities,  options, proxies,  voting  restrictions,
rights  of  first refusal  and other  limitations on  disposition or  voting and
encumbrances of  any  kind. There  are  no outstanding  subscriptions,  options,
warrants,   calls,  rights,  convertible  securities   or  other  agreements  or
commitments of any character relating to the issued or unissued capital stock of
any of  the Subsidiaries  or securities  convertible into,  exchangeable for  or
evidencing  the right  to subscribe  for any  shares of  such capital  stock, or
otherwise obligating any Subsidiary to issue, transfer or sell any such  capital
stock  or other securities.  There are no  voting trusts or  other agreements or
understandings to which the Company or any  of its subsidiaries is a party  with
respect  to  the voting  of  the capital  stock  of the  Company  or any  of its
Subsidiaries.
 
    Section 4.3   CAPITALIZATION  OF SUBSIDIARIES.   The  name, jurisdiction  of
incorporation or organization and percentage of outstanding capital stock owned,
directly or indirectly, by the Company, with respect to each direct and indirect
Subsidiary  of the Company have been  Previously Disclosed. Except as Previously
Disclosed, the Company  and its Subsidiaries  own no direct  or indirect  equity
interest  in any corporation (other than  direct or indirect subsidiaries of the
Company), partnership, joint venture or other entity, domestic or foreign, which
in the aggregate are  material to the  Company and its  Subsidiaries taken as  a
whole.
 
    Section 4.4  AUTHORITY RELATIVE TO AGREEMENT.  The Company has the requisite
power  and authority (corporate and otherwise)  to enter into this Agreement, to
perform  its   obligations  hereunder   and  to   consummate  the   transactions
contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company
and  the consummation  by it of  the transactions contemplated  hereby have been
duly authorized by the  Board of Directors  of the Company  and, except for  the
requisite  approval by the holders of Shares entitled to vote (if required under
the Virginia Act), or as  provided herein, no other  proceedings on the part  of
the  Company are necessary to authorize  the execution, delivery and performance
of this Agreement and the  transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement  has
been  duly executed  and delivered  by the Company  and constitutes  a valid and
binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance
with its terms, except to the extent  that its enforceability may be limited  by
applicable  bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization or other  laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles.
 
    Section 4.5  NO CONFLICTS.  (a)  Neither the execution and delivery of  this
Agreement   by  the  Company,  nor  the  consummation  by  the  Company  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by the Company with any of  the
provisions  hereof, does  or will:  (i) violate, conflict  with, or  result in a
breach of any provision  of, or constitute  a default (or  an event which,  with
notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in
the termination or right of amendment of, or accelerate the performance required
by,  or result in a right of termination or acceleration under, or result in the
creation of any lien, security interest,  charge or encumbrance upon any of  the
properties
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
or  assets of  the Company or  any of its  Subsidiaries under any  of the terms,
conditions or provisions of: (x) the Charter or Bylaws of the Company or any  of
its  Subsidiaries, or  (y) any note,  bond, mortgage, indenture,  deed of trust,
license, lease, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the Company
or any of its subsidiaries is  a party or to which any  of them or any of  their
respective  properties or assets  may be subject, or  (ii) subject to compliance
with the statutes  and regulations referred  to in Section  4.5(b), violate  any
judgment,  ruling, order, writ, injunction,  decree, statute, rule or regulation
applicable to  the Company  and  its Subsidiaries  or  any of  their  respective
properties  or  assets, except  in  the case  of  clause (i)(y)  above,  for the
Company's 7.50% Senior Notes due 2002 and the Company's 7.06% note due 2003, and
except, in  the  case  of each  of  clauses  (i)(y) and  (ii)  above,  for  such
violations,   conflicts,  breaches,  defaults,  terminations,  accelerations  or
creations of liens, security  interests, charges or  encumbrances which, in  the
aggregate, do not have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
    (b)  Other than in connection  with or in compliance  with the provisions of
the Virginia Act, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the "takeover" or  "blue
sky"  laws of any  state, the HSR Act  and regulations of  any states or foreign
jurisdictions under  which a  filing or  consent may  be required  for  Varlen's
acquisition  of control of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, no notice to,
filing with, or authorization, consent or  approval of, any domestic or  foreign
public body or authority is necessary for the consummation by the Company of the
transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement, except where  the failure to give
such notices, make such filings or obtain authorizations, consents or  approvals
do not have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
    Section  4.6  COMPANY REPORTS AND  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Since December 31,
1995, the Company has filed with  the Commission all forms, reports,  statements
and  documents required to be filed by it pursuant to the Securities Act and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and the Exchange Act and the  rules
and  regulations  promulgated thereunder  (collectively, the  "Company Filings",
which term shall include (without limitation)  the Latest 10-K, Latest 10-Q  and
Latest  Proxy Statement),  all of  which complied  as of  the date  filed in all
material respects with all applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the
Exchange Act (as appropriate). None of the Company Filings as of the dates  they
were  respectively filed with the Commission contained any untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated  therein
or  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  light  of the
circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not  misleading.  Each  of   the
consolidated  balance sheets included in the Company Filings (including, in each
case, any related notes) fairly presented the consolidated financial position of
the Company and  its consolidated subsidiaries  as of its  respective dates  and
each  of the  consolidated statements of  income, shareholders'  equity and cash
flows included in  the Company  Filings (including,  in each  case, any  related
notes) fairly presented the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of
the  Company and its Subsidiaries for  the respective periods set forth therein,
in each  case  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
consistently  applied during the  periods involved, subject (in  the case of the
unaudited interim financial statements) to normal year-end audit adjustments.
 
    Section 4.7   LITIGATION.  Except  as Previously Disclosed,  as of the  date
hereof  there are no claims,  actions, proceedings or, to  the best knowledge of
the  Company,  investigations  pending  against  the  Company  or  any  of   its
Subsidiaries,  or  any  properties  or  rights of  the  Company  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries, before  any  court,  administrative,  governmental  or  regulatory
authority  or body  (collectively "Litigations"):  (i) that  are required  to be
disclosed in any  Company Filing  and are  not so  disclosed, or  (ii) that,  if
adversely decided, would have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
    Section  4.8  EMPLOYEE  BENEFIT PLANS.   (a)  The  Company Filings contain a
true and  complete  summary  or  list of  or  otherwise  describe  all  material
employment  contracts  and  other  employee benefit  arrangements  to  which the
Company or  any of  its Subsidiaries  is a  party with  "change of  control"  or
similar   provisions  and  all  severance  agreements  with  executive  officers
(collectively, the "Change of Control Benefit and Severance Arrangements").  The
Company  has Previously Disclosed  all other employee  benefit plans, agreements
and arrangements which are maintained or contributed to by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries for  its employees, officers  or directors, including  (without
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
limitation)  all  bonus, incentive  compensation, deferred  compensation, profit
sharing, stock option, stock purchase, insurance, pension, retirement and  other
employee  benefit plans (collectively,  the "Benefit Plans").  True and complete
copies of all  such Change  of Control  Benefit and  Severance Arrangements  and
Benefit  Plans,  including (but  not limited  to)  any trust  instruments and/or
insurance contracts, if any, forming a part thereof, and all amendments thereto,
have been delivered to Varlen. The Company's estimate of the total amount of all
payments which may be payable under the Change of Control Benefit and  Severance
Arrangements,  other than upon cancellation of the Options and Restricted Shares
pursuant to Section 2.6, is $3,435,000.
 
    (b) The Company has delivered to Varlen copies of each of its Benefit  Plans
which  are employee pension benefit plans (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of
the Employee  Retirement Income  Security Act  of 1974,  as amended  ("ERISA")),
including  all amendments  thereto to  date ("Employee  Pension Benefit Plans").
Except as  required  by law  or  as Previously  Disclosed,  there have  been  no
amendments  or other changes in such  Employee Pension Benefit Plans which would
for any period after December 31, 1995 increase coverage or benefits  thereunder
in  any material  respect. Except  as Previously  Disclosed, each  such Employee
Pension Benefit Plan: (i) is in  material compliance with all of the  provisions
of  ERISA and the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code"), (ii)
has no accumulated funding deficiency (within  the meaning of Section 302(a)  of
ERISA), whether or not waived, and (iii) has not been involved in any non-exempt
prohibited  transaction within  the meaning of  Section 406 of  ERISA or Section
4975 of the Code. Except as Previously Disclosed, neither the Company nor any of
its Subsidiaries has  incurred or has  any reasonable basis  to believe it  will
incur  any material liability  to the Pension  Benefit Guaranty Corporation with
respect to any  funded Employee Pension  Benefit Plan. Certified  copies of  the
most  recent actuarial statements with respect  to each Employee Pension Benefit
Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA have been previously provided to Varlen. Since
December 31, 1991, neither the Company nor  any of its Subsidiaries has had  any
obligation  to  contribute  to any  multiemployer  plan (as  defined  in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA). Neither the Company  nor any of its Subsidiaries  provides
benefits  under any employee  welfare benefit plan  (as such term  is defined in
Section 3(1) of ERISA)  to any person following  the termination of  employment,
except  for: (A) "COBRA" continuation coverage  obligations under Section 601 et
seq. of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code, (B) the Company's and Subsidiaries'
severance plan for salaried employees, (C) retiree life insurance coverage,  and
(D)  retiree  medical  and  dental  coverages  to  age  65.  The  Company's  and
Subsidiaries' aggregate annual expense  for the fiscal  year ended December  31,
1995 for all employee welfare benefit plans (x) providing for health and medical
benefits  for  the  employees  of  the Company  and  its  Subsidiaries,  and (y)
described  in  the  foregoing  sentence,  did  not  exceed  (in  the  aggregate)
$2,547,000.
 
    Section 4.9  TAXES.  Except as Previously Disclosed, the Company and each of
its  Subsidiaries (collectively, the "Group") has  filed or been included in all
federal income  tax  returns  and other  material  returns  (collectively,  "Tax
Returns")  relating  to  Taxes (as  hereinafter  defined) required  to  be filed
(taking into  account any  extensions of  time for  filing or  sending such  Tax
Returns).  Except as Previously Disclosed, the  Group has paid or made provision
for (by a tax  accrual or tax  reserve on the  most recent consolidated  balance
sheet of the Group contained in the Company Filings), all Taxes (except for such
Taxes which if not so paid or provided for do not have a Material Adverse Effect
in  respect of all taxable  periods or portions thereof  ending on or before the
date of such balance sheets. Except as Previously Disclosed, any material  Taxes
incurred  or accrued since December 31, 1992  have arisen in the ordinary course
of business. Except as Previously Disclosed, the Group is not delinquent in  the
payment  of  any  federal  income  or other  material  Taxes  and  there  are no
outstanding deficiencies,  assessments or  written proposals  for assessment  of
federal  income or other  material Taxes proposed,  asserted or assessed against
the Group; and,  to the  best knowledge  of the  Company, there  are no  events,
occurrences,  facts or  circumstances which could  provide a basis  for any such
deficiency, assessment or proposal. As used  herein, "Taxes" means: (i) all  net
income,  gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, transfer, franchise, profits,
withholding,  payroll,  employment,  excise,  severance,  property  or  windfall
profits taxes, or other taxes of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest
and  any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any taxing
authority (federal,
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
state, local  or foreign)  upon the  Company  or any  of its  Subsidiaries  with
respect  to all periods  or portions thereof  ending on or  before the Effective
Time, and/or (ii) any liability  of the Company or  any of its Subsidiaries  for
the  payment of any amounts  of the type described  in the immediately preceding
clause (i) as a result of being a member of an affiliated or combined group.
 
    Section 4.10  ABSENCE  OF CERTAIN CHANGES.   Except as contemplated by  this
Agreement  or as  Previously Disclosed,  since December  31, 1995  there has not
been: (i)  any material  adverse  change in  the business,  assets,  properties,
condition  (financial or otherwise),  results of operations  or prospects of (x)
the Company or (y) the Company and  the Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii)  any
damage,  destruction  or loss  (whether or  not covered  by insurance)  having a
Material  Adverse  Effect;  (iii)  any  change  by  the  Company  in  accounting
principles or methods except insofar as may be required by a change in generally
accepted  accounting principles; (iv) any  declaration, payment or setting aside
for payment of any dividend or any redemption, purchase or other acquisition  of
any  shares of capital stock or securities of the Company other than as provided
or permitted in this Agreement and  except for regular quarterly cash  dividends
not  in excess of $.07 per Share on the Shares; (v) any return of any capital or
other distribution of assets  to shareholders of the  Company as such; (vi)  any
direct  or  indirect  material purchase  or  other acquisition  of  stock, other
securities or other  assets (other than  purchases of such  other assets in  the
ordinary  course of business  and at arms-length purchase  prices) of any person
and any direct or indirect loan,  advance (other than advances to employees  for
travel  expenses in the ordinary course  of business) or capital contribution to
any person  in which  the  Company or  any of  its  Subsidiaries has  an  equity
interest;  (vii) any grant  of any general  increase in the  compensation of its
directors, officers or employees or any increase in the compensation payable  or
to  become  payable to  any such  director, officer  or employee  (including, in
either case, any such increase pursuant to any bonus, pension, profit-sharing or
other plan  or  commitment  or  any Change  of  Control  Benefit  and  Severance
Arrangement),  except for  (a) reasonable  increases in  the ordinary  course of
business and consistent with past practice (but excluding increases pursuant  to
any  Change of  Control Benefit  and Severance  Arrangement), and  (b) increases
pursuant to collective bargaining agreements in existence as of the date of this
Agreement; or (viii) any agreement to take, whether in writing or otherwise, any
action  which,  if  taken  prior  to  the  date  hereof,  would  have  made  any
representation or warranty in this Article 4 untrue or incorrect in any material
respect. Since December 31, 1995 the Company and its Subsidiaries have conducted
their respective businesses only in the ordinary course.
 
    Section  4.11   BROKERS AND  FINDERS.   Neither the  Company nor  any of its
officers, directors,  employees  or  agents has  employed  any  broker,  finder,
investment  banker or other person, and none  of the foregoing have incurred any
liability for any brokerage  fees, commissions or  finders' fees, in  connection
with  the transactions contemplated hereby, except  that the Company has engaged
Wheat, First Securities, Inc. to determine the fairness, from a financial  point
of  view, of the Offer price and Merger Consideration to the public shareholders
of the Company. The Schedule 14D-9 will contain a true and accurate  description
of the fee arrangements between the Company and Wheat, First Securities, Inc.
 
    Section  4.12  LIABILITIES.   Except as disclosed in  the Company Filings or
otherwise Previously Disclosed, the Company and its Subsidiaries do not have any
material direct  or  indirect  indebtedness,  liability,  claim,  loss,  damage,
deficiency,  obligation or responsibility, fixed or unfixed, choate or inchoate,
liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, accrued, absolute,  contingent
or   otherwise  ("Liabilities"),  of  a  kind  required  by  generally  accepted
accounting principles to be set forth  in a financial statement, other than  (i)
liabilities  fully and adequately reflected or reserved against on the Company's
balance sheet included in the Latest 10-Q, (ii) liabilities incurred since March
31, 1996 in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) liabilities which are not
material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
 
    Section 4.13  CONTRACTS.   All contracts and  other agreements to which  the
Company  or any  of its Subsidiaries  is a  party or by  or to  which either the
Company or any  of its Subsidiaries  or its  or their assets  or properties  are
bound or subject and that are or were required to have been filed as exhibits to
the  Company  Filings  have been  so  filed.  All of  such  contracts  and other
agreements are in full force
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
and effect and  neither the  Company nor  any subsidiary  of the  Company is  in
default  under any of  them, nor, to the  best knowledge of  the Company, is any
other party to any such contract or other agreement in default thereunder,  nor,
except  as provided in Section 4.5, does any condition exist that with notice or
lapse of  time or  both would  constitute a  default thereunder,  nor would  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  constitute  a  default  thereunder  if  such
defaults, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
    Section 4.14   BOARD ACTIONS.   The Board  of Directors of  the Company  has
taken  the actions  specified in Section  1.2(a) hereof. Neither  the Offer, the
Merger nor any of the other  transactions contemplated by this Agreement are  or
after  the date hereof will be subject to:  (1) any of the restrictions or other
provisions of restrictions of Article 14, Sections 13.1-725-13.1-728 (AFFILIATED
TRANSACTIONS) of  the Virginia  Act; (2)  any of  the supermajority  shareholder
voting  provisions of  Article I  of the  Company's Charter;  or (3)  any of the
restrictions   or   other   provisions    of   Article   14.1,    SectionSection
13.1-728.1-13.1-728.9  (CONTROL  SHARE ACQUISITIONS)  of  the Virginia  Act. The
Company has heretofore delivered to Varlen  and the Purchaser a written  opinion
of  Virginia  counsel  to the  Company  reasonably satisfactory  to  Varlen with
respect to the foregoing matters. Neither the Company nor any of the members  of
its  Board of Directors (including the "disinterested director" members thereof)
shall take any  action to: (A)  subject Varlen, the  Purchaser, their direct  or
indirect  subsidiaries, the Offer,  the Merger or any  of the other transactions
contemplated by this Agreement to be subject to the provisions of any  takeover,
affiliated transaction, business combination, control share acquisition or other
provision  of: (i)  law or  regulation adopted  by the  Commonwealth of Virginia
(including the Virginia Act)  or any department or  agency thereof, or (ii)  the
Charter  or  Bylaws  of the  Company,  or  (B) increase  (above  two-thirds) the
shareholder vote required to approve the Merger.
 
    Section 4.15  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.   The aggregate amount of cash  and
cash  equivalents held by the  Company and its Subsidiaries  as reflected in the
financial reports at the end of May 1996 was not less than $13,665,000.
 
                         ARTICLE 5:  CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
    Section  5.1    CONDUCT  OF   BUSINESS.    Except  as  otherwise   expressly
contemplated hereby or as Previously Disclosed, the Company covenants and agrees
that,  unless Varlen or the Purchaser shall otherwise agree in writing, prior to
the Effective Time or such earlier time as designees of the Purchaser constitute
a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company:
 
        (A) the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be  conducted
    only  in, and the Company  and its Subsidiaries shall  not take any material
    action except in, the ordinary course  of business and consistent with  past
    practice,  and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to maintain
    and preserve  its  and  its  Subsidiaries'  business  organization,  assets,
    employees and advantageous business relationships;
 
        (B)  neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall: (1) amend or
    propose to amend its articles of incorporation or bylaws; (2) split, combine
    or reclassify any shares of its capital  stock or declare, set aside or  pay
    any  dividend payable in cash, stock or property with respect to its capital
    stock, except as permitted by Section 4.10 and except for any dividend by  a
    wholly-owned  Subsidiary  payable  to the  Company  or  another wholly-owned
    Subsidiary; (3) issue, sell, pledge,  dispose of or encumber any  additional
    shares  of, or  securities convertible  into or  exchangeable or exercisable
    for, or  options, warrants,  calls, commitments  or rights  of any  kind  to
    acquire,  any  capital stock  of  any class  of the  Company  or any  of its
    Subsidiaries other  than  Shares which  the  Company is  required  to  issue
    pursuant  to the Options outstanding on  June 14, 1996; (4) transfer, lease,
    license, sell, mortgage, pledge, dispose of or encumber any material  assets
    of  the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course
    of business  and consistent  with past  practices; (5)  redeem, purchase  or
    otherwise  acquire directly or indirectly any  of the capital stock or other
    equity securities  of  the Company;  (6)  adopt  a plan  of  liquidation  or
    resolutions    providing   for   the   liquidation,   dissolution,   merger,
    consolidation or other reorganization of the Company or
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
    any of its Subsidiaries, except for mergers among wholly-owned Subsidiaries;
    (7) acquire (by merger, consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets) any
    corporation, partnership or other business organization or division  thereof
    or make any investment with respect thereto; (8) directly or indirectly: (i)
    incur  or modify any  long-term indebtedness or  short-term indebtedness for
    money borrowed or other material liability other than in the ordinary course
    of business and  consistent with  past practice, (ii)  incur any  additional
    indebtedness  for  money  borrowed  other than  in  the  ordinary  course of
    business and  consistent with  past practice,  or (iii)  make any  loans  or
    advances  other than in the ordinary  course of business and consistent with
    past practice and intercompany loans and advances among the Company and  its
    wholly-owned  Subsidiaries;  (9)  pay,  discharge  or  satisfy  any  claims,
    liabilities or  obligations (absolute,  accrued, contingent  or  otherwise),
    other  than the  payment, discharge  or satisfaction  of liabilities  in the
    ordinary course of business and  consistent with past practice; (10)  waive,
    release,  grant or transfer any  rights of value or  modify or change in any
    material respect any  existing license, lease,  contract or other  document,
    other  than  in the  ordinary course  of business  and consistent  with past
    practice; or (11) enter into  any material commitment or transaction,  other
    than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
 
        (C) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall: (1) grant any
    increase  in the compensation payable or to become payable by the Company or
    any of its Subsidiaries to any  of its directors, executive officers or  key
    employees  or  adopt any  new, or  amend or  otherwise increase  the amounts
    payable  or  to  become  payable   under  any  existing,  bonus,   incentive
    compensation,   severance,  deferred  compensation,  profit  sharing,  stock
    option, stock  purchase, insurance,  pension, retirement  or other  employee
    benefit  plan (including (but not limited to) the granting of stock options,
    stock appreciation rights or restricted stock),  or (2) enter into or  amend
    any employment or change-in-control agreement with, or, except in accordance
    with  the existing written policies and agreements of the Company, grant any
    severance or termination  pay to any  director, officer or  employee of  the
    Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and
 
        (D)  neither the  Company nor  any of  its Subsidiaries  shall agree, in
    writing or otherwise,  to take any  of the foregoing  actions or any  action
    which  would make  any representation or  warranty of the  Company untrue or
    incorrect in any material respect.
 
    Section 5.2  PROXY  STATEMENT.  Promptly after  the date of this  Agreement,
the  Company and Varlen shall  properly prepare and the  Company shall file with
the Commission  as  soon  as  is  reasonably  practicable  a  preliminary  proxy
statement,  together  with  a  form  of proxy,  or  (as  directed  by  Varlen) a
preliminary information statement, with  respect to a  meeting of the  Company's
shareholders  at which such shareholders will be asked to approve this Agreement
and the Merger  (if and  to the  extent required by  the Virginia  Act) and,  as
promptly  as  practicable thereafter  or as  otherwise  directed by  Varlen, and
subject to compliance  with the  rules and  regulations of  the Commission,  the
Company  shall mail  a definitive proxy  statement or  information statement (as
directed by Varlen) and related materials to the shareholders of the Company (if
and to the extent required by the Virginia Act and/or the Exchange Act). As used
herein, the  term  "Proxy  Statement"  shall  mean  such  proxy  or  information
statement  at the time it initially is  mailed to the Company's shareholders and
all amendments or supplements  thereto, if any, similarly  filed and mailed.  As
soon as practicable after the date hereof, the Company and Varlen shall promptly
and properly prepare and file any other filings required under the Exchange Act,
the  Securities Act or any  other federal or state  securities or corporate laws
relating to the Offer, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated herein
(the "Other Filings"). Each of the parties hereto shall notify the other parties
hereto promptly of the receipt  by it of any comments  of the Commission and  of
any  request  by  the Commission  for  amendments  or supplements  to  the Proxy
Statement or by the Commission or  any other governmental official with  respect
to  any Other Filing  or for additional  information, and will  supply the other
parties  hereto  with  copies   of  all  correspondence   between  it  and   its
representatives, on the one hand, and the Commission or the members of its staff
or  any other appropriate governmental official, on the other hand, with respect
to the  Proxy Statement  and any  Other  Filings. The  Company, Varlen  and  the
Purchaser  each shall use its reasonable best  efforts to obtain and furnish the
information   required    to    be    included   in    the    Proxy    Statement
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
and  any Other Filings;  and the Company, after  consultation with Varlen, shall
use its reasonable best efforts to respond promptly to any comments made by  the
Commission  or  any  other  governmental  official  with  respect  to  the Proxy
Statement, any Other Filings and any  preliminary version thereof and cause  the
Proxy  Statement and any related  materials to be mailed  to its shareholders at
the earliest practicable date.  The information provided and  to be provided  by
Varlen,  the  Purchaser and  the  Company, respectively,  for  use in  the Proxy
Statement and any Other Filings  shall not, on the  date the Proxy Statement  is
first mailed to the Company's shareholders or any Other Filing is filed with the
appropriate  governmental official and,  in the case of  the Proxy Statement, on
the date of the meeting of the Company's shareholders referred to in Section 5.3
hereof, contain  any  statement which,  at  the time  of  and in  light  of  the
circumstances under which it is made, is false or misleading with respect to any
material  fact,  or  omit  to state  any  material  fact in  order  to  make the
statements therein not false or misleading or necessary to correct any statement
in any earlier communication which has  become false or misleading. Varlen,  the
Company and the Purchaser each agree to correct any such information provided by
it  for use in the Proxy Statement or  any Other Filings which shall have become
false or misleading. The Proxy Statement shall comply as to form in all material
respects with all applicable requirements of the federal securities laws.
 
    Section 5.3   ACTION OF COMPANY  SHAREHOLDERS; VOTING OF  SHARES.   Promptly
after consummation of the Offer, the Company shall take all action necessary, in
accordance  with  the Virginia  Act and  its  Charter and  Bylaws, to  convene a
meeting of its shareholders (the  "Special Meeting") as promptly as  practicable
to  consider and  vote upon  the Merger (if  and to  the extent  required by the
Virginia Act). The affirmative vote of shareholders required for approval of the
Merger shall be no greater than the holders of two-thirds of the votes  entitled
to  be cast. Unless in the written opinion  of legal counsel to the Company (the
delivery of which shall be confirmed in  writing to Varlen by such counsel)  any
of  the  following actions  would  create a  substantial  risk of  violating the
fiduciary duties of the Board of  Directors to the shareholders of the  Company:
(1)  the  Proxy  Statement shall  contain  the  recommendation of  the  Board of
Directors that the  shareholders of the  Company vote to  adopt and approve  the
Merger and this Agreement, and (ii) the Company shall, if proxies are solicited,
use  its reasonable  best efforts  to solicit  from its  shareholders proxies in
favor of such adoption and approval and  to take all other action necessary  or,
in  the reasonable judgment of Varlen, helpful  to secure the vote or consent of
shareholders required by the Virginia Act  to effect the Merger. At the  Special
Meeting,  Varlen, the Purchaser and their direct and indirect subsidiaries shall
vote, or cause to be voted, all of the Shares then owned by any of them in favor
of the Merger.
 
    Section 5.4   ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS.   Subject to the  terms and  conditions
herein  provided, each of the  parties hereto agrees to  use its reasonable best
efforts to take, or  cause to be taken,  all actions and to  do, or cause to  be
done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective
as  promptly as practicable this  Agreement, the definitive agreements providing
for the Financing (the "Financing Agreements") and the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby,  and to  cooperate with each  other in  connection with  the
foregoing,  including  using  its reasonable  best  efforts: (A)  to  obtain all
necessary exemptions, waivers, consents,  authorizations and approvals from  the
Department  of Justice, the  Federal Trade Commission  and other governmental or
regulatory agencies or authorities and  to make all necessary registrations  and
filings  (including (but not limited to) filings with governmental or regulatory
agencies or authorities, if any) and to take all reasonable steps, including the
use of such voting trusts  as may be necessary to  obtain an approval or  waiver
from,  or  to avoid  an  action or  proceeding  by, any  governmental  agency or
authority;  (B)  to   obtain  all  necessary   exemptions,  waivers,   consents,
authorizations  and approvals  from other  parties to  material loan agreements,
leases and other contracts  as are required  to be obtained  under the terms  of
such  instruments or under any federal, state or foreign law or regulations, (C)
to defend against and respond to  any suit, action, proceeding or  investigation
relating  to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby commenced by
any third  party, (D)  to effect  all necessary  registrations and  filings  and
submissions  of information  requested by  governmental authorities,  and (E) to
fulfill all conditions to this Agreement.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
    Section 5.5   NO NEGOTIATIONS,  ETC.   Neither the  Company nor  any of  its
Subsidiaries,  nor  any  of  their  respective  directors,  officers, employees,
investment bankers, representatives  or agents, shall,  directly or  indirectly,
make,  solicit,  initiate  or  encourage the  initiation  of,  any  inquiries or
proposals from, or provide  any confidential information  or participate in  any
discussions  or negotiations  with, or  otherwise cooperate  in any  way with or
assist, any person (other than Varlen and its subsidiaries, those third  parties
Previously  Disclosed  and  their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees,
investment bankers, commercial banks, representatives and agents) concerning any
merger, consolidation, other business combination, recapitalization, liquidation
or dissolution or any purchase or other acquisition or sale or other disposition
of assets (other than in the ordinary  course of business) or shares of  capital
stock  of the  Company or  any of  its Subsidiaries  or any  similar transaction
involving the  Company or  (except as  Previously Disclosed)  any Subsidiary  or
division  of the Company or any  Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) nothing
contained in  this  Section 5.5  shall  prohibit the  Company  or its  Board  of
Directors  from taking and  disclosing to the  Company's shareholders a position
contemplated by Rule 14d-9 or Rule 14e-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and
(ii) in the event that the Company shall receive an unsolicited proposal from  a
third  party which  the Company's  Board of  Directors determines,  based on the
advice of its  legal counsel and  independent financial advisor,  is capable  of
consummating  such  transaction,  for  the  acquisition  for  cash  of  all  the
outstanding Shares on terms  that the Company's  Board of Directors  determines,
based  on the advice of its financial advisor (the receipt of which advice shall
be confirmed in writing to Varlen by the Company), are economically superior  to
those  of the  Offer and the  Merger and which  in the written  opinion of legal
counsel to the Company (the delivery of  which shall be confirmed in writing  to
Varlen  by such counsel) a failure to consider  by the Board of Directors of the
Company would create a substantial risk  of violating their fiduciary duties  to
shareholders,  the Company  may provide information  to such third  party to the
same extent that such information has been provided to the Purchaser and Varlen.
The Company will promptly advise Varlen of, and communicate to Varlen the  terms
of, any such inquiry or proposal the Company may receive, and will advise Varlen
prior to providing any such information.
 
    Section 5.6  NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN MATTERS.  The Company shall give prompt
notice  to Varlen, and Varlen and the  Purchaser shall give prompt notice to the
Company, of (i) the obtaining  by it of actual knowledge  as to the matters  set
forth in clauses (x) and (y) below, or (ii) the occurrence, or failure to occur,
of  any event which occurrence or failure to  occur would be likely to cause (x)
any representation  or warranty  contained in  this Agreement  to be  untrue  or
inaccurate  in any material respect, or (y) any material failure of the Company,
Varlen or  the Purchaser,  as the  case may  be, or  of any  officer,  director,
employee  or agent thereof, to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or
agreement to be complied  with or satisfied  by it under  this Agreement or  the
Financing  Agreements; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such notification shall affect
the  representations  or  warranties  or  obligations  of  the  parties  or  the
conditions to the obligations of the parties hereunder.
 
    Section  5.7  ACCESS TO INFORMATION.  (a) The Company shall, and shall cause
its Subsidiaries,  officers,  directors,  employees and  agents  to,  afford  to
Varlen,  the Purchaser and the financial  institutions and others referred to in
Section 3.4 and to the officers,  employees and agents of Varlen, the  Purchaser
and  such financial  institutions and others  complete access  at all reasonable
times to, from the date hereof to the Effective Time, their respective officers,
employees, agents, properties, books, records  and contracts, and shall  furnish
Varlen,  the Purchaser and such financial institutions and others all financial,
operating  and  other  data  and  information  as  Varlen  and  such   financial
institutions and others, through their respective officers, employees or agents,
may reasonably request.
 
    (b)  Varlen  and  the  Purchaser  shall,  and  shall  cause  their officers,
employees,   agents    and   representatives,    (collectively,   the    "Varlen
Representatives")   to,  keep  confidential   all  non-public,  confidential  or
proprietary information provided by the Company (other than any such information
which (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result
of disclosure  by Varlen,  the  Purchaser or  the Varlen  Representatives,  (ii)
becomes  available to Varlen,  the Purchaser or the  Varlen Representatives on a
nonconfidential basis from  a source other  than the Company,  which source  has
represented  to Varlen,  the Purchaser or  the Varlen  Representatives that such
source is entitled to
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
disclose it  or  (iii)  was  known  to  Varlen,  the  Purchaser  or  the  Varlen
Representatives  on a nonconfidential  basis prior to  its disclosure to Varlen,
the Purchaser or  the Varlen  Representatives) and  all analyses,  compilations,
data, studies or other documents based in whole or in part on any such furnished
information  prepared  by Varlen,  the Purchaser  or the  Varlen Representatives
(collectively, the "Information"); and Varlen  and the Purchaser shall not,  and
shall cause the Varlen Representatives not to, without the prior written consent
of  the Company, disclose the Information, in any manner whatsoever, in whole or
in part, or use the Information for any purpose other than evaluating the Offer,
the Merger  and  the other  transactions  contemplated by  this  Agreement,  and
obtaining  the Financing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  Varlen, the Purchaser and the
Varlen Representatives may provide such  Information in response to judicial  or
administrative  process  or  applicable governmental  laws,  rules, regulations,
orders or ordinances,  but only that  portion of the  Information which, on  the
advice  of counsel, is legally required to be furnished and provided that Varlen
notifies the Company of the obligation to provide such Information prior to such
disclosure and fully cooperates with the Company to protect the  confidentiality
of  such Information under applicable law;  AND PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER, that
Varlen, the Purchaser and the Varlen Representatives may include some or all  of
the  Information in the Schedule 14D-1, Offer Documents and the Proxy Statement,
if advised by the counsel  that it is legally necessary  or advisable to do  so.
The  Information,  and  all  copies  thereof,  will  be  destroyed  or  returned
immediately,  without  retaining  any  copies  thereof,  if  this  Agreement  is
terminated.
 
    (c)  No investigation after the date hereof  pursuant to this Section 5.7 or
otherwise shall affect any representations  or warranties of the parties  herein
or the conditions to the obligations of the parties hereto.
 
    (d) During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time,
Varlen  (at its discretion) may locate one or more of its representatives at the
Midlothian, Virginia offices of the Company. During such period the Company will
cause one or more of its  designated representatives to consult as requested  by
Varlen on a regular basis with such representatives of Varlen and to discuss the
general  status of ongoing operations of  the Company. The Company will promptly
notify Varlen of any significant change in  the normal course of business or  in
the  operation  of  the  properties  of  the  Company  and  of  any governmental
complaints, investigations or  hearings (or communications  indicating that  the
same  may  be  contemplated), or  the  institution  or threat  or  settlement of
significant litigation, in each case involving the Company, and will keep Varlen
fully informed of such events and permit Varlen's Representatives access to  all
materials prepared in connection therewith.
 
    Section 5.8  CONFIDENTIALITY AND STANDSTILL AGREEMENTS.  The Confidentiality
Agreement,  dated  March 27,  1996,  between the  Company  and Varlen  is hereby
terminated by the mutual consent of such parties, and shall no longer be of  any
force  or effect. The Company shall not  consent to the termination or amendment
of the  confidential information,  nondisclosure or  non-use provisions  of  any
similar agreement with a third party without the prior written consent of Varlen
or  the Purchaser and shall use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to
be taken, all actions and  to do, or cause to  be done, all things necessary  or
proper  to maintain in full  force and effect, and  to enforce strict compliance
with, such confidential information,  nondisclosure and non-use provisions.  The
Company  shall  also  use  its  reasonable  best  efforts  to  obtain  a similar
confidential information, nondisclosure, non-use  and standstill agreement  from
any  third party with  or for whom the  Company or any  Subsidiary has taken any
action or received any proposal not prohibited under Section 5.5.
 
    Section 5.9  INDEMNIFICATION  AND INSURANCE.  (a)  The Charter or Bylaws  of
the  Surviving  Corporation  shall  contain provisions  no  less  favorable with
respect to  indemnification than  those  that are  set  forth in  the  Company's
Charter  and Bylaws, as amended to the  date of this Agreement, which provisions
shall not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified for a period of five  years
after  the Effective Time in  any manner that would  adversely affect the rights
thereunder of individuals who on or prior to the Effective Time were  directors,
officers, employees or agents of the Company (the "Indemnified Parties"). Varlen
shall cause the Surviving Corporation to fulfill its indemnification obligations
as set forth in this Section 5.9.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    (b)  Varlen shall use its reasonable best  efforts to cause to be maintained
in effect  for  three years  from  the Effective  Time  the current  policy  (or
successor   policies)  of  the  directors'  and  officers'  liability  insurance
maintained by the Company (PROVIDED that Varlen may substitute therefor policies
of at least  the same  coverage containing terms  and conditions  which are  not
materially  less advantageous)  with respect to  matters occurring  prior to the
Effective Time, to  the extent available;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  in no  event
shall  Varlen or the Company be required to  expend more than an amount per year
equal to 150% of current annual premiums paid by the Company (which the  Company
represents  and warrants  to be  not more than  $54,000) to  maintain or procure
insurance coverage pursuant hereto.
 
    (c) The provisions of this  Section 5.9 are intended  to be for the  benefit
of,  and shall  be enforceable  by, each  Indemnified Party,  his heirs  and his
personal representatives, shall  be binding upon  the Surviving Corporation  and
its  successors and  assigns and shall  continue and survive  the Effective Time
according to their terms.
 
                             ARTICLE 6: CONDITIONS
 
    Section  6.1    CONDITIONS  TO  OBLIGATION  OF  EACH  PARTY  TO  EFFECT  THE
MERGER.   The respective obligations of each  party to consummate and effect the
Merger shall be subject to the fulfillment,  at or prior to the Effective  Time,
of each of the following conditions:
 
        (A)  this Agreement and the Merger  shall have been approved and adopted
    by the requisite  vote or  consent of the  shareholders of  the Company  (if
    required  by the Virginia Act and  the Company's Charter and Bylaws, subject
    to Sections 1.2(a) and 4.14);
 
        (B) any waiting  period (and  any extension thereof)  applicable to  the
    consummation  of the  Merger under  the HSR Act  shall have  expired or been
    terminated; and
 
        (C) no injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court  of
    competent  jurisdiction or  by a governmental,  regulatory or administrative
    agency or commission, nor any  statute, rule, regulation or executive  order
    promulgated  or enacted  by any governmental  authority, shall  be in effect
    which would make the acquisition or holding by Varlen or its subsidiaries of
    the Shares or shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation illegal or
    otherwise prevent the consummation of the Merger.
 
    Section 6.2   ADDITIONAL  CONDITIONS TO  OBLIGATIONS OF  THE COMPANY.    The
obligation of the Company to consummate and effect the Merger is also subject to
the  fulfillment of the following  condition: the representations and warranties
of Varlen and the Purchaser set forth in Article 3 shall be true and correct  in
all  material respects  as of  the Effective  Time, and  each of  Varlen and the
Purchaser shall  have performed  in all  material respects  each obligation  and
agreement  and complied with each covenant to  be performed and complied with by
it hereunder on or prior to the Effective Time.
 
    Section 6.3    ADDITIONAL  CONDITIONS  TO  OBLIGATIONS  OF  VARLEN  AND  THE
PURCHASER.  The obligations of Varlen and the Purchaser to consummate and effect
the Merger are also subject to the fulfillment of following conditions:
 
        (A) the Purchaser shall have purchased Shares pursuant to the Offer;
 
        (B) none of the occurrences, events, facts or circumstances set forth in
    any  of paragraphs (a) through (h) of  ANNEX I hereto shall have occurred or
    be prevailing at or prior to the Effective Time;
 
        (C) the  opinion of  Virginia  counsel to  the  Company referred  to  in
    Section  4.14 hereof shall have been  confirmed or reissued by such counsel,
    as of the date  of the Effective Time  and without material modification  or
    qualification; and
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
        (D)  the Company shall not have received demands for payment of the fair
    value of Shares (pursuant to Article 15 (DISSENTER'S RIGHTS) of the Virginia
    Act) with respect to more than 5% of the outstanding Shares.
 
                  ARTICLE 7: TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
 
    Section 7.1   TERMINATION.   This Agreement may  be terminated  at any  time
prior  to  the  Effective  Time,  whether prior  to  or  after  approval  by the
shareholders of the Company:
 
        (A) By mutual written consent of  the Boards of Directors of Varlen  and
    the Company;
 
        (B)  By  either  the  Company  or  Varlen  if  any  court  of  competent
    jurisdiction or other governmental body  shall have issued an order,  decree
    or  ruling or taken any  other action (which order,  decree, ruling or other
    action the parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to  lift),
    in  each case,  permanently restraining, enjoining  or otherwise prohibiting
    the Offer or the Merger and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall
    have become final and non-appealable;
 
        (C) By the  Company, if  the Offer shall  have been  terminated, or  the
    Offer  shall have  expired, without  the purchase  of any  Shares thereunder
    within two business days thereof and  such non-purchase shall not have  been
    due  to a failure to satisfy any of the conditions of the Offer as set forth
    in ANNEX  I; PROVIDED  that the  Company may  not terminate  this  Agreement
    pursuant  to  this  Section 7.1(C)  if  the  Company is  in  breach  of this
    Agreement;
 
        (D) By the Company, if the Effective Time shall not have occurred on  or
    before  December 31, 1996 due  to a failure of any  of the conditions to the
    obligations of the Company to effect the Merger set forth in Section 6.1  or
    6.2;  PROVIDED that the Company may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to
    this Section 7.1(D) if the Company's failure to fulfill any obligation under
    this Agreement has been the cause of,  or resulted in, in whole or in  part,
    the failure of the Effective Time to occur on or before such date;
 
        (E)  By the Company if: (1)  any corporation, partnership, person, other
    entity or, group (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)  other
    than  Varlen or  the Purchaser  or any  of their  respective subsidiaries or
    affiliates (a "Qualified Person") shall  have commenced (within the  meaning
    of  Rule 14d-2 under the  Exchange Act) a cash tender  offer for any and all
    Shares at a  price in  excess of  $16.125 per  Share, or  (2) any  Qualified
    Person  shall have made a  bona fide written proposal  involving a merger or
    consolidation of the Company or the acquisition of all the Shares or all  or
    a   substantial  portion  of  its  assets  which  would  result  in  a  cash
    distribution to shareholders of the Company  in excess of $16.125 per  Share
    (any  such proposal described in subclause (1) or (2) being referred to as a
    "Qualified Proposal"), and the Board of Directors of the Company shall  have
    been advised in a writing by its legal counsel (the delivery of which advice
    shall  have been confirmed in writing to  Varlen by such counsel) that there
    would be  a substantial  risk of  liability for  breach of  their  fiduciary
    obligations to shareholders if they failed to recommend such offer or accept
    such  Qualified  Proposal;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  the  Company  may not
    terminate this  Agreement pursuant  to this  Section 7.1(E):  (i) until  the
    expiration of five business days after notice of such Qualified Proposal has
    been  delivered to Varlen, or (ii)  unless otherwise consented to in writing
    by Varlen, if any such offer or Qualified Proposal is made in breach of,  or
    as a result of a breach of, Section 5.5;
 
        (F) By either of Varlen or the Purchaser, if due to a failure to satisfy
    any  of the conditions of the  Offer as set forth in  ANNEX I: (i) Varlen or
    any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall not have commenced the Offer, or
    shall have  terminated the  Offer,  or (ii)  the  Offer shall  have  expired
    without  the  purchase of  any Shares  thereunder  within two  business days
    thereof, or  (iii) Varlen  shall have  determined not  to proceed  with  the
    Merger;  PROVIDED that neither  Varlen nor the  Purchaser may terminate this
    Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.1(F) if either Varlen or the  Purchaser
    is in material breach of this Agreement;
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
        (G)  By either of Varlen  or the Purchaser, if  the Effective Time shall
    not have occurred on or before December 31, 1996 due to a failure of any  of
    the  conditions to the obligations of Varlen and the Purchaser to effect the
    Merger set forth in Section 6.1 or 6.3; PROVIDED that neither Varlen nor the
    Purchaser may terminate this  Agreement pursuant to  this Section 7.1(G)  if
    Varlen's or the Purchaser's failure to fulfill any material obligation under
    this  Agreement has been the cause of, or  resulted in, in whole or in part,
    the failure of the Effective Time to occur on or before such date; or
 
        (H) By either of Varlen  or the Purchaser, if  prior to the purchase  of
    Shares  in the Offer, the Board of  Directors of the Company shall have: (1)
    withdrawn, or modified in a manner  adverse to Varlen or the Purchaser,  its
    approval  or recommendation of the  Offer or the Merger  or any of its other
    actions taken  in accordance  with Section  1.2(a) and/or  4.14 hereof,  (2)
    taken  any of the actions  referred to in Section  1.2(a) and/or 4.14 hereof
    for the benefit of any  person (other than Varlen,  the Purchaser or any  of
    their  respective subsidiaries) or any transaction (other than the Offer and
    Merger), or (3) resolved to do any of the foregoing.
 
    Section 7.2  EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  In the event of the termination of this
Agreement as provided in Section 7.1: (i) this Agreement shall forthwith  become
null  and void,  and there  shall be  no liability  on the  part of  Varlen, the
Purchaser or  the Company,  except  as set  forth in  this  Section 7.2  and  in
Sections  5.7(b) and 7.5; and  (ii) the Purchaser shall  terminate the Offer, if
still pending, without  purchasing any additional  Shares thereunder;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that  the foregoing  shall  not relieve  any  party for  liability for
damages actually incurred as a result of any breach of this Agreement.
 
    Section 7.3  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended at any time prior  to
the filing of the Articles of Merger with the Virginia Commission; PROVIDED that
any  such amendment is set forth in an instrument in writing executed by each of
the parties  hereto  and  is previously  approved  by  action of  the  Board  of
Directors  of each  of the  parties hereto;  and PROVIDED  FURTHER that  if this
Agreement and  the  Merger  are  subject to  shareholder  approval  then,  after
approval  of the Merger by the shareholders  of the Company, no amendment may be
made without the further approval of the shareholders of the Company which would
do any of the following: (i) reduce or (to the extent prohibited by the Virginia
Act) increase the Merger Consideration or alter or change the form thereof; (ii)
alter or change any other of the  terms and conditions of this Agreement if  any
of the alterations or changes, alone or in the aggregate, would adversely affect
the  shareholders of the Company; or (iii) alter  or change any of the terms and
conditions of the Charter (except as may otherwise be provided herein).
 
    Section 7.4   WAIVER.   At any  time prior  to the  Effective Time,  whether
before  or after the Special  Meeting, any party hereto,  by action taken by its
Board of Directors, may: (i) extend the  time for the performance of any of  the
obligations  or other  acts of any  other party  hereto, or (ii)  subject to the
second proviso  contained in  Section  7.3, waive  compliance  with any  of  the
agreements of any other party or with any conditions of its own obligations. Any
agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be
valid  only if set  forth in an instrument  in writing signed  on behalf of such
party by a duly authorized officer.
 
    Section 7.5   EXPENSES.  Each  party shall  pay its own  costs and  expenses
relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and nothing
in this Agreement shall preclude any such payment, except that if this Agreement
is  terminated by the  Company pursuant to  Section 7.1(E) or  if this Agreement
and/or the Offer  is terminated  by Varlen  or the  Purchaser by  reason of  the
occurrence  of any Event (as defined in  ANNEX I hereto) described in either (I)
paragraph (a), (b)  or (g)  of ANNEX  I hereto, (ii)  paragraph (c)  of ANNEX  I
hereto  (but only if such Event  is due, in whole or in  part, to any (x) act of
the Company of  any affiliate thereof,  or (y) other  Occurrence (as defined  in
Section  4.1) not beyond the control of the Company or any affiliate thereof) or
(iii) clause (vi) of paragraph (c) of  ANNEX I hereto, the Company shall pay  to
Varlen,  a termination fee of $6,500,000  plus an amount sufficient to reimburse
Varlen and  its  subsidiaries  for  all  fees,  costs  and  expenses  (including
investment   banking,  professional  and  commitment   fees)  relating  to  this
Agreement, the Financing  and the transactions  contemplated hereby and  thereby
(PROVIDED that the Company shall not be obligated to
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
reimburse  Varlen and  its subsidiaries for  more than $2,000,000  of such fees,
costs and expenses). Such termination  fee shall be due  and payable (1) on  the
date  of (and as a condition precedent  to) any termination of this Agreement by
the  Company  as  aforesaid,  and  (ii)  within  two  business  days  after  any
termination  of this Agreement by Varlen or the Purchaser as aforesaid. Any such
reimbursement shall  be due  and  payable within  two  business days  after  the
submission by Varlen to the Company of any invoice or statement therefor.
 
                         ARTICLE 8: GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
    Section  8.1  CLOSING.  Unless this Agreement shall have been terminated and
the transactions herein contemplated shall  have been abandoned pursuant to  the
provisions  of Article 7, and subject to the provisions of Article 6 hereof, the
closing of this Agreement shall take place  at the offices of Mays &  Valentine,
NationsBank  Center, 1111  East Main  Street, Richmond,  Virginia 23218-1122, as
soon as practicable following the meeting of the shareholders of the Company  or
other  shareholder action referred  to in Section  5.3 hereof, or  at such other
place, time and date as the parties may mutually agree.
 
    Section 8.2   PUBLIC STATEMENTS.   The parties  agree to  consult with  each
other  prior to issuing any public announcement or statement with respect to the
Offer or  the Merger,  and shall  not issue  or make  any such  announcement  or
statement  to which  the other parties  shall reasonably object  (subject to the
requirements of federal and state securities laws and to Section 5.2).
 
    Section 8.3  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder  shall
be  in  writing  and  shall be  deemed  to  have been  duly  given  if delivered
personally or sent by guaranteed overnight service or telecopier to the  parties
at  the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by
the parties by like notice):
 
    If to Varlen, the Purchaser or (after the Effective Time) the Company:
 
        Varlen Corporation
       55 Shuman Boulevard, Suite 500
       Naperville, Illinois 60566
       ATTENTION: Richard L. Wellek
       President & Chief Executive Officer
       Telecopier No. (708) 420-7123
       Telephone No. (708) 420-0400
 
    with a copy to:
 
        Dechert Price & Rhoads
       477 Madison Avenue
       New York, New York 10022
       ATTENTION: Claude A. Baum, Esq.
       Telecopier No. (212) 308-2041
       Telephone No. (212) 326-3500
 
    If to the Company (before the Effective Time):
 
        Brenco, Incorporated
       One Park West Circle, Suite 201
       Midlothian, Virginia 23113
       ATTENTION: Needham B. Whitfield
       Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
       Telecopier No. (804) 379-4668
       Telephone No. (804) 379-2900
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    with a copy to:
 
        Mays & Valentine
       NationsBank Center
       1111 East Main Street
       Richmond, Virginia 23218
       ATTENTION: F. Claiborne Johnston, Jr., Esq.
       Telecopier No. (804) 697-1214
       Telephone No. (804) 697-1339
 
    Section 8.4   INTERPRETATION.  For  purposes of this  Agreement the  Company
shall  not be deemed to be an affiliate or subsidiary of the Purchaser or Varlen
and neither the Purchaser nor Varlen shall  be deemed to be an affiliate of  the
Company.  The  headings  contained  in this  Agreement  are  for  convenience of
reference purposes  only  and  shall  not  affect in  any  way  the  meaning  or
interpretation  of this Agreement. Article, Section and Annex references in this
Agreement are to the referenced Articles  and Sections of, and Annexes to,  this
Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires.
 
    Section   8.5    REPRESENTATIONS  AND   WARRANTIES;  ETC.    The  respective
representations  and  warranties  of  the  Company,  Varlen  and  the  Purchaser
contained  herein shall  expire with, and  be terminated  and extinguished upon,
consummation of the Merger.
 
    Section 8.6   MISCELLANEOUS.   This  Agreement: (i)  constitutes the  entire
agreement,  and  supersedes all  other prior  agreements and  undertakings (both
written and oral), among the parties hereto, or any of them, with respect to the
subject matter  hereof; (ii)  except for  Sections 2.6  and 5.9  hereof, is  not
intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder; (iii)
shall  not  be  assigned or  delegated  by  any party  hereto,  except  that the
Purchaser may assign all or any portion of its rights and obligations  hereunder
to  Varlen or  to one  or more direct  or indirect  wholly-owned subsidiaries of
Varlen which in  a written  instrument shall  make all  the representations  and
warranties  of the Purchaser set  forth herein and shall  agree to assume all of
the Purchaser's  obligations hereunder  and be  bound by  all of  the terms  and
conditions  of this  Agreement (PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that  no such  assignment or
delegation shall relieve the Purchaser  of its obligations hereunder); and  (iv)
shall  be  governed  in  all respects,  including  validity,  interpretation and
effect, by the  internal laws of  the Commonwealth of  Virginia, without  giving
effect  to the  principles of  conflict of laws  thereof. This  Agreement may be
executed in two or more counterparts,  which together shall constitute a  single
agreement.
 
    Section  8.7  SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  Each of the parties hereto acknowledges
and agrees that  the other parties  hereto would be  irreparably damaged in  the
event  any of the provisions of this  Agreement were not performed in accordance
with their specific terms or were  otherwise breached. Accordingly, each of  the
parties  hereto agrees  that they  each shall  be entitled  to an  injunction or
injunctions to  prevent breaches  of the  provisions of  this Agreement  and  to
enforce  specifically this Agreement and the  terms and provisions hereof in any
action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof  having
subject matter jurisdiction, in addition to any other remedy to which such party
may be entitled, at law or in equity.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, Varlen, the Purchaser  and the Company have caused this
Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their  respective
officers, thereunto duly authorized.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
VARLEN CORPORATION                            BRENCO, INCORPORATED
 
By: ----------------------------              By: ----------------------------
   Richard L. Wellek                          Needham B. Whitfield
   President and                              Chairman of the Board and
   Chief Executive Officer                    Chief Executive Officer
</TABLE>
 
BAS, INC.
 
By:
- ----------------------------
   Richard L. Wellek
   President
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX I
                                                      (TO ACQUISITION AGREEMENT)
 
                            CONDITIONS TO THE OFFER
 
    Notwithstanding  any  other provision  of the  Acquisition Agreement  or the
Offer, and  except as  expressly  limited below,  the  Purchaser: shall  not  be
required  to commence or continue the Offer;  or accept for payment, purchase or
pay for  any Shares  tendered;  may postpone  the  acceptance for  payment,  the
purchase  of,  and/or payment  for,  Shares; and/or  may  amend (subject  to the
restrictions contained in Section 1.1 of the Acquisition Agreement, dated as  of
June  15, 1996 among Varlen,  the Purchaser and the Company  (as the same may be
modified,  amended,  supplemented  and/or  restated  from  time  to  time,   the
"Acquisition  Agreement")) or terminate the Offer;  if: (1) there shall not have
been validly tendered and not withdrawn prior  to the expiration of the Offer  a
number  of  Shares which,  together with  the Shares  beneficially owned  by the
Purchaser and Varlen,  represents two-thirds of  the total voting  power of  all
shares  of capital stock of the Company outstanding on a fully diluted basis, or
(2) any waiting  period under  the HSR  Act applicable  to the  purchase of  the
Shares  pursuant to the Offer shall not  have expired or been terminated, or (3)
at any time on or after  June 1, 1996 and prior to  the time of payment for  any
such  Shares  (whether or  not  any Shares  have  theretofore been  accepted for
payment or paid for pursuant to the  Offer), any of the following events  (each,
an  "Event") shall have occurred (each of paragraphs (a) through (h) providing a
separate and independent  condition to the  Purchaser's obligations pursuant  to
the Offer):
 
        (a) the Company shall have authorized, recommended or proposed, or shall
    have  announced an  intention to authorize,  recommend or  propose, or shall
    have entered into an  agreement or agreement in  principle with respect  to,
    any  merger,  consolidation, other  business  combination, recapitalization,
    liquidation or dissolution, or any purchase or other acquisition or sale  or
    other  disposition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business)
    or shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any
    similar transaction involving the Company  or any Subsidiary or division  of
    the  Company  or any  Subsidiary (other  than the  Merger and  as Previously
    Disclosed  with  respect  to  certain  subsidiaries)  (the  foregoing  being
    collectively  referred to as a  "Business Combination"), any material change
    in its  capitalization, or  any release  or relinquishment  of any  material
    contract or other rights not in the ordinary course of business; or
 
        (b) (i) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have (x) modified or
    amended in any respect its recommendation of the Offer, the Merger or any of
    its other actions taken in accordance with Section 1.2(a) and/or 4.14 of the
    Acquisition  Agreement, or (y) adopted any resolution  to do so, or (ii) the
    opinion of Virginia counsel  to the Company referred  to in Section 4.14  of
    the  Acquisition Agreement shall have  been disclaimed, disavowed, retracted
    or revoked in any respect, or shall otherwise have been rendered  inaccurate
    or  erroneous, or (iii) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have (x)
    taken any of the actions referred to  in Section 1.2(a) and/ or 4.14 of  the
    Acquisition  Agreement for  the benefit of  any person, entity  or group (as
    defined in Section  13(d)(3) of the  Exchange Act) (other  than Varlen,  the
    Purchaser   or  any  of  their  respective  subsidiaries)  or  any  Business
    Combination (other  than the  Offer  and the  Merger),  or (y)  adopted  any
    resolution to do so; or
 
        (c)  it shall have been publicly  disclosed, or Varlen, the Purchaser or
    the Company shall have learned that:  (i) any person, entity (including  the
    Company  or any of its  subsidiaries or affiliates) or  group (as defined in
    Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)  (a "Person") shall have (x)  acquired
    or  become the beneficial owner  of more than 10%  of the outstanding Shares
    (other than  those  shareholders  of  the  Company  party  to  that  certain
    Shareholder  Tender Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1996, between Varlen and
    such shareholders (the  "Permitted Shareholders")), or  (y) been granted  by
    the  Company  any warrant,  option or  right,  conditional or  otherwise, to
    acquire beneficial ownership  of more  than 10% of  the outstanding  Shares,
    other  than  acquisitions  by  a  Person  who  has  publicly  disclosed such
    ownership in a Schedule 13D or 13G  (or amendment thereto) on file with  the
    Commission  prior to June  1, 1996, and  other than for  bona fide arbitrage
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    purposes, or (ii) any such Person (other than, in the case of the  following
    clause  (x), a Permitted  Shareholder) who has publicly  disclosed in such a
    Schedule 13D or 13G any such ownership  of more than 10% of the  outstanding
    Shares  prior to such date shall have  (x) acquired or become the beneficial
    owner of,  or  proposed  to  acquire or  become  the  beneficial  owner  of,
    additional Shares, or (y) been granted by the Company any warrant, option or
    right,  conditional or  otherwise, to acquire  any Shares, or  (iii) any new
    group shall have been  formed which beneficially owns  more than 10% of  the
    Shares,  or (iv)  any Person shall  have commenced, or  publicly proposed to
    commence, a tender offer  for outstanding Shares,  or publicly proposed  any
    Business   Combination,  or  (v)   any  Person  shall   have  commenced  any
    solicitation of proxies  with respect  to the  Shares in  opposition to  the
    Merger,  or (vi)  any Person  shall have  acquired or  become the beneficial
    owner of more than 50% of the outstanding Shares; or
 
        (d) there shall be  pending any action or  proceeding before any  court,
    government  or governmental authority or  agency: (i) challenging or seeking
    to make illegal, or to delay or otherwise directly or indirectly to restrain
    or prohibit the making of the Offer, the acceptance for payment of,  payment
    for,  or the purchase of, some or all of the Shares by Varlen, the Purchaser
    or any other subsidiary  or affiliate of Varlen  or the consummation of  the
    Merger,  or seeking to obtain material  damages in connection with the Offer
    or the Merger, or (ii) seeking to prohibit ownership or operation by Varlen,
    the Purchaser or any  other subsidiary or  affiliate of Varlen  of all or  a
    material  portion of the business or assets of Varlen, the Company or any of
    their respective  subsidiaries  or  affiliates  or  to  compel  Varlen,  the
    Purchaser or any other subsidiary or affiliate of Varlen to dispose of or to
    hold  separately all  or a  material portion  of the  business or  assets of
    Varlen, the Company or any  of their respective subsidiaries or  affiliates,
    as  a result  of the  Offer or  the Merger,  or (iii)  seeking to  impose or
    confirm limitations on  the ability of  Varlen, the Purchaser  or any  other
    subsidiary  or affiliate  of Varlen effectively  to exercise  full rights of
    ownership and control of any Shares (or  any shares of capital stock of  any
    subsidiary of the Company) (including, without limitation, the right to vote
    any  such Shares (or shares of a subsidiary)) acquired pursuant to the Offer
    or otherwise (directly or indirectly), on all matters properly presented  to
    the  Company's shareholders (or any such subsidiary's shareholders), or (iv)
    seeking to  require  divestiture  by  Varlen, the  Purchaser  or  any  other
    subsidiary  or affiliate  of Varlen  of any  Shares, or  (v) invalidating or
    rendering unenforceable any material provision of the Acquisition Agreement,
    or (vi)  which  otherwise  might materially  adversely  affect  Varlen,  the
    Company or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates; or
 
        (e)  there shall be any action  taken, or any statute, rule, regulation,
    judgment,  order  or  injunction   proposed,  enacted,  entered,   enforced,
    promulgated,  issued or deemed applicable to the Offer or the Merger, by any
    court, government  or  governmental  authority or  agency  (other  than  the
    application  of the waiting period provisions of the HSR Act to the Offer or
    to the  Merger) which  may, directly  or indirectly,  result in  any of  the
    consequences referred to in paragraph (d) above; or
 
        (f)  there  shall  have  occurred: (i)  any  general  suspension  of, or
    limitation on prices for, trading  in securities on any national  securities
    exchange  or  in the  over-the-counter market,  or (ii)  a declaration  of a
    banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in  the
    United  States, or  (iii) any limitation  (whether or not  mandatory) by any
    governmental authority on, or any other event which, in the sole judgment of
    Varlen, might  affect the  extension of  credit by  banks or  other  lending
    institutions in the United States, or (iv) any material change in the United
    States  or  any  other currency  exchange  rates  or any  suspension  of, or
    limitation on, the markets therefor, or (v) any extraordinary adverse change
    in the financial  markets or the  market price  of the Shares,  or (vi)  any
    change in the general political, market, economic or financial conditions in
    the United States or abroad that could, in the sole judgment of Varlen, have
    a  material adverse effect upon the business or operations of the Company or
    any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or the trading of the Shares, or (vii)
    a commencement of war, armed hostilities or
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    other international or  national calamity directly  or indirectly  involving
    the United States, or (viii) in the case of any of the foregoing existing at
    the  time  of the  commencement  of the  Offer,  a material  acceleration or
    worsening thereof; or
 
        (g) the representations and warranties of the Company in the Acquisition
    Agreement shall not  be true and  correct in all  material respects, or  the
    Company  shall not have performed in all material respects each covenant and
    complied with  each agreement  to  be performed  and  complied with  by  the
    Company under the Acquisition Agreement; or
 
        (h)  the Company and Varlen shall have  agreed to terminate the Offer or
    the Acquisition Agreement, or the Acquisition Agreement shall otherwise have
    been terminated in accordance with it terms;
 
    which, in  the  sole  judgment of  the  Purchaser,  in any  such  case,  and
regardless  of  the  circumstances  (including any  action  or  inaction  by the
Purchaser and Varlen) giving rise to any such condition, make it inadvisable  to
proceed  with acceptance for  payment or purchase  of or payment  for any Shares
tendered or to proceed with the Merger.
 
    The foregoing  conditions  are  for  the sole  benefit  of  Varlen  and  the
Purchaser  and may  be asserted  by Varlen and  the Purchaser  regardless of the
circumstances giving rise to such condition, including (without limitation)  any
action or inaction by Varlen or the Purchaser, or may be waived by Varlen or the
Purchaser  in whole  at any  time or  in part  from time  to time  in their sole
discretion. The failure by Varlen or the  Purchaser at any time to exercise  any
of  the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right and each
such right shall be deemed an ongoing right and may be asserted at any time  and
from  time to time. Any determination by  Varlen or the Purchaser concerning any
Event shall be final and binding upon all parties.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
                                                                        ANNEX II
                                                      (TO ACQUISITION AGREEMENT)
 
                           COMPANY BOARD RESOLUTIONS
 
    RESOLVED, that the execution and delivery by any one or more of the officers
of the Company, in  the name and  on behalf of the  Company, of the  Acquisition
Agreement  dated as of June 15, 1996  between (1) Varlen Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("Parent"), (2) BAS, Inc., a Virginia corporation ("Purchaser"), and
(3) the Company,  in the form  of the draft  presented to the  Board, with  such
changes,  modifications, amendments, supplements  and/or restatements thereto or
thereof as  the signing  officer of  Corporation (upon  the advice  of  counsel)
approves  (collectively,  "the  Acquisition  Agreement"),  such  approval  to be
conclusively evidenced by his signature to such agreement, and the  consummation
of  the  tender  offer,  merger  and  other  transactions  contemplated  by  the
Acquisition Agreement, are hereby authorized  and approved in all respects;  and
further
 
    RESOLVED,  that the  Board hereby  determines that  the terms  of the tender
offer, the merger  and the Acquisition  Agreement are  fair to and  in the  best
interests   of  the  shareholders  of  the   Company  and  recommends  that  the
shareholders of the Company (1) accept the tender offer and tender their  shares
pursuant  to the tender  offer and (2)  approve the merger  (if such approval is
required by Virginia law); and further
 
    RESOLVED, that the execution and delivery by any one or more of the officers
of the Company,  in the name  and on behalf  of the Company,  of all  documents,
agreements  and instruments  which are  referenced in,  or contemplated  by, the
Acquisition Agreement, each in such form as the signing officers of the  Company
shall (upon the advice of counsel) deem to be necessary or advisable in order to
carry  into effect the tender offer,  merger and other transactions contemplated
by the Acquisition Agreement,  the approval of each  such signing officer to  be
conclusively  evidenced  by  his  signature to  such  documents,  agreements and
instruments, are hereby authorized and approved in all respects; and further
 
    RESOLVED, that, for the declared purpose of exempting Parent, Purchaser  and
their  respective direct and indirect subsidiaries (each, a "Parent Person") and
the tender offer,  the merger  and the  other transactions  contemplated by  the
Acquisition  Agreement from (1) the restrictions and other provisions of Article
14, 13.1-725- 728 (Affiliated  Transactions) of the  Code of Virginia  ("Article
14")  and (2) the provisions  of 13.1-730 of Article  15 (Dissenter's Rights) of
the Code of Virginia,  the following are hereby  authorized and approved in  all
respects:  (1) the  Company engaging with  any Parent Person  in any transaction
pursuant to  the Acquisition  Agreement which  would constitute  an  "affiliated
transaction"  (within the meaning of Article 14),  (2) the tender offer and plan
of merger set  forth in the  Acquisition Agreement and  (3) consummation of  the
tender  offer,  merger and  other transactions  contemplated by  the Acquisition
Agreement; and further
 
    RESOLVED, that,  for the  declared purpose  of qualifying  the  transactions
contemplated  by the Acquisition Agreement as an "excepted acquisition", as that
term is defined and used in Va. Code 13.1-728.1, the plan of merger set forth in
the Acquisition Agreement and  the tender offer,  merger and other  transactions
contemplated  by the Acquisition Agreement are hereby authorized and approved in
all respects; and further
 
    RESOLVED, that, for the declared purpose of exempting each Parent Person and
the tender offer,  the merger  and the  other transactions  contemplated by  the
Acquisition  Agreement from  the supermajority shareholder  vote requirement set
forth in Article I of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of the  Company
("Article  I"),  any  "business combination"  within  the meaning  of  Article I
provided for  in the  Acquisition Agreement  with any  Parent Person  is  hereby
authorized and approved in all respects; and further
 
    RESOLVED,  that the officers of the  Company are hereby severally authorized
to do and to perform, or to cause to be done and performed, such other acts, and
to execute and deliver, or to cause
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
to be executed and delivered,  such other documents, agreements and  instruments
(in  each case in  the name of  the Company, on  its behalf) as  they, or any of
them, shall (upon the advice  of counsel) deem to  be necessary or advisable  in
order  to  carry  into effect  the  transactions contemplated  by  the foregoing
resolutions, including but not limited  to such acts, executions and  deliveries
to  discharge obligations under, and to carry out and comply with, the terms and
conditions set forth in,  or contemplated by, all  of the documents,  agreements
and instruments named in the foregoing resolutions.
 
                                       28

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT D



                          SHAREHOLDER TENDER AGREEMENT

     SHAREHOLDER TENDER AGREEMENT (as the same may be modified, amended,
supplemented and/or restated from time to time, this "Agreement"), dated as of
June 15, 1996, by and among (1) Varlen Corporation, a Delaware corporation
("Varlen"), and (2) each of the parties listed on the signature pages hereof
(each, a "Shareholder").

                                    RECITALS

     Varlen, BAS, Inc., a Virginia corporation wholly-owned by Varlen (the
"Purchaser"), and Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation (the "Company"),
have entered into an Acquisition Agreement, of even date herewith (as the same
may be modified, amended, supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the
"Acquisition Agreement"), which provides, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions thereof, for the acquisition by Purchaser of all of the Company's
outstanding Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share ("Common Stock"), through:
(A) a tender offer (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance
with the Acquisition Agreement, the "Offer") for any and all outstanding shares
of Common Stock for $16.125 per share, net to the seller in cash and without
interest thereon (as such price may be increased from time to time pursuant to
the terms of any amended Offer, the "Offer Price"), and (B) a second step merger
pursuant to which the Purchaser will merge with and into the Company (the
"Merger") and all shares of Common Stock (other than shares held by Varlen, the
Purchaser or the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of Varlen, the
Purchaser or the Company, and shares held by any holder who properly exercises
and does not waive or withdraw dissenter's rights with respect to its shares
under the Virginia Stock Corporation Act (the "Virginia Act")) will be converted
into the right to receive the Offer Price in cash.

     As of the date hereof, each Shareholder is the record and beneficial owner
of the number of shares of Common Stock set forth under such Shareholder's name
on the signature page hereto (the "Existing Shares"; and any shares of Common
Stock hereafter acquired by a Shareholder prior to the termination of this
Agreement being referred to herein as the "After-Acquired Shares";  and the
Existing Shares and After-Acquired Shares being collectively referred to herein
as the "Shares").

     As a condition to the willingness of Varlen and the Purchaser to enter into
the Acquisition Agreement, Varlen has required that each Shareholder agree, and,
in order to induce Varlen and the Purchaser to enter into the Acquisition
Agreement, each Shareholder has agreed, severally and not jointly, to tender all
of such Shareholder's Shares pursuant to the Offer.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
herein and in the Acquisition Agreement contained, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby
acknowledged, Varlen and each Shareholder hereby agree as follows:
<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE 1: TENDER OF SHARES

     SECTION 1.1    TENDER OF SHARES.  Each Shareholder shall validly tender all
such Shareholder's Shares pursuant to the Offer before the expiration date
thereof and agrees not to withdraw any Shares so tendered without Varlen's prior
written consent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each Shareholder may: (i) refrain from
so tendering its Shares, and may withdraw any Shares previously so tendered, if
and for so long as there shall have been commenced and not terminated a Superior
Offer (as defined in Section 1.3); and (ii) may tender its Shares pursuant to
such Superior Offer; AND PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that in the event that (x)
any such Superior Offer shall have expired or been terminated without purchase
of such Shareholder's Shares, and (y) the Offer shall then be in effect, then
Shareholder shall again be subject to the provisions of this sentence.

     SECTION 1.2    CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary set forth in this Agreement, up to 50,000 Shares in the aggregate
(among all Shareholders) may be contributed by one or more Shareholders to one
or more charitable organizations and, if and to the extent so contributed, shall
not be required to be tendered pursuant to the Offer hereunder.

     SECTION 1.3    SUPERIOR OFFER.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term
"Superior Offer" shall mean a cash tender offer commenced (within the meaning of
Rule 14d-2 under the Exchange Act) by any corporation, partnership, person,
other entity or group (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) (other than Varlen or the
Purchaser or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates) for any and all
shares of Common Stock at a price in excess of the then Offer Price.

                           ARTICLE 2: REPRESENTATIONS
                       AND WARRANTIES OF THE SHAREHOLDERS

     Each Shareholder (as to itself only) hereby represents and warrants to, and
agrees with, Varlen as follows:

     TITLE TO SHARES; NO OTHER SHARES.  Such Shareholder is the record or
beneficial owner of the number of Existing Shares set forth below such
Shareholder's name on the signature page hereof (which are evidenced by the
Common Stock certificate(s) identified below such Shareholder's name on the
signature page hereof (the "Certificate")), free and clear of any pledge, lien,
security interest, charge, claim, equity, option, proxy, voting restriction,
right of first refusal or other limitation on disposition or encumbrance of any
kind, other than pursuant to this Agreement.  The number of Existing Shares and
the Certificate set forth below such Shareholder's name on the signature page
hereof represent the only Shares and Certificate owned of record or beneficially
by such Shareholder as of the date hereof.  Such Shareholder has full right,
power and authority to sell, pledge, transfer and deliver its Existing Shares
and Certificate pursuant to this Agreement, and upon any acquisition of any
After-Acquired Shares will have full right, power and authority to sell, pledge,
transfer and deliver such After-Acquired Shares (and the Common Stock
certificate(s) evidencing the same) pursuant to this Agreement.  There are no
outstanding proxies with respect to Shares owned of record or beneficially by
such Shareholder.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

               ARTICLE 3: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF VARLEN

     Varlen hereby makes the same representations and warranties to each
Shareholder as Varlen has made to the Company in Article 3 of the Acquisition
Agreement with the same effect as though such representations and warranties
were herein set forth in full.

                 ARTICLE 4: TRANSFER OF SHARES; NO SOLICITATION

     SECTION 4.1    TRANSFER OF SHARES.  During the term of this Agreement, and
except as otherwise provided herein or with the prior written consent of Varlen,
each Shareholder shall not: (i) sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any of its
Shares, (ii) deposit its Shares into a voting trust or enter into a voting
agreement or arrangement with respect to such Shares, (iii) grant any proxy,
power-of-attorney or other authorization in or with respect to such Shares, or
(iv) enter into any contract, option or other arrangement or undertaking with
respect to the direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer or other
disposition of any Shares.

     SECTION 4.2    APPOINTMENT OF ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.  In the event that any
Shareholder shall be in default of its obligations hereunder, such Shareholder
irrevocably appoints Varlen as such Shareholder's attorney-in-fact, with an
irrevocable instruction to Varlen (if and to the extent that such Shareholder is
required by the terms of this Agreement to do so): (i) validly to tender such
Shareholder's Shares pursuant to the Offer, and (ii) to execute any instrument
of transfer and/or other documents and do all such other acts and things as may
in the opinion of Varlen be necessary or expedient for the purpose of, or in
connection with, tendering such Shares pursuant to the Offer.

     SECTION 4.3    NO SOLICITATION.  Each Shareholder agrees to abide by the
terms of Section 5.5 of the Acquisition Agreement.

                             ARTICLE 5: TERMINATION

     This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the
termination of the Acquisition Agreement, and (ii) the Effective Time (as
defined in the Acquisition Agreement) of the Merger.  Upon such termination,
this Agreement shall have no further force or effect (other than Section 6.4,
which shall continue to apply to any case, action or proceeding relating to the
enforcement of this Agreement).

                          ARTICLE 6: GENERAL PROVISIONS

     SECTION 6.1    NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered
personally or sent by guaranteed overnight service or telecopier to the parties
at the following addresses) or at such other addresses as shall be specified by
the parties by like notice):


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

     If to Varlen:
                         Varlen Corporation
                         55 Shuman Boulevard, Suite 500
                         Naperville, Illinois  60566-7089
                         ATTENTION: Richard L. Wellek
                                    President & Chief Executive Officer
                         Telecopier No. (708) 420-7123
                         Telephone No.   (708) 420-0400

     with a copy to:
                         Dechert Price & Rhoads
                         477 Madison Avenue
                         New York, New York  10022
                         ATTENTION: Claude A. Baum, Esq.
                         Telecopier No. (212) 308-2041
                         Telephone No.   (212) 326-3500

     If to a Shareholder, to the address set forth below such Shareholder's name
     on the signature pages hereof.

     Section 6.2    INTERPRETATION.  The headings contained in this Agreement
are for convenience of reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Article and Section references
in this Agreement are to the referenced Articles and Sections of this Agreement,
unless the context otherwise requires.

     Section 6.3    MISCELLANEOUS.  This Agreement: (i) constitutes the entire
agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements and undertakings (both
written and oral), among the parties hereto, or any of them, with respect to the
subject matter hereof; (ii) is not intended to confer upon any other person any
rights or remedies hereunder; (iii) shall not be assigned or delegated by any
party hereto, except that Varlen may assign all or any portion of its rights and
obligations hereunder to one or more direct or indirect wholly-owned
subsidiaries of Varlen which in a written instrument shall make all the
representations and warranties of Varlen set forth herein and shall agree to
assume all of Varlen's obligations hereunder and be bound by all of the terms
and conditions of this Agreement (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such assignment or
delegation shall relieve Varlen of its obligations hereunder); and (iv) shall be
governed in all respects, including validity, interpretation and effect, by the
internal laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without giving effect to the
principles of conflict of laws thereof.  This Agreement may be executed in two
or more counterparts, which together shall constitute a single agreement.

     Section 6.4    SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  Each of the parties hereto
acknowledges and agrees that the other parties hereto would be irreparably
damaged in the event any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed
in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.
Accordingly, each of the parties hereto agrees that they each shall be entitled
to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this
Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and the terms and
provisions hereof in any action instituted in any court of the United States or
any state


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

thereof having subject matter jurisdiction, in addition to any other remedy to
which such party may be entitled, at law or in equity.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Varlen and the Shareholders have caused this Agreement
to be executed as of the date first written above.


VARLEN CORPORATION


By:
   ---------------------------
     Richard L. Wellek
     President and
       Chief Executive Officer


SHAREHOLDERS:



Name:      Needham Bryan Whitfield
Number of Existing Shares:      91,917
Certificate No(s).  See Annex III
Record Owner:  Needham Bryan Whitfield
Address:  One Park West Circle
          Suite 201
          Midlothian, Virginia 23113
ATTENTION:   Needham Bryan Whitfield
Telecopier No.  (804) 379-4668
Telephone No.  (804) 379-2900




Name:       Anne Whitfield Kenny
Number of Existing Shares:  443,800
Certificate No(s).  See Annex IV
Record Owner:  Anne Whitfield Kenny
Address:   206 Gun Club Road
           Richmond, Virginia 23221

ATTENTION:   Anne Whitfield Kenny
Telecopier No.      N/A
Telephone No.  (804) 359-5863


                                       -5-
<PAGE>


- ------------------------------------------
Needham B. Whitfield, individually and in
     the various capacities set forth on the
     attached Schedule I on behalf of the
     various record and/or beneficial holders
     of shares of Brenco Common Stock set
     forth thereon.




- ------------------------------------------
Anne Whitfield Kenny, individually and in
     the various capacities set forth on the
     attached Schedule II on behalf of the
     various record and/or beneficial holders
     of the shares of Brenco Common Stock set
     forth thereon.



                                       -6-
<PAGE>


                                                                      Schedule I


NAME OF ACCOUNT (HOLDER)              CAPACITY                 NUMBER OF SHARES*
- ------------------------              --------                 -----------------

Needham B. Whitfield                   Direct                              3,650
                            (Shares Held by Wheat First
                             Butcher Singer in Account
                                     8349-8150)


Needham B. Whitfield                   Direct                            200,000
                            (Shares Held by Wheat First
                             Butcher Singer in Account
                                     8349-7975)


Trust F/B/O Theodore               Co-Trustee (1)                         38,472
Hatch Whitfield (u/a              (Shares Held in
George Hendry Whitfield)     NationsBank Trust Account
                                 40-05-500-6500862)


Trust F/B/O Julia                  Co-Trustee (1)                         38,472
Fatheree Whitfield (u/a           (Shares Held in
George Hendry Whitfield)     NationsBank Trust Account
                                 40-05-500-6500870)


Trust F/B/O Sophia                 Co-Trustee (1)                         57,708
Nazlee Whitfield (u/a             (Shares Held in
George Hendry Whitfield)     NationsBank Trust Account
                                 40-05-500-6500888)


Trust F/B/O Alexander              Co-Trustee (1)                         57,708
Amr Whitfield (u/a                (Shares Held in
George Hendry Whitfield)     NationsBank Trust Account
                                 40-05-500-6500896)


Rieman & Co.                      General Partner                         15,082


Paka & Co. Trust                  General Partner                         15,082


Sophia N. Whitfield                Co-Trustee(2)                          31,041
Irrevocable Trust


Sophia Whitfield & Co.            General Partner                          2,000


Sophia Whitfield & Co.            General Partner                         25,000
                            (Shares Held by Wheat First
                             Butcher Singer in Account
                                     7389-4169)

<PAGE>

                                                                      Schedule I


NAME OF ACCOUNT (HOLDER)               CAPACITY                NUMBER OF SHARES*
- ------------------------               --------                -----------------

Alexander Whitfield & Co.           General Partner                       25,000
                             (Shares Held by Wheat First
                              Butcher Singer in Account
                                      1078-2326)


Alexander A. Whitfield               Co-Trustee (2)                       33,041
Irrevocable Trust


Theodore Hatch Whitfield             Co-Trustee (3)                       48,900
Trust u/w Mildred F.          (Shares Held by Wheat First
Whitfield                      Butcher Singer in Account
                                      8349-7756)


Julia Fatheree Whitfield             Co-Trustee (3)                       48,900
Trust u/w Mildred F.          (Shares Held by Wheat First
Whitfield                      Butcher Singer in Account
                                      8349-7734)



Custodian (under UGMA)                 Custodian                           1,000
for Christopher D. Harper     (Shares Held by Advest, Inc.
                                in Account 258-01599)


Custodian (under UGMA)                 Custodian                           1,000
for Jonathan D. Harper        (Shares Held by Advest, Inc.
                                in Account 258-01601)


The Micawber Foundation                President                          10,000
                             (Shares Held by Wheat First
                              Butcher Singer in Account
                                      7757-6187)


Whitfield Foundation                   President                          90,000
                             (Shares Held by Wheat First
                              Butcher Singer in Account
                                      8350-3049)


Estate of Mildred F.                Co-Executor (4)                      250,000
Whitfield                     (Shares Held by Wheat First      (Also reported by
                              Butcher Singer in Account          Anne Whitfield
                                      8350-2962)                      Kenny, as
                                                                   Co-Executor)

<PAGE>


Footnotes:

(1)  Needham B. Whitfield is co-trustee with NationsBank of Virginia, N.A.
     Needham B. Whitfield has sole voting and dispositive powers with respect to
     Brenco stock held in trust.

(2)  Needham B. Whitfield is co-trustee with his wife, Maha S. Whitfield. Either
     co-trustee may vote or sell Brenco shares held by trust.

(3)  Needham B. Whitfield is co-trustee with William J. Newman, Jr. Needham B.
     Whitfield has sole voting and dispositive powers with respect to Brenco
     stock held in trust.

(4)  Needham B. Whitfield is co-trustee with his sister Anne Whitfield Kenny.
     Both co-executors must consent to sale of Brenco shares held by the estate.

*    Shares for which no account information is given hereon are represented by
     certificates set forth on Annex III.


<PAGE>

                                                                     Schedule II


 NAME OF ACCOUNT (HOLDER)             CAPACITY               NUMBER OF SHARES
 ------------------------             --------               ----------------


     Anne Whitfield Kenny               Direct                  200,000(1)


Estate of Mildred F. Whitfield      Co-Executor(2)              250,000(2)


 Trust F/B/O of Anne Blackmon        Co-Trustee(3)               76,944
Kenny (u/a George H. Whitfield)


  Trust F/B/O Katherine Bryan        Co-Trustee(3)              115,416
Kenny (u/a George H. Whitfield)


   Anne Blackmon Kenny Trust         Co-Trustee(4)               47,814(6)
  (u/w/ Mildred F. Whitfield)


   Kathryn Bryan Kenny Trust         Co-Trustee(5)               47,811(6)
  (u/w/ Mildred F. Whitfield)


     Fatherree Foundation              President                 92,585(6)



- ---------------

(1)  Held in an account at Wheat First Butcher Singer.

(2)  Co-executor is Needham B. Whitfield and these shares are also included in
     Schedule I for Needham B. Whitfield.

(3)  Co-trustee is NationsBank of Virginia, N.A. Anne Whitfield Kenny has sole
     voting and dispositive power with respect to Brenco Stock held in the
     Trust; shares held in an account at NationsBank.

(4)  Co-trustee is William J. Newman, Jr.; Anne Whitfield Kenny has sole voting
     and dispositive power with respect to Brenco Stock held in the Trust.

(5)  Co-trustee is William J. Newman, Jr.; Anne Whitfield Kenny has sole voting
     and dispositive power with respect to Brenco Stock held in the Trust.

(6)  Shares held in an account at Davenport & Company of Virginia, Inc..




<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT E1

                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT



     THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 22nd day of March, 1996 by and
between Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation (the "Company"), and
Needham B. Whitfield ("Executive").


                                    RECITALS


     I.   Executive currently serves as a key employee member of management of
the Company and his services and knowledge are valuable to the Company.

     II.  The Board (as defined in Section 1) has determined that it is in the
best interests of the Company and its stockholders to secure Executive's
continued services and to ensure Executive's continued  dedication and
objectivity in the event of any threat or occurrence of, or negotiation or other
action that could lead to, or create the possibility of, a Change in Control (as
defined in Section 1) of the Company, without concern as to whether Executive
might be hindered or distracted by personal uncertainties and risks created by
any such possible Change in Control, and to encourage Executive's full attention
and dedication to the Company, the Board has authorized the Company to enter
into this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and agreements herein contained, the Company and Executive hereby
agree as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the respective meanings set forth below:

          (a)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (b)  "Cause" means (1) a material breach by Executive of the duties
and responsibilities of Executive (other than as a result of incapacity due to
physical or mental illness) which is demonstrably willful and deliberate on
Executive's part, which is committed in bad faith or without reasonable belief
that such breach is in the best interests of the Company and which is not
remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of written notice from the
Company specifying such breach or (2) the commission by Executive of a felony
involving moral turpitude.

<PAGE>

Cause shall not exist unless and until the Company has delivered to Executive a
copy of a resolution duly adopted by three-quarters of the Board at a meeting of
the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive
and an opportunity for Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before
the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive
was guilty of the conduct set forth in this Section 1(b) and specifying the
particulars thereof in detail.

          (c)  "Change in Control" means:

               (1)  the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (a
     "Person"), including any "person" within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
     14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
     Act"), of beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
     under  the Exchange Act, of twenty percent (20%) or more of either (i) the
     then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding
     Company Common Stock") or (ii) the combined voting power of the then
     outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the
     election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities");
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a
     Change in Control:  (A) any acquisition by the Company, (B) any acquisition
     directly from the Company, (C) any acquisition by, or benefit distribution
     from, an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained
     by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, (D) any
     acquisition pursuant to any compensatory stock option or stock purchase
     plan for employees, (E) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a
     reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Company, if,
     immediately after such reorganization, merger or consolidation, each of the
     conditions described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (3) of
     this Section (1)(c) shall be satisfied, or (F) any acquisition by the
     Executive or any group of persons including the Executive; or (G) the
     acquisition by members of the Whitfield Family (as hereinafter defined),
     individually or collectively, of any direct or indirect beneficial
     ownership in addition to the individual or collective beneficial ownership
     of members of the Whitfield Family which exists on the date hereof; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER that, for purposes of clause (A), if any Person (other
     than the Company or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored
     or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company)
     shall become the beneficial owner of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
     Outstanding Company


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     Common Stock or fifty percent (50%) or more of the Outstanding Company
     Voting Securities by reason of an acquisition by the Company and such
     Person shall, after such acquisition by the Company, become the beneficial
     owner of any additional shares of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or
     any additional Outstanding Voting Securities, such additional beneficial
     ownership shall constitute a Change in Control;

               (2)  individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board
     (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
     majority of such Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any individual who becomes
     a director of the Company subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or
     nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by the
     vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent
     Board shall be deemed to have been a member of the Incumbent Board; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER, that no individual who was initially elected as a
     director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election
     contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
     promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any other actual or threatened
     solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any Person other
     than the Board shall be deemed to have been a member of the Incumbent
     Board;

               (3)  approval by the stockholders of the Company of a
     reorganization, merger or consolidation unless, in any such case,
     immediately after such reorganization, merger or consolidation, (i) more
     than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of common stock of
     the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation
     and more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then
     outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in
     the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or
     indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals or entities who
     were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common
     Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation and in substantially the same
     proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation, of the Outstanding Company
     Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may
     be, (ii) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or
     related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or the


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

     corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation (or
     any corporation controlled by the Company), or any Person which
     beneficially owned, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or
     consolidation, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the
     Outstanding Company Common Stock or the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
     twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock
     of such corporation or twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting
     power of the then outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to
     vote generally in the election of directors and (iii) at least a majority
     of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation resulting from
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation were members of the Incumbent
     Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or action of
     the Board providing for such reorganization, merger or consolidation; or

               (4)  approval by the stockholders of the Company of (i) a plan of
     complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (ii) the sale or
     other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
     other than to a corporation with respect to which, immediately after such
     sale or other disposition, (A) more than fifty percent (50%) of the then
     outstanding shares of common stock thereof and more than fifty percent
     (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities
     thereof entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then
     beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of
     the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively,
     of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition and in
     substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their
     ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the
     Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any
     employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the
     Company or such corporation (or any corporation controlled by the Company),
     or any Person which beneficially owned, immediately prior to such sale or
     other disposition, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of
     the Outstanding Company Common Stock or the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
     twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock
     thereof or twenty


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

     percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
     securities thereof entitled to vote generally in  the election of directors
     and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors
     thereof were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of
     the initial agreement or action of the Board providing for such sale or
     other disposition.

For purposes of Section 1(c)(1), "Whitfield Family" shall mean (I) Needham B.
Whitfield and members of his "immediate family" (as that term is defined in Rule
16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act), (ii) Anne Whitfield Kenny and members of her
immediate family, (iii) the Estate of Mildred F. Whitfield and (iv) and in each
of the foregoing instances, their respective personal or legal representatives,
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees.

     Notwithstanding anything contained in the Agreement to the contrary, it is
understood that the collective beneficial ownership of members of the Whitfield
Family as of the date hereof shall not constitute, or be construed or deemed to
constitute, a Change of Control.

     Furthermore, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
contrary, if Executive's employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control
and Executive reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request
of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control (a "Third Party") who effectuates a
Change in Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement, the date of a Change
in Control shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination
of Executive's employment.

          (d)  "Company" means Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation.

          (e)  "Date of Termination" means (1) the effective date on which
Executive's employment by the Company terminates as specified in a prior written
notice by the Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, delivered
pursuant to Section 11 or (2) if Executive's employment by the Company
terminates by reason of death, the date of death of Executive.

          (f)  "Good Reason" means, without Executive's express written consent,
the occurrence of any of the following events after a Change in Control:


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

               (1) (i)   the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent
     in any material adverse respect with Executive's position(s), duties,
     responsibilities or status with the Company immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, (ii) a material adverse change in Executive's reporting
     responsibilities, titles or offices with the Company as in effect
     immediately prior to such Change in Control or (iii) any removal or
     involuntary termination of Executive from the Company otherwise than as
     expressly permitted by this Agreement or any failure to re-elect Executive
     to any position with the Company held by Executive immediately prior to
     such Change in Control;

               (2)  a reduction by the Company in Executive's rate of annual
     base salary as in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control or as
     the same has been increased thereafter;

               (3)  any requirement of the Company that Executive  (i) be based
     anywhere more than thirty-five miles from the facility where Executive is
     located at the time of the Change in Control;

               (4)  the failure of the Company to (i) continue in effect any
     employee benefit plan or compensation plan in which Executive is
     participating immediately prior to such Change in Control, unless Executive
     is permitted to participate in other plans providing Executive with
     substantially comparable benefits, or the taking of any action by the
     Company which would adversely affect Executive's participation in or
     materially reduce Executive's benefits under any such plan, (ii) provide
     Executive and Executive's dependents with welfare benefits (including,
     without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary
     continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel
     accident insurance plans and programs) in accordance with the most
     favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and its
     affiliated companies in effect for Executive immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, (iii) provide fringe benefits in accordance with the
     most favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and
     its affiliated companies in effect for Executive immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, or (iv) provide Executive with paid vacation in
     accordance with the most favorable plans, policies, programs and practices
     of the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect for Executive
     immediately prior to such Change in Control; or


                                       -6-
<PAGE>


               (5)  the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption
     agreement from any successor as contemplated in Section 10(b).

     In addition, a termination by Executive of his employment for any reason
during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the date
of commencement of the Termination Period shall be deemed to be termination by
Executive for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, any good faith
determination of Good Reason made by Executive shall be conclusive; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action taken in good
faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by Executive shall not constitute Good Reason.  Any event or
condition described in this Section 1(f)(1) through (5) which occurs prior to a
Change in Control, but was at the request of a Third Party who effectuates a
Change in Control, shall constitute Good Reason following a Change in Control
for purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding that it occurred prior to the
Change in Control.

          (g)  "Nonqualifying Termination" means a termination of Executive's
employment (1) by the Company for Cause, (2) by Executive for any reason other
than a Good Reason, (3) as a result of Executive's death, (4) by the Company due
to Executive's absence from his duties with the Company on a full-time basis for
at least one hundred eighty consecutive days as a result of Executive's
incapacity due to physical or mental illness or (5) as a result of Executive's
lawful mandatory retirement or (6) Executive's voluntary retirement pursuant to
any retirement incentive plan of the Company.  The parties hereto expressly
understand and agree that a termination by Executive of his employment in
accordance with the first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 1(f) shall
be deemed to be a termination by the Executive for Good Reason and thus  shall
not be a Nonqualifying Termination.

          (h)  "Pension Plan" means the Company's defined benefit pension plan
currently known as the "Brenco Retirement Plan" or any successor plan and any
other employee benefit plans of the Company that require any minimum period of
employment as a condition to the receipt of retirement benefits thereunder.

          (i)  "Termination Period" means the period of time beginning with a
Change in Control and ending on the earliest to occur of (1) Executive's 62nd
birthday, (2) Executive's death, and (3) two years following such Change in
Control.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

     2.   OBLIGATIONS OF EXECUTIVE.  Executive agrees that in the event any
person or group attempts a Change in Control, he shall not voluntarily leave the
employ of the Company without Good Reason (a) until such attempted Change in
Control terminates or (b) if a Change in Control shall occur, until ninety days
following such Change in Control.  For purposes of the foregoing subsection (a),
Good Reason shall be determined as if a Change in Control had occurred when such
attempted Change in Control became known to the Board.

     3.   PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

          (a)  If during the Termination Period the employment of Executive
shall terminate, other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the
Company shall pay to Executive (or Executive's beneficiary or estate) within
thirty days following the Date of Termination, as compensation for services
rendered to the Company:

               (1)  a lump-sum cash amount equal to the sum of (i) Executive's
     full annual base salary from the Company and its affiliated companies
     through the Date of Termination, to the extent not theretofore paid, (ii)
     Executive's annual bonus in an amount at least equal to the greatest of (A)
     the average bonus (annualized for any fiscal year consisting of less than
     twelve full months or with respect to which Executive has been employed by
     the Company for less than twelve full months) paid or payable, including by
     reason of any deferral, to Executive by the Company and its affiliated
     companies in respect of the three fiscal years of the Company (or such
     portion thereof during which Executive performed services for the Company
     if Executive shall have been employed by the Company for less than such
     three fiscal year period) immediately preceding the fiscal year in which
     the Change in Control occurs, or (B) 50% of Executive's target bonus for
     the fiscal year in which the Change in Control occurs, or (C) 50% of
     Executive's target bonus for the fiscal year in which Executive's Date of
     Termination occurs, multiplied by (D) a fraction, the numerator of which is
     the number of days in the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination
     occurs through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is
     three hundred sixty-five or three hundred sixty-six, as applicable, and
     (iii) any compensation previously deferred by Executive other than pursuant
     to a tax-qualified plan (together with any interest


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

     and earnings thereon) and any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the
     extent not theretofore paid; PLUS

               (2)  a lump-sum cash amount equal to (i) one times  Executive's
     highest annual rate of base salary from the Company and its affiliated
     companies in effect during the twelve-month period prior to the Date of
     Termination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event there are fewer than
     twelve whole months remaining from the Date of Termination to the date of
     Executive's 62nd birthday, the amount payable under this Section 3(a) (2)
     shall be calculated by multiplying the amount otherwise payable by a
     fraction the numerator of which is the number of months, including a
     partial month (with a partial month being expressed as a fraction the
     numerator of which is the number of days remaining in such month and the
     denominator of which is the number of days in such month), so remaining and
     the denominator of which is twelve; PROVIDED FURTHER, that any amount paid
     pursuant to this Section 3(a) (2) shall be paid in lieu of any other amount
     of severance relating to salary or bonus compensation to be received by
     Executive upon termination of employment of Executive under any severance
     plan, policy, employment agreement or arrangement of the Company; AND
     PROVIDED FURTHER that in the event of a termination of employment during
     the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the date
     of commencement of the Termination Period in accordance with the last
     paragraph of Section 1(f) hereof, the amount payable under this Section
     3(a)(2) shall be reduced by one-half.

          (b)  (1) In addition to the payments to be made pursuant to paragraph
     (a) of this Section 3, if on the Date of Termination other than by reason
     of a Nonqualifying Termination, Executive shall not be fully vested in his
     accrued benefit under the Pension Plan, the Company shall pay to Executive
     within thirty days following the Date of Termination a lump sum cash amount
     equal to the actuarial equivalent of his unvested accrued benefit under the
     Brenco Retirement Plan as of such date.  Such lump sum cash amount shall be
     computed using the same actuarial methods and assumptions then in use for
     purposes of computing benefits under the Brenco Retirement Plan, provided
     that the interest rate used in making such computation shall not be greater


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

     than the interest rate permitted under Section 417(e) of the Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

          (2)  In addition to the payments to be made pursuant to paragraph (a)
     of this Section 3, if on the Date of Termination other than by reason of a
     Nonqualifying Termination, Executive shall not be fully vested in the
     employer contributions made on his behalf under any defined contribution
     plan of the Company, the Company shall pay to Executive within thirty days
     following the Date of Termination a lump sum cash amount equal to the value
     of the unvested portion of such employer contributions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
     that if any payment pursuant to this Section 3(b) (2) may or would result
     in such payment being deemed a transaction which is subject to Section
     16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall make such payment so as to
     meet the conditions for an exemption from such Section 16(b) as set forth
     in the rules (and interpretative and no-action letters relating thereto)
     under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  The value of any such unvested
     employer contributions shall be determined as of the Date of Termination;
     provided that for purposes of valuing common stock of the Company that may
     be a part of any such plan, if the common stock of the Company is  traded
     on a national securities exchange or The Nasdaq National Market on the Date
     of Termination, the value of a share of common stock of the Company shall
     be the closing price on the national securities exchange or NASDAQ on the
     Date of Termination or, if such date is not a trading day, on the
     immediately preceding trading day.

               (3)  For a period of one year commencing on the Date of
     Termination, the Company shall continue to keep in full force and effect
     (or otherwise provide) all policies of medical, accident, disability and
     life insurance with respect to Executive and his dependents with the same
     level of coverage, upon the same terms and otherwise to the same extent as
     such policies shall have been in effect immediately prior to the Date of
     Termination (or, if more favorable to Executive, immediately prior to the
     Change in Control), and the Company and Executive shall share the costs of
     the continuation of such insurance coverage in the same proportion as such
     costs were shared immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

          (c)  If during the Termination Period the employment of Executive
shall terminate by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the Company shall
pay to Executive within thirty days following the Date of Termination, a cash
amount


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

equal to the sum of (1) Executive's full annual base salary from the Company
through the Date of Termination, to the extent not theretofore paid and (2) any
compensation previously deferred by Executive other than pursuant to a tax-
qualified plan (together with any interest and earnings thereon) and any accrued
vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid.

     4.   EXCISE TAX LIMITATION.  (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Agreement or any other agreement or plan to the contrary, the payments and
benefits provided to, or for the benefit of, Executive under this Agreement or
under any other plan or agreement which became payable or are taken into account
as a result of the Change in Control (the "Payments") shall be reduced (but not
below zero) to the extent necessary so that no payment to be made, or benefit to
be provided, to Executive or for his benefit under this Agreement or any other
plan or agreement shall be subject to the imposition of an excise tax under
Section 4999 of the Code (such reduced amount is hereinafter referred to as the
"Limited Payment Amount").  Unless Executive shall have given prior written
notice specifying a different order to the Company, the Company shall reduce or
eliminate the Payments to Executive by first reducing or eliminating those
payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or
eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments
or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Determination (as
hereinafter defined).  Any notice given by Executive pursuant to the preceding
sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan,
arrangement or agreement governing Executive's rights and entitlements to any
benefits or compensation.

          (b)  All determinations required to be made under this Section 4 shall
be made by the Company's public accounting firm (the "Accounting Firm").  The
Accounting Firm shall provide its calculations, together with detailed
supporting documentation, both to the Company and Executive within fifteen days
after the receipt of notice from the Company that there has been a Payment (or
at such earlier times as is requested by the Company) and, with respect to any
Limited Payment Amount, a reasonable opinion to Executive that  he is not
required to report any excise tax on his federal income tax return with respect
to the Limited Payment Amount (collectively, the "Determination").  In the event
that the Accounting Firm is serving as an accountant or auditor for the
individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, Executive shall
appoint another nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the
determination required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred
to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  All fees, costs and expenses


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

(including, but not limited to, the costs of retaining experts) of the
Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Company.  The Determination by the
Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive (except as
provided in paragraph (c) below).

          (c)  If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court
or an Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") proceeding which has been finally and
conclusively resolved, that Payments have been made to, or provided for the
benefit of, Executive by the Company, which are in excess of the limitations
provided in Section 4 (hereinafter referred to as an "Excess Payment"), such
Excess Payment shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to Executive made
on the date Executive received the Excess Payment and Executive shall repay the
Excess Payment to the Company on demand, together with interest on the Excess
Payment at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the
Code) from the date of Executive's receipt
of such Excess Payment until the date of such repayment.  As a result of the
uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the
Determination, it is possible that Payments which will not have been made by the
Company should have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the
calculations required to be made under this Section 4.  In the event that it is
determined (i) by the Accounting Firm, the Company (which shall include the
position taken by the Company, or together with its consolidated group, on its
federal income tax return) or the IRS or (ii) pursuant to a determination by a
court, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Company shall pay an amount equal
to such Underpayment to Executive within ten days of such determination together
with interest on such amount at the applicable federal rate from the date such
amount would have been paid to Executive until the date of payment.

     5.   WITHHOLDING TAXES.  The Company may withhold from all payments due to
Executive (or his beneficiary or estate) hereunder all taxes which, by
applicable federal, state, local or other law, the Company is required to
withhold therefrom.

     6.   REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES.  If any contest or dispute shall arise
under this Agreement involving termination of Executive's employment with the
Company or involving the failure or refusal of the Company to perform fully in
accordance with the terms hereof, the Company shall reimburse Executive, on a
current basis, for all legal fees and expenses, if any, incurred by Executive in
connection with such contest or dispute, subject to the conditions set forth in
the following sentences, together with interest in an amount equal to the prime
rate of Crestar


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

Bank from time to time in effect, but in no event higher than the maximum legal
rate permissible under applicable law, such interest to accrue from the date the
Company receives Executive's statement for such fees and expenses through the
date of payment thereof.  The Company shall have no obligation to reimburse
Executive for legal fees and expenses pursuant to this Section 6 in the event
that a court of competent jurisdiction ultimately determines that Executive's
position asserted in any contest or dispute litigated by Executive was without
merit.  Executive hereby agrees that, in the event of such a determination,
Executive will repay the Company the amount of any legal fees or expenses
advanced by the Company to Executive prior to such determination.

     7.   TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.  (a)  This Agreement shall be effective on
the date hereof and shall continue until terminated by the Company as provided
in paragraph (b) of this Section 7; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this Agreement shall
terminate in any event upon the first to occur of (i) Executive's 62nd birthday,
(ii) Executive's death or (iii) termination of Executive's Employment with the
Company prior to a Change in Control (except as otherwise provided hereunder).

          (b)  The Company shall have the right prior to a Change in Control, in
its sole discretion, pursuant to action by the Board, to approve the termination
of this Agreement, which termination shall not become effective until the date
fixed by the Board for such termination, which date shall be at least one
hundred twenty days after notice thereunder is given by the Company to Executive
in accordance with Section 11; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such action shall be
taken by the Board during any period of time when the Board has knowledge that
any person has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control
until, in the opinion of the Board, such person has abandoned or terminated its
efforts to effect a Change in Control; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that in no event
shall this Agreement be terminated without the consent of Executive following a
Change in Control.

     8.   SCOPE OF AGREEMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to
entitle Executive to continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries,
and if Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate prior to a Change
in Control, Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any termination of Executive's employment during the
two-year period following a Change in Control shall be subject to all of the
provisions of this Agreement.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  Executive shall hold in a fiduciary
capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information,
knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies,
and their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by Executive
during Executive's employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies
and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by
Executive or representatives of Executive in violation of this Agreement).
After termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall
not, without the prior written consent of the Company, communicate or divulge
any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and
those designated by it.  In no event shall an asserted violation of the
provisions of this Section 9 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any
amounts otherwise payable to Executive under this Agreement.

     10.  SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement shall not be terminated by any merger or
consolidation of the Company whereby the Company is or is not the surviving or
resulting corporation or as a result of any transfer of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Company.  In the event of any such merger, consolidation or
transfer of assets, the  provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the
surviving or resulting corporation or the person or entity to which such assets
are transferred.

          (b)  The Company agrees that concurrently with any merger,
consolidation or transfer of assets referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section
10, it will cause any successor or transferee unconditionally to assume, by
written instrument delivered to Executive (or his beneficiary or estate), all of
the obligations of the Company hereunder.  Failure of the Company to obtain such
assumption prior to the effectiveness of any such merger, consolidation or
transfer of assets shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall constitute Good
Reason hereunder and shall entitle Executive to compensation and other benefits
from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as Executive would be
entitled hereunder if Executive's employment were terminated following a Change
in Control other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination.  For purposes of
implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such merger, consolidation or
transfer becomes effective shall be deemed the date Good Reason occurs, and
shall be the Date of Termination if requested by Executive.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

          (c)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable
by Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators,
successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If Executive shall die
while any amounts would be payable to Executive hereunder had Executive
continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be
paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons
appointed in writing by Executive to receive such amounts or, if no person is so
appointed, to Executive's estate.

     11.  NOTICE.  (a) For purposes of this Agreement, all notices and other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when delivered or five days after deposit in the
United States mail, certified and return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

          If to Executive:

               ________________
               ________________
               ________________
               ________________

          If to the Company:

               Brenco, Incorporated
               Suite 201
               One Park West Circle
               Midlothian, VA 23113
               Attn: Corporate Secretary

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance therewith, except that notices of change of address shall
be effective only upon receipt.

          (b)  A written notice of Executive's Date of Termination by the
Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the
specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent
applicable, set forth in reasonable  detail the facts and circumstances claimed
to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision
so indicated and (iii) specify the Termination Date (which date shall be not
less than fifteen days after the giving of such notice).  The failure by
Executive or the Company to set forth in such notice any fact or circumstance
which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right
of


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company from
asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive's or the Company's
rights hereunder.

     12.  FULL SETTLEMENT; RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES.  (a)  The Company's
obligation to make any payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to
perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the
Company may have against Executive or others.  In no event shall Executive be
obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of
the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement
and, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not Executive obtains other
employment.

          (b)  If there shall be any dispute between the Company and Executive
in the event of any termination of Executive's employment, then, unless and
until there is a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent
jurisdiction declaring that such termination was for Cause, that the
determination by Executive of the existence of Good Reason was not made in good
faith, or that the Company is not otherwise obligated to pay any amount or
provide any benefit to Executive and his dependents or other beneficiaries, as
the case may be, under paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3, the Company shall
pay all amounts, and provide all benefits, to Executive and his dependents or
other beneficiaries, as the case may be, that the Company would be required to
pay or provide pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3 as though such
termination were by the Company without Cause or by Executive with Good Reason;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be required to pay any disputed
amounts pursuant to this paragraph except upon receipt of an undertaking by or
on behalf of Executive to repay all such amounts to which Executive is
ultimately adjudged by such court not to be entitled.

     13.  EMPLOYMENT WITH SUBSIDIARIES.  Employment with the Company for
purposes of this Agreement shall include employment with any corporation or
other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest of
50% or more of the total combined voting power of the then outstanding
securities of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors.

     14.  GOVERNING LAW; VALIDITY.  The interpretation, construction and
performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in
accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia without regard
to the


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

principle of conflicts of laws.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
any other provision of this Agreement, which other provisions shall remain in
full force and effect.

     15.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same  instrument.

     16.  MISCELLANEOUS.  No provision of this Agreement may be modified or
waived unless such modification or waiver is agreed to in writing and signed by
Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.  No waiver by either
party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or
compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by
such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or
conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  Failure by Executive
or the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this
Agreement or to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder,
including without limitation, the right of Executive to terminate employment for
Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or
any other provision or right of this Agreement.  The rights of, and benefits
payable to, Executive, his estate or his beneficiaries pursuant to this
Agreement are in addition to any rights of, or benefits payable to, Executives,
his estate or his beneficiaries under any other employee benefit plan or
compensation program of the Company.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by
a duly authorized officer of the Company and Executive has executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED



                              BY:
                                 ------------------------------------------


                              TITLE:
                                    ---------------------------------------

                              EXECUTIVE


                                      -17-
<PAGE>


                              ---------------------------------------------


                              ---------------------------------------------


                                      -18-

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT E2

                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT



     THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 22nd day of March, 1996 by and
between Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation (the "Company"), and J.
Craig Rice ("Executive").


                                    RECITALS


     I.   Executive currently serves as a key employee member of management of
the Company and his services and knowledge are valuable to the Company.

     II.  The Board (as defined in Section 1) has determined that it is in the
best interests of the Company and its stockholders to secure Executive's
continued services and to ensure Executive's continued  dedication and
objectivity in the event of any threat or occurrence of, or negotiation or other
action that could lead to, or create the possibility of, a Change in Control (as
defined in Section 1) of the Company, without concern as to whether Executive
might be hindered or distracted by personal uncertainties and risks created by
any such possible Change in Control, and to encourage Executive's full attention
and dedication to the Company, the Board has authorized the Company to enter
into this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and agreements herein contained, the Company and Executive hereby
agree as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the respective meanings set forth below:

          (a)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (b)  "Cause" means (1) a material breach by Executive of the duties
and responsibilities of Executive (other than as a result of incapacity due to
physical or mental illness) which is demonstrably willful and deliberate on
Executive's part, which is committed in bad faith or without reasonable belief
that such breach is in the best interests of the Company and which is not
remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of written notice from the
Company specifying such breach or (2) the commission by Executive of a felony
involving moral turpitude.
<PAGE>

Cause shall not exist unless and until the Company has delivered to Executive a
copy of a resolution duly adopted by three-quarters of the Board at a meeting of
the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive
and an opportunity for Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before
the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive
was guilty of the conduct set forth in this Section 1(b) and specifying the
particulars thereof in detail.

          (c)  "Change in Control" means:

               (1)  the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (a
     "Person"), including any "person" within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
     14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
     Act"), of beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
     under  the Exchange Act, of twenty percent (20%) or more of either (i) the
     then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding
     Company Common Stock") or (ii) the combined voting power of the then
     outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the
     election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities");
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a
     Change in Control:  (A) any acquisition by the Company, (B) any acquisition
     directly from the Company, (C) any acquisition by, or benefit distribution
     from, an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained
     by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, (D) any
     acquisition pursuant to any compensatory stock option or stock purchase
     plan for employees, (E) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a
     reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Company, if,
     immediately after such reorganization, merger or consolidation, each of the
     conditions described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (3) of
     this Section (1)(c) shall be satisfied, or (F) any acquisition by the
     Executive or any group of persons including the Executive; or (G) the
     acquisition by members of the Whitfield Family (as hereinafter defined),
     individually or collectively, of any direct or indirect beneficial
     ownership in addition to the individual or collective beneficial ownership
     of members of the Whitfield Family which exists on the date hereof; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER that, for purposes of clause (A), if any Person (other
     than the Company or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored
     or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company)
     shall become the beneficial owner of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
     Outstanding Company


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     Common Stock or fifty percent (50%) or more of the Outstanding Company
     Voting Securities by reason of an acquisition by the Company and such
     Person shall, after such acquisition by the Company, become the beneficial
     owner of any additional shares of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or
     any additional Outstanding Voting Securities, such additional beneficial
     ownership shall constitute a Change in Control;

               (2)  individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board
     (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
     majority of such Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any individual who becomes
     a director of the Company subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or
     nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by the
     vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent
     Board shall be deemed to have been a member of the Incumbent Board; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER, that no individual who was initially elected as a
     director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election
     contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
     promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any other actual or threatened
     solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any Person other
     than the Board shall be deemed to have been a member of the Incumbent
     Board;

               (3)  approval by the stockholders of the Company of a
     reorganization, merger or consolidation unless, in any such case,
     immediately after such reorganization, merger or consolidation, (i) more
     than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of common stock of
     the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation
     and more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then
     outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in
     the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or
     indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals or entities who
     were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common
     Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation and in substantially the same
     proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation, of the Outstanding Company
     Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may
     be, (ii) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or
     related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or the


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

     corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation (or
     any corporation controlled by the Company), or any Person which
     beneficially owned, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or
     consolidation, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the
     Outstanding Company Common Stock or the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
     twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock
     of such corporation or twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting
     power of the then outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to
     vote generally in the election of directors and (iii) at least a majority
     of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation resulting from
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation were members of the Incumbent
     Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or action of
     the Board providing for such reorganization, merger or consolidation; or

               (4)  approval by the stockholders of the Company of (i) a plan of
     complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (ii) the sale or
     other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
     other than to a corporation with respect to which, immediately after such
     sale or other disposition, (A) more than fifty percent (50%) of the then
     outstanding shares of common stock thereof and more than fifty percent
     (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities
     thereof entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then
     beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of
     the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively,
     of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition and in
     substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their
     ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the
     Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any
     employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the
     Company or such corporation (or any corporation controlled by the Company),
     or any Person which beneficially owned, immediately prior to such sale or
     other disposition, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of
     the Outstanding Company Common Stock or the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
     twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock
     thereof or twenty


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

     percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
     securities thereof entitled to vote generally in  the election of directors
     and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors
     thereof were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of
     the initial agreement or action of the Board providing for such sale or
     other disposition.

For purposes of Section 1(c)(1), "Whitfield Family" shall mean (I) Needham B.
Whitfield and members of his "immediate family" (as that term is defined in Rule
16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act), (ii) Anne Whitfield Kenny and members of her
immediate family, (iii) the Estate of Mildred F. Whitfield and (iv) and in each
of the foregoing instances, their respective personal or legal representatives,
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees.

     Notwithstanding anything contained in the Agreement to the contrary, it is
understood that the collective beneficial ownership of members of the Whitfield
Family as of the date hereof shall not constitute, or be construed or deemed to
constitute, a Change of Control.

     Furthermore, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
contrary, if Executive's employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control
and Executive reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request
of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control (a "Third Party") who effectuates a
Change in Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement, the date of a Change
in Control shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination
of Executive's employment.

          (d)  "Company" means Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation.

          (e)  "Date of Termination" means (1) the effective date on which
Executive's employment by the Company terminates as specified in a prior written
notice by the Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, delivered
pursuant to Section 11 or (2) if Executive's employment by the Company
terminates by reason of death, the date of death of Executive.

          (f)  "Good Reason" means, without Executive's express written consent,
the occurrence of any of the following events after a Change in Control:


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

               (1) (i)   the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent
     in any material adverse respect with Executive's position(s), duties,
     responsibilities or status with the Company immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, (ii) a material adverse change in Executive's reporting
     responsibilities, titles or offices with the Company as in effect
     immediately prior to such Change in Control or (iii) any removal or
     involuntary termination of Executive from the Company otherwise than as
     expressly permitted by this Agreement or any failure to re-elect Executive
     to any position with the Company held by Executive immediately prior to
     such Change in Control;

               (2)  a reduction by the Company in Executive's rate of annual
     base salary as in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control or as
     the same has been increased thereafter;

               (3)  any requirement of the Company that Executive  (i) be based
     anywhere more than thirty-five miles from the facility where Executive is
     located at the time of the Change in Control;

               (4)  the failure of the Company to (i) continue in effect any
     employee benefit plan or compensation plan in which Executive is
     participating immediately prior to such Change in Control, unless Executive
     is permitted to participate in other plans providing Executive with
     substantially comparable benefits, or the taking of any action by the
     Company which would adversely affect Executive's participation in or
     materially reduce Executive's benefits under any such plan, (ii) provide
     Executive and Executive's dependents with welfare benefits (including,
     without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary
     continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel
     accident insurance plans and programs) in accordance with the most
     favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and its
     affiliated companies in effect for Executive immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, (iii) provide fringe benefits in accordance with the
     most favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and
     its affiliated companies in effect for Executive immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, or (iv) provide Executive with paid vacation in
     accordance with the most favorable plans, policies, programs and practices
     of the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect for Executive
     immediately prior to such Change in Control; or


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

               (5)  the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption
     agreement from any successor as contemplated in Section 10(b).

     In addition, a termination by Executive of his employment for any reason
during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the date
of commencement of the Termination Period shall be deemed to be termination by
Executive for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, any good faith
determination of Good Reason made by Executive shall be conclusive; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action taken in good
faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by Executive shall not constitute Good Reason.  Any event or
condition described in this Section 1(f)(1) through (5) which occurs prior to a
Change in Control, but was at the request of a Third Party who effectuates a
Change in Control, shall constitute Good Reason following a Change in Control
for purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding that it occurred prior to the
Change in Control.

          (g)  "Nonqualifying Termination" means a termination of Executive's
employment (1) by the Company for Cause, (2) by Executive for any reason other
than a Good Reason, (3) as a result of Executive's death, (4) by the Company due
to Executive's absence from his duties with the Company on a full-time basis for
at least one hundred eighty consecutive days as a result of Executive's
incapacity due to physical or mental illness or (5) as a result of Executive's
lawful mandatory retirement or (6) Executive's voluntary retirement pursuant to
any retirement incentive plan of the Company.  The parties hereto expressly
understand and agree that a termination by Executive of his employment in
accordance with the first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 1(f) shall
be deemed to be a termination by the Executive for Good Reason and thus  shall
not be a Nonqualifying Termination.

          (h)  "Pension Plan" means the Company's defined benefit pension plan
currently known as the "Brenco Retirement Plan" or any successor plan and any
other employee benefit plans of the Company that require any minimum period of
employment as a condition to the receipt of retirement benefits thereunder.

          (i)  "Termination Period" means the period of time beginning with a
Change in Control and ending on the earliest to occur of (1) Executive's 62nd
birthday, (2) Executive's death, and (3) two years following such Change in
Control.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

     2.   OBLIGATIONS OF EXECUTIVE.  Executive agrees that in the event any
person or group attempts a Change in Control, he shall not voluntarily leave the
employ of the Company without Good Reason (a) until such attempted Change in
Control terminates or (b) if a Change in Control shall occur, until ninety days
following such Change in Control.  For purposes of the foregoing subsection (a),
Good Reason shall be determined as if a Change in Control had occurred when such
attempted Change in Control became known to the Board.

     3.   PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

          (a)  If during the Termination Period the employment of Executive
shall terminate, other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the
Company shall pay to Executive (or Executive's beneficiary or estate) within
thirty days following the Date of Termination, as compensation for services
rendered to the Company:

               (1)  a lump-sum cash amount equal to the sum of (i) Executive's
     full annual base salary from the Company and its affiliated companies
     through the Date of Termination, to the extent not theretofore paid, (ii)
     Executive's annual bonus in an amount at least equal to the greatest of (A)
     the average bonus (annualized for any fiscal year consisting of less than
     twelve full months or with respect to which Executive has been employed by
     the Company for less than twelve full months) paid or payable, including by
     reason of any deferral, to Executive by the Company and its affiliated
     companies in respect of the three fiscal years of the Company (or such
     portion thereof during which Executive performed services for the Company
     if Executive shall have been employed by the Company for less than such
     three fiscal year period) immediately preceding the fiscal year in which
     the Change in Control occurs, or (B) 50% of Executive's target bonus for
     the fiscal year in which the Change in Control occurs, or (C) 50% of
     Executive's target bonus for the fiscal year in which Executive's Date of
     Termination occurs, multiplied by (D) a fraction, the numerator of which is
     the number of days in the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination
     occurs through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is
     three hundred sixty-five or three hundred sixty-six, as applicable, and
     (iii) any compensation previously deferred by Executive other than pursuant
     to a tax-qualified plan (together with any interest


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

     and earnings thereon) and any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the
     extent not theretofore paid; PLUS

               (2)  a lump-sum cash amount equal to (i) three times Executive's
     highest annual rate of base salary from the Company and its affiliated
     companies in effect during the twelve-month  period prior to the Date of
     Termination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event there are fewer than
     thirty-six whole months remaining from the Date of Termination to the date
     of Executive's 62nd birthday, the amount payable under this Section 3(a)
     (2) shall be calculated by multiplying the amount otherwise payable by a
     fraction the numerator of which is the number of months, including a
     partial month (with a partial month being expressed as a fraction the
     numerator of which is the number of days remaining in such month and the
     denominator of which is the number of days in such month), so remaining and
     the denominator of which is thirty-six; PROVIDED FURTHER, that any amount
     paid pursuant to this Section 3(a) (2) shall be paid in lieu of any other
     amount of severance relating to salary or bonus compensation to be received
     by Executive upon termination of employment of Executive under any
     severance plan, policy, employment agreement or arrangement of the Company;
     AND PROVIDED FURTHER that in the event of a termination of employment
     during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the
     date of commencement of the Termination Period in accordance with the last
     paragraph of Section 1(f) hereof, the amount payable under this Section
     3(a)(2) shall be reduced by one-half.

               (b)  (1) In addition to the payments to be made pursuant to
     paragraph (a) of this Section 3, if on the Date of Termination other than
     by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, Executive shall not be fully
     vested in his accrued benefit under the Pension Plan, the Company shall pay
     to Executive within thirty days following the Date of Termination a lump
     sum cash amount equal to the actuarial equivalent of his unvested accrued
     benefit under the Brenco Retirement Plan as of such date.  Such lump sum
     cash amount shall be computed using the same actuarial methods and
     assumptions then in use for purposes of computing benefits under the Brenco
     Retirement Plan, provided that the interest rate used in making such
     computation shall not be greater than the interest rate permitted under
     Section 417(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
     "Code").


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

          (2)  In addition to the payments to be made pursuant to paragraph (a)
     of this Section 3, if on the Date of Termination other than by reason of a
     Nonqualifying Termination, Executive shall not be fully vested in the
     employer contributions made on his behalf under any defined contribution
     plan of the Company, the Company shall pay to Executive within thirty days
     following the Date of Termination a lump sum cash amount equal to the value
     of the unvested portion of such employer contributions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
     that if any payment pursuant to this Section 3(b) (2) may or would result
     in such payment being deemed a transaction which is subject to Section
     16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall make such payment so as to
     meet the conditions for an exemption from such Section 16(b) as set forth
     in the rules (and interpretative and no-action letters relating thereto)
     under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  The value of any such unvested
     employer contributions shall be determined as of the Date of Termination;
     provided that for purposes of valuing common stock of the Company that may
     be a part of any such plan, if the common stock of the Company is traded on
     a national securities exchange or The Nasdaq National Market on the Date of
     Termination, the value of a share of common stock of the Company shall be
     the closing price on the  national securities exchange or NASDAQ on the
     Date of Termination or, if such date is not a trading day, on the
     immediately preceding trading day.

               (3)  For a period of three years commencing on the Date of
     Termination, the Company shall continue to keep in full force and effect
     (or otherwise provide) all policies of medical, accident, disability and
     life insurance with respect to Executive and his dependents with the same
     level of coverage, upon the same terms and otherwise to the same extent as
     such policies shall have been in effect immediately prior to the Date of
     Termination (or, if more favorable to Executive, immediately prior to the
     Change in Control), and the Company and Executive shall share the costs of
     the continuation of such insurance coverage in the same proportion as such
     costs were shared immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

          (c)  If during the Termination Period the employment of Executive
shall terminate by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the Company shall
pay to Executive within thirty days following the Date of Termination, a cash
amount equal to the sum of (1) Executive's full annual base salary from the
Company through the Date of Termination, to the extent not theretofore paid and
(2) any compensation previously deferred by


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

Executive other than pursuant to a tax-qualified plan (together with any
interest and earnings thereon) and any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the
extent not theretofore paid.

     4.   EXCISE TAX LIMITATION.  (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Agreement or any other agreement or plan to the contrary, the payments and
benefits provided to, or for the benefit of, Executive under this Agreement or
under any other plan or agreement which became payable or are taken into account
as a result of the Change in Control (the "Payments") shall be reduced (but not
below zero) to the extent necessary so that no payment to be made, or benefit to
be provided, to Executive or for his benefit under this Agreement or any other
plan or agreement shall be subject to the imposition of an excise tax under
Section 4999 of the Code (such reduced amount is hereinafter referred to as the
"Limited Payment Amount").  Unless Executive shall have given prior written
notice specifying a different order to the Company, the Company shall reduce or
eliminate the Payments to Executive by first reducing or eliminating those
payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or
eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments
or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Determination (as
hereinafter defined).  Any notice given by Executive pursuant to the preceding
sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan,
arrangement or agreement governing Executive's rights and entitlements to any
benefits or compensation.

          (b)  All determinations required to be made under this Section 4 shall
be made by the Company's public accounting firm (the "Accounting Firm").  The
Accounting Firm shall provide its calculations, together with detailed
supporting documentation, both to the Company and Executive within fifteen days
after the receipt of notice from the Company that there has been a Payment (or
at such earlier times as is requested by the Company) and, with respect to any
Limited Payment Amount, a reasonable opinion to Executive that he is not
required to report any excise tax on his federal income tax return with respect
to the Limited Payment Amount (collectively, the "Determination").  In the event
that the Accounting Firm is  serving as an accountant or auditor for the
individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, Executive shall
appoint another nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the
determination required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred
to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  All fees, costs and expenses (including,
but not limited to, the costs of retaining experts) of the Accounting Firm shall
be borne by the Company.  The Determination by the Accounting Firm shall be
binding upon the


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

Company and Executive (except as provided in paragraph (c) below).

          (c)  If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court
or an Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") proceeding which has been finally and
conclusively resolved, that Payments have been made to, or provided for the
benefit of, Executive by the Company, which are in excess of the limitations
provided in Section 4 (hereinafter referred to as an "Excess Payment"), such
Excess Payment shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to Executive made
on the date Executive received the Excess Payment and Executive shall repay the
Excess Payment to the Company on demand, together with interest on the Excess
Payment at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the
Code) from the date of Executive's receipt
of such Excess Payment until the date of such repayment.  As a result of the
uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the
Determination, it is possible that Payments which will not have been made by the
Company should have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the
calculations required to be made under this Section 4.  In the event that it is
determined (i) by the Accounting Firm, the Company (which shall include the
position taken by the Company, or together with its consolidated group, on its
federal income tax return) or the IRS or (ii) pursuant to a determination by a
court, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Company shall pay an amount equal
to such Underpayment to Executive within ten days of such determination together
with interest on such amount at the applicable federal rate from the date such
amount would have been paid to Executive until the date of payment.

     5.   WITHHOLDING TAXES.  The Company may withhold from all payments due to
Executive (or his beneficiary or estate) hereunder all taxes which, by
applicable federal, state, local or other law, the Company is required to
withhold therefrom.

     6.   REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES.  If any contest or dispute shall arise
under this Agreement involving termination of Executive's employment with the
Company or involving the failure or refusal of the Company to perform fully in
accordance with the terms hereof, the Company shall reimburse Executive, on a
current basis, for all legal fees and expenses, if any, incurred by Executive in
connection with such contest or dispute, subject to the conditions set forth in
the following sentences, together with interest in an amount equal to the prime
rate of Crestar Bank from time to time in effect, but in no event higher than
the maximum legal rate permissible under applicable law, such interest to accrue
from the date the Company receives Executive's


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

statement for such fees and expenses through the date of payment thereof.  The
Company shall have no obligation to reimburse Executive for legal fees and
expenses pursuant to this Section 6 in the event that a court of competent
jurisdiction ultimately determines that Executive's position asserted in any
contest or dispute litigated by Executive was without merit.  Executive hereby
agrees that, in the event of such a determination, Executive will repay the
Company the amount of  any legal fees or expenses advanced by the Company to
Executive prior to such determination.

     7.   TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.  (a)  This Agreement shall be effective on
the date hereof and shall continue until terminated by the Company as provided
in paragraph (b) of this Section 7; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this Agreement shall
terminate in any event upon the first to occur of (i) Executive's 62nd birthday,
(ii) Executive's death or (iii) termination of Executive's Employment with the
Company prior to a Change in Control (except as otherwise provided hereunder).

          (b)  The Company shall have the right prior to a Change in Control, in
its sole discretion, pursuant to action by the Board, to approve the termination
of this Agreement, which termination shall not become effective until the date
fixed by the Board for such termination, which date shall be at least one
hundred twenty days after notice thereunder is given by the Company to Executive
in accordance with Section 11; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such action shall be
taken by the Board during any period of time when the Board has knowledge that
any person has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control
until, in the opinion of the Board, such person has abandoned or terminated its
efforts to effect a Change in Control; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that in no event
shall this Agreement be terminated without the consent of Executive following a
Change in Control.

     8.   SCOPE OF AGREEMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to
entitle Executive to continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries,
and if Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate prior to a Change
in Control, Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any termination of Executive's employment during the
two-year period following a Change in Control shall be subject to all of the
provisions of this Agreement.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  Executive shall hold in a fiduciary
capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information,
knowledge or data relating to the


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

Company or any of its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses,
which shall have been obtained by Executive during Executive's employment by the
Company or any of its affiliated companies and which shall not be or become
public knowledge (other than by acts by Executive or representatives of
Executive in violation of this Agreement).  After termination of Executive's
employment with the Company, Executive shall not, without the prior written
consent of the Company, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge
or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it.  In no
event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 9 constitute
a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to Executive
under this Agreement.

     10.  SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement shall not be terminated by any merger or
consolidation of the Company whereby the Company is or is not the surviving or
resulting corporation or as a result of any transfer of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Company.  In the event of any such merger, consolidation or
transfer of assets, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the
surviving or resulting corporation or the person or entity to which such assets
are transferred.

          (b)  The Company agrees that concurrently with any  merger,
consolidation or transfer of assets referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section
10, it will cause any successor or transferee unconditionally to assume, by
written instrument delivered to Executive (or his beneficiary or estate), all of
the obligations of the Company hereunder.  Failure of the Company to obtain such
assumption prior to the effectiveness of any such merger, consolidation or
transfer of assets shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall constitute Good
Reason hereunder and shall entitle Executive to compensation and other benefits
from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as Executive would be
entitled hereunder if Executive's employment were terminated following a Change
in Control other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination.  For purposes of
implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such merger, consolidation or
transfer becomes effective shall be deemed the date Good Reason occurs, and
shall be the Date of Termination if requested by Executive.

          (c)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable
by Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators,
successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If Executive shall die
while any amounts


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

would be payable to Executive hereunder had Executive continued to live, all
such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons appointed in writing by
Executive to receive such amounts or, if no person is so appointed, to
Executive's estate.

     11.  NOTICE.  (a) For purposes of this Agreement, all notices and other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when delivered or five days after deposit in the
United States mail, certified and return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

          If to Executive:

               ________________
               ________________
               ________________
               ________________

          If to the Company:

               Brenco, Incorporated
               Suite 201
               One Park West Circle
               Midlothian, VA 23113
               Attn: Corporate Secretary

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance therewith, except that notices of change of address shall
be effective only upon receipt.

          (b)  A written notice of Executive's Date of Termination by the
Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the
specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent
applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed
to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision
so indicated and (iii) specify the Termination Date (which date shall be not
less than fifteen days after the giving of such notice).  The failure by
Executive or the Company to set forth in such notice any  fact or circumstance
which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right
of Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company from
asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive's or the Company's
rights hereunder.


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

     12.  FULL SETTLEMENT; RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES.  (a)  The Company's
obligation to make any payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to
perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the
Company may have against Executive or others.  In no event shall Executive be
obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of
the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement
and, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not Executive obtains other
employment.

          (b)  If there shall be any dispute between the Company and Executive
in the event of any termination of Executive's employment, then, unless and
until there is a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent
jurisdiction declaring that such termination was for Cause, that the
determination by Executive of the existence of Good Reason was not made in good
faith, or that the Company is not otherwise obligated to pay any amount or
provide any benefit to Executive and his dependents or other beneficiaries, as
the case may be, under paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3, the Company shall
pay all amounts, and provide all benefits, to Executive and his dependents or
other beneficiaries, as the case may be, that the Company would be required to
pay or provide pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3 as though such
termination were by the Company without Cause or by Executive with Good Reason;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be required to pay any disputed
amounts pursuant to this paragraph except upon receipt of an undertaking by or
on behalf of Executive to repay all such amounts to which Executive is
ultimately adjudged by such court not to be entitled.

     13.  EMPLOYMENT WITH SUBSIDIARIES.  Employment with the Company for
purposes of this Agreement shall include employment with any corporation or
other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest of
50% or more of the total combined voting power of the then outstanding
securities of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors.

     14.  GOVERNING LAW; VALIDITY.  The interpretation, construction and
performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in
accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia without regard
to the principle of conflicts of laws.  The invalidity or unenforceability of
any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability
of any other provision of


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

this Agreement, which other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

     15.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     16.  MISCELLANEOUS.  No provision of this Agreement may be modified or
waived unless such modification or waiver is agreed to in writing and signed by
Executive and by a duly authorized officer  of the Company.  No waiver by either
party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or
compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by
such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or
conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  Failure by Executive
or the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this
Agreement or to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder,
including without limitation, the right of Executive to terminate employment for
Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or
any other provision or right of this Agreement.  The rights of, and benefits
payable to, Executive, his estate or his beneficiaries pursuant to this
Agreement are in addition to any rights of, or benefits payable to, Executives,
his estate or his beneficiaries under any other employee benefit plan or
compensation program of the Company.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by
a duly authorized officer of the Company and Executive has executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED


                              BY:
                                 ------------------------------------------


                              TITLE:
                                    ---------------------------------------

                              EXECUTIVE


                                      -17-
<PAGE>


                              ---------------------------------------------


                              ---------------------------------------------


                                      -18-


<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT E3

                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT



     THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 22nd day of March, 1996 by and
between Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation (the "Company"), and Jacob
M. Feichtner ("Executive").


                                    RECITALS


     I.   Executive currently serves as a key employee member of management of
the Company and his services and knowledge are valuable to the Company.

     II.  The Board (as defined in Section 1) has determined that it is in the
best interests of the Company and its stockholders to secure Executive's
continued services and to ensure Executive's continued  dedication and
objectivity in the event of any threat or occurrence of, or negotiation or other
action that could lead to, or create the possibility of, a Change in Control (as
defined in Section 1) of the Company, without concern as to whether Executive
might be hindered or distracted by personal uncertainties and risks created by
any such possible Change in Control, and to encourage Executive's full attention
and dedication to the Company, the Board has authorized the Company to enter
into this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and agreements herein contained, the Company and Executive hereby
agree as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the respective meanings set forth below:

          (a)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (b)  "Cause" means (1) a material breach by Executive of the duties
and responsibilities of Executive (other than as a result of incapacity due to
physical or mental illness) which is demonstrably willful and deliberate on
Executive's part, which is committed in bad faith or without reasonable belief
that such breach is in the best interests of the Company and which is not
remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of written notice from the
Company specifying such breach or (2) the commission by Executive of a felony
involving moral turpitude.
<PAGE>

Cause shall not exist unless and until the Company has delivered to Executive a
copy of a resolution duly adopted by three-quarters of the Board at a meeting of
the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive
and an opportunity for Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before
the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive
was guilty of the conduct set forth in this Section 1(b) and specifying the
particulars thereof in detail.

          (c)  "Change in Control" means:

               (1)  the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (a
     "Person"), including any "person" within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
     14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
     Act"), of beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
     under  the Exchange Act, of twenty percent (20%) or more of either (i) the
     then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding
     Company Common Stock") or (ii) the combined voting power of the then
     outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the
     election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities");
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a
     Change in Control:  (A) any acquisition by the Company, (B) any acquisition
     directly from the Company, (C) any acquisition by, or benefit distribution
     from, an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained
     by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, (D) any
     acquisition pursuant to any compensatory stock option or stock purchase
     plan for employees, (E) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a
     reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Company, if,
     immediately after such reorganization, merger or consolidation, each of the
     conditions described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (3) of
     this Section (1)(c) shall be satisfied, or (F) any acquisition by the
     Executive or any group of persons including the Executive; or (G) the
     acquisition by members of the Whitfield Family (as hereinafter defined),
     individually or collectively, of any direct or indirect beneficial
     ownership in addition to the individual or collective beneficial ownership
     of members of the Whitfield Family which exists on the date hereof; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER that, for purposes of clause (A), if any Person (other
     than the Company or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored
     or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company)
     shall become the beneficial owner of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
     Outstanding Company


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     Common Stock or fifty percent (50%) or more of the Outstanding Company
     Voting Securities by reason of an acquisition by the Company and such
     Person shall, after such acquisition by the Company, become the beneficial
     owner of any additional shares of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or
     any additional Outstanding Voting Securities, such additional beneficial
     ownership shall constitute a Change in Control;

               (2)  individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board
     (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
     majority of such Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any individual who becomes
     a director of the Company subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or
     nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by the
     vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent
     Board shall be deemed to have been a member of the Incumbent Board; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER, that no individual who was initially elected as a
     director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election
     contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
     promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any other actual or threatened
     solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any Person other
     than the Board shall be deemed to have been a member of the Incumbent
     Board;

               (3)  approval by the stockholders of the Company of a
     reorganization, merger or consolidation unless, in any such case,
     immediately after such reorganization, merger or consolidation, (i) more
     than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of common stock of
     the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation
     and more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then
     outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in
     the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or
     indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals or entities who
     were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common
     Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation and in substantially the same
     proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation, of the Outstanding Company
     Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may
     be, (ii) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or
     related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or the


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

     corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation (or
     any corporation controlled by the Company), or any Person which
     beneficially owned, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or
     consolidation, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the
     Outstanding Company Common Stock or the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
     twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock
     of such corporation or twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting
     power of the then outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to
     vote generally in the election of directors and (iii) at least a majority
     of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation resulting from
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation were members of the Incumbent
     Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or action of
     the Board providing for such reorganization, merger or consolidation; or

               (4)  approval by the stockholders of the Company of (i) a plan of
     complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (ii) the sale or
     other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
     other than to a corporation with respect to which, immediately after such
     sale or other disposition, (A) more than fifty percent (50%) of the then
     outstanding shares of common stock thereof and more than fifty percent
     (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities
     thereof entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then
     beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of
     the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively,
     of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition and in
     substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their
     ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the
     Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any
     employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the
     Company or such corporation (or any corporation controlled by the Company),
     or any Person which beneficially owned, immediately prior to such sale or
     other disposition, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of
     the Outstanding Company Common Stock or the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
     twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock
     thereof or twenty


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

     percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
     securities thereof entitled to vote generally in  the election of directors
     and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors
     thereof were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of
     the initial agreement or action of the Board providing for such sale or
     other disposition.

For purposes of Section 1(c)(1), "Whitfield Family" shall mean (I) Needham B.
Whitfield and members of his "immediate family" (as that term is defined in Rule
16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act), (ii) Anne Whitfield Kenny and members of her
immediate family, (iii) the Estate of Mildred F. Whitfield and (iv) and in each
of the foregoing instances, their respective personal or legal representatives,
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees.

     Notwithstanding anything contained in the Agreement to the contrary, it is
understood that the collective beneficial ownership of members of the Whitfield
Family as of the date hereof shall not constitute, or be construed or deemed to
constitute, a Change of Control.

     Furthermore, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
contrary, if Executive's employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control
and Executive reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request
of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control (a "Third Party") who effectuates a
Change in Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement, the date of a Change
in Control shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination
of Executive's employment.

          (d)  "Company" means Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation.

          (e)  "Date of Termination" means (1) the effective date on which
Executive's employment by the Company terminates as specified in a prior written
notice by the Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, delivered
pursuant to Section 11 or (2) if Executive's employment by the Company
terminates by reason of death, the date of death of Executive.

          (f)  "Good Reason" means, without Executive's express written consent,
the occurrence of any of the following events after a Change in Control:


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

               (1) (i)   the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent
     in any material adverse respect with Executive's position(s), duties,
     responsibilities or status with the Company immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, (ii) a material adverse change in Executive's reporting
     responsibilities, titles or offices with the Company as in effect
     immediately prior to such Change in Control or (iii) any removal or
     involuntary termination of Executive from the Company otherwise than as
     expressly permitted by this Agreement or any failure to re-elect Executive
     to any position with the Company held by Executive immediately prior to
     such Change in Control;

               (2)  a reduction by the Company in Executive's rate of annual
     base salary as in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control or as
     the same has been increased thereafter;

               (3)  any requirement of the Company that Executive  (i) be based
     anywhere more than thirty-five miles from the facility where Executive is
     located at the time of the Change in Control;

               (4)  the failure of the Company to (i) continue in effect any
     employee benefit plan or compensation plan in which Executive is
     participating immediately prior to such Change in Control, unless Executive
     is permitted to participate in other plans providing Executive with
     substantially comparable benefits, or the taking of any action by the
     Company which would adversely affect Executive's participation in or
     materially reduce Executive's benefits under any such plan, (ii) provide
     Executive and Executive's dependents with welfare benefits (including,
     without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary
     continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel
     accident insurance plans and programs) in accordance with the most
     favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and its
     affiliated companies in effect for Executive immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, (iii) provide fringe benefits in accordance with the
     most favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and
     its affiliated companies in effect for Executive immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, or (iv) provide Executive with paid vacation in
     accordance with the most favorable plans, policies, programs and practices
     of the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect for Executive
     immediately prior to such Change in Control; or


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

               (5)  the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption
     agreement from any successor as contemplated in Section 10(b).

     In addition, a termination by Executive of his employment for any reason
during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the date
of commencement of the Termination Period shall be deemed to be termination by
Executive for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, any good faith
determination of Good Reason made by Executive shall be conclusive; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action taken in good
faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by Executive shall not constitute Good Reason.  Any event or
condition described in this Section 1(f)(1) through (5) which occurs prior to a
Change in Control, but was at the request of a Third Party who effectuates a
Change in Control, shall constitute Good Reason following a Change in Control
for purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding that it occurred prior to the
Change in Control.

          (g)  "Nonqualifying Termination" means a termination of Executive's
employment (1) by the Company for Cause, (2) by Executive for any reason other
than a Good Reason, (3) as a result of Executive's death, (4) by the Company due
to Executive's absence from his duties with the Company on a full-time basis for
at least one hundred eighty consecutive days as a result of Executive's
incapacity due to physical or mental illness or (5) as a result of Executive's
lawful mandatory retirement or (6) Executive's voluntary retirement pursuant to
any retirement incentive plan of the Company.  The parties hereto expressly
understand and agree that a termination by Executive of his employment in
accordance with the first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 1(f) shall
be deemed to be a termination by the Executive for Good Reason and thus  shall
not be a Nonqualifying Termination.

          (h)  "Pension Plan" means the Company's defined benefit pension plan
currently known as the "Brenco Retirement Plan" or any successor plan and any
other employee benefit plans of the Company that require any minimum period of
employment as a condition to the receipt of retirement benefits thereunder.

          (i)  "Termination Period" means the period of time beginning with a
Change in Control and ending on the earliest to occur of (1) Executive's 62nd
birthday, (2) Executive's death, and (3) two years following such Change in
Control.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

     2.   OBLIGATIONS OF EXECUTIVE.  Executive agrees that in the event any
person or group attempts a Change in Control, he shall not voluntarily leave the
employ of the Company without Good Reason (a) until such attempted Change in
Control terminates or (b) if a Change in Control shall occur, until ninety days
following such Change in Control.  For purposes of the foregoing subsection (a),
Good Reason shall be determined as if a Change in Control had occurred when such
attempted Change in Control became known to the Board.

     3.   PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

          (a)  If during the Termination Period the employment of Executive
shall terminate, other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the
Company shall pay to Executive (or Executive's beneficiary or estate) within
thirty days following the Date of Termination, as compensation for services
rendered to the Company:

               (1)  a lump-sum cash amount equal to the sum of (i) Executive's
     full annual base salary from the Company and its affiliated companies
     through the Date of Termination, to the extent not theretofore paid, (ii)
     Executive's annual bonus in an amount at least equal to the greatest of (A)
     the average bonus (annualized for any fiscal year consisting of less than
     twelve full months or with respect to which Executive has been employed by
     the Company for less than twelve full months) paid or payable, including by
     reason of any deferral, to Executive by the Company and its affiliated
     companies in respect of the three fiscal years of the Company (or such
     portion thereof during which Executive performed services for the Company
     if Executive shall have been employed by the Company for less than such
     three fiscal year period) immediately preceding the fiscal year in which
     the Change in Control occurs, or (B) 50% of Executive's target bonus for
     the fiscal year in which the Change in Control occurs, or (C) 50% of
     Executive's target bonus for the fiscal year in which Executive's Date of
     Termination occurs, multiplied by (D) a fraction, the numerator of which is
     the number of days in the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination
     occurs through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is
     three hundred sixty-five or three hundred sixty-six, as applicable, and
     (iii) any compensation previously deferred by Executive other than pursuant
     to a tax-qualified plan (together with any interest


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

     and earnings thereon) and any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the
     extent not theretofore paid; PLUS


               (2) a lump sum cash amount equal to the Executive's highest
     annual rate of base salary from the company  and its affiliated companies
     in effect during the twelve-month period prior to the Date of Termination
     multiplied by the number of years, including any partial year, remaining
     from the Date of Termination to the date of the Executive's 62nd birthday
     (with any partial year being expressed as a fraction the numerator of which
     is the number of days remaining in such year and the denominator of which
     is 365); provided, however, that any amount paid pursuant to this Section
     3(a)(2) shall be paid in lieu of any other amount of severance relating to
     salary or bonus compensation to be received by Executive upon termination
     of employment of Executive under any severance plan, policy, employment
     agreement or arrangement of the Company; AND PROVIDED FURTHER that in the
     event of a termination of employment during the 30-day period immediately
     following the first anniversary of the date of commencement of the
     Termination Period in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 1(f)
     hereof, the amount payable under this Section 3(a)(2) shall be reduced by
     one-half.

          (b)  (1) In addition to the payments to be made pursuant to paragraph
     (a) of this Section 3, if on the Date of Termination other than by reason
     of a Nonqualifying Termination, Executive shall not be fully vested in his
     accrued benefit under the Pension Plan, the Company shall pay to Executive
     within thirty days following the Date of Termination a lump sum cash amount
     equal to the actuarial equivalent of his unvested accrued benefit under the
     Brenco Retirement Plan as of such date.  Such lump sum cash amount shall be
     computed using the same actuarial methods and assumptions then in use for
     purposes of computing benefits under the Brenco Retirement Plan, provided
     that the interest rate used in making such computation shall not be greater
     than the interest rate permitted under Section 417(e) of the Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

               (2)  In addition to the payments to be made pursuant to paragraph
     (a) of this Section 3, if on the Date of Termination other than by reason
     of a Nonqualifying Termination, Executive shall not be fully vested in the


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

     employer contributions made on his behalf under any defined contribution
     plan of the Company, the Company shall pay to Executive within thirty days
     following the Date of Termination a lump sum cash amount equal to the value
     of the unvested portion of such employer contributions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
     that if any payment pursuant to this Section 3(b) (2) may or would result
     in such payment being deemed a transaction which is subject to Section
     16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall make such payment so as to
     meet the conditions for an exemption from such Section 16(b) as set forth
     in the rules (and interpretative and no-action letters relating thereto)
     under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  The value of any such unvested
     employer contributions shall be determined as of the Date of Termination;
     provided that for purposes of valuing common stock of the Company that may
     be a part of any such plan, if the common stock of the Company is traded on
     a national securities exchange or The Nasdaq National Market on the Date of
     Termination, the value of a share of common stock of the Company shall be
     the closing price on the national securities exchange or NASDAQ on the Date
     of Termination or, if such date is not a trading day, on the immediately
     preceding trading day.

               (3)  For a period commencing on the Date of  Termination and
     continuing until the Executive's 62nd birthday, the Company shall continue
     to keep in full force and effect (or otherwise provide) all policies of
     medical, accident, disability and life insurance with respect to Executive
     and his dependents with the same level of coverage, upon the same terms and
     otherwise to the same extent as such policies shall have been in effect
     immediately prior to the Date of Termination (or, if more favorable to
     Executive, immediately prior to the Change in Control), and the Company and
     Executive shall share the costs of the continuation of such insurance
     coverage in the same proportion as such costs were shared immediately prior
     to the Date of Termination.

          (c)  If during the Termination Period the employment of Executive
shall terminate by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the Company shall
pay to Executive within thirty days following the Date of Termination, a cash
amount equal to the sum of (1) Executive's full annual base salary from the
Company through the Date of Termination, to the extent not theretofore paid and
(2) any compensation previously deferred by Executive other than pursuant to a
tax-qualified plan (together with any interest and earnings thereon) and any
accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

     4.   EXCISE TAX LIMITATION.  (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Agreement or any other agreement or plan to the contrary, the payments and
benefits provided to, or for the benefit of, Executive under this Agreement or
under any other plan or agreement which became payable or are taken into account
as a result of the Change in Control (the "Payments") shall be reduced (but not
below zero) to the extent necessary so that no payment to be made, or benefit to
be provided, to Executive or for his benefit under this Agreement or any other
plan or agreement shall be subject to the imposition of an excise tax under
Section 4999 of the Code (such reduced amount is hereinafter referred to as the
"Limited Payment Amount").  Unless Executive shall have given prior written
notice specifying a different order to the Company, the Company shall reduce or
eliminate the Payments to Executive by first reducing or eliminating those
payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or
eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments
or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Determination (as
hereinafter defined).  Any notice given by Executive pursuant to the preceding
sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan,
arrangement or agreement governing Executive's rights and entitlements to any
benefits or compensation.

          (b)  All determinations required to be made under this Section 4 shall
be made by the Company's public accounting firm (the "Accounting Firm").  The
Accounting Firm shall provide its calculations, together with detailed
supporting documentation, both to the Company and Executive within fifteen days
after the receipt of notice from the Company that there has been a Payment (or
at such earlier times as is requested by the Company) and, with respect to any
Limited Payment Amount, a reasonable opinion to Executive that he is not
required to report any excise tax on his federal income tax return with respect
to the Limited Payment Amount (collectively, the "Determination").  In the event
that the Accounting Firm is serving as an accountant or auditor for the
individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, Executive shall
appoint another nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the
determination required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then  be referred
to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  All fees, costs and expenses (including,
but not limited to, the costs of retaining experts) of the Accounting Firm shall
be borne by the Company.  The Determination by the Accounting Firm shall be
binding upon the Company and Executive (except as provided in paragraph (c)
below).


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

          (c)  If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court
or an Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") proceeding which has been finally and
conclusively resolved, that Payments have been made to, or provided for the
benefit of, Executive by the Company, which are in excess of the limitations
provided in Section 4 (hereinafter referred to as an "Excess Payment"), such
Excess Payment shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to Executive made
on the date Executive received the Excess Payment and Executive shall repay the
Excess Payment to the Company on demand, together with interest on the Excess
Payment at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the
Code) from the date of Executive's receipt
of such Excess Payment until the date of such repayment.  As a result of the
uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the
Determination, it is possible that Payments which will not have been made by the
Company should have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the
calculations required to be made under this Section 4.  In the event that it is
determined (i) by the Accounting Firm, the Company (which shall include the
position taken by the Company, or together with its consolidated group, on its
federal income tax return) or the IRS or (ii) pursuant to a determination by a
court, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Company shall pay an amount equal
to such Underpayment to Executive within ten days of such determination together
with interest on such amount at the applicable federal rate from the date such
amount would have been paid to Executive until the date of payment.

     5.   WITHHOLDING TAXES.  The Company may withhold from all payments due to
Executive (or his beneficiary or estate) hereunder all taxes which, by
applicable federal, state, local or other law, the Company is required to
withhold therefrom.

     6.   REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES.  If any contest or dispute shall arise
under this Agreement involving termination of Executive's employment with the
Company or involving the failure or refusal of the Company to perform fully in
accordance with the terms hereof, the Company shall reimburse Executive, on a
current basis, for all legal fees and expenses, if any, incurred by Executive in
connection with such contest or dispute, subject to the conditions set forth in
the following sentences, together with interest in an amount equal to the prime
rate of Crestar Bank from time to time in effect, but in no event higher than
the maximum legal rate permissible under applicable law, such interest to accrue
from the date the Company receives Executive's statement for such fees and
expenses through the date of payment thereof.  The Company shall have no
obligation to reimburse Executive for legal fees and expenses pursuant to this
Section 6


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

in the event that a court of competent jurisdiction ultimately determines that
Executive's position asserted in any contest or dispute litigated by Executive
was without merit.  Executive hereby agrees that, in the event of such a
determination, Executive will repay the Company the amount of any legal fees or
expenses advanced by the Company to Executive prior to such determination.

     7.   TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.  (a)  This Agreement shall be  effective on
the date hereof and shall continue until terminated by the Company as provided
in paragraph (b) of this Section 7; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this Agreement shall
terminate in any event upon the first to occur of (i) Executive's 62nd birthday,
(ii) Executive's death or (iii) termination of Executive's Employment with the
Company prior to a Change in Control (except as otherwise provided hereunder).

          (b)  The Company shall have the right prior to a Change in Control, in
its sole discretion, pursuant to action by the Board, to approve the termination
of this Agreement, which termination shall not become effective until the date
fixed by the Board for such termination, which date shall be at least one
hundred twenty days after notice thereunder is given by the Company to Executive
in accordance with Section 11; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such action shall be
taken by the Board during any period of time when the Board has knowledge that
any person has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control
until, in the opinion of the Board, such person has abandoned or terminated its
efforts to effect a Change in Control; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that in no event
shall this Agreement be terminated without the consent of Executive following a
Change in Control.

     8.   SCOPE OF AGREEMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to
entitle Executive to continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries,
and if Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate prior to a Change
in Control, Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any termination of Executive's employment during the
two-year period following a Change in Control shall be subject to all of the
provisions of this Agreement.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  Executive shall hold in a fiduciary
capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information,
knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies,
and their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by Executive
during Executive's employment by the Company or any of its affiliated


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

companies and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts
by Executive or representatives of Executive in violation of this Agreement).
After termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall
not, without the prior written consent of the Company, communicate or divulge
any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and
those designated by it.  In no event shall an asserted violation of the
provisions of this Section 9 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any
amounts otherwise payable to Executive under this Agreement.

     10.  SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement shall not be terminated by any merger or
consolidation of the Company whereby the Company is or is not the surviving or
resulting corporation or as a result of any transfer of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Company.  In the event of any such merger, consolidation or
transfer of assets, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the
surviving or resulting corporation or the person or entity to which such assets
are transferred.

          (b)  The Company agrees that concurrently with any merger,
consolidation or transfer of assets referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section
10, it will cause any successor or transferee  unconditionally to assume, by
written instrument delivered to Executive (or his beneficiary or estate), all of
the obligations of the Company hereunder.  Failure of the Company to obtain such
assumption prior to the effectiveness of any such merger, consolidation or
transfer of assets shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall constitute Good
Reason hereunder and shall entitle Executive to compensation and other benefits
from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as Executive would be
entitled hereunder if Executive's employment were terminated following a Change
in Control other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination.  For purposes of
implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such merger, consolidation or
transfer becomes effective shall be deemed the date Good Reason occurs, and
shall be the Date of Termination if requested by Executive.

          (c)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable
by Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators,
successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If Executive shall die
while any amounts would be payable to Executive hereunder had Executive
continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be
paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

such person or persons appointed in writing by Executive to receive such amounts
or, if no person is so appointed, to Executive's estate.

     11.  NOTICE.  (a) For purposes of this Agreement, all notices and other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when delivered or five days after deposit in the
United States mail, certified and return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

          If to Executive:

               ________________
               ________________
               ________________
               ________________

          If to the Company:

               Brenco, Incorporated
               Suite 201
               One Park West Circle
               Midlothian, VA 23113
               Attn: Corporate Secretary

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance therewith, except that notices of change of address shall
be effective only upon receipt.

          (b)  A written notice of Executive's Date of Termination by the
Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the
specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent
applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed
to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision
so indicated and (iii) specify the Termination Date (which date shall be not
less than fifteen days after the giving of such notice).  The failure by
Executive or the Company to set forth in such notice any fact or circumstance
which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right
of Executive or the Company  hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company from
asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive's or the Company's
rights hereunder.

     12.  FULL SETTLEMENT; RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES.  (a)  The Company's
obligation to make any payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to
perform its obligations hereunder


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other
claim, right or action which the Company may have against Executive or others.
In no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other
action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the
provisions of this Agreement and, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or
not Executive obtains other employment.

          (b)  If there shall be any dispute between the Company and Executive
in the event of any termination of Executive's employment, then, unless and
until there is a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent
jurisdiction declaring that such termination was for Cause, that the
determination by Executive of the existence of Good Reason was not made in good
faith, or that the Company is not otherwise obligated to pay any amount or
provide any benefit to Executive and his dependents or other beneficiaries, as
the case may be, under paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3, the Company shall
pay all amounts, and provide all benefits, to Executive and his dependents or
other beneficiaries, as the case may be, that the Company would be required to
pay or provide pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3 as though such
termination were by the Company without Cause or by Executive with Good Reason;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be required to pay any disputed
amounts pursuant to this paragraph except upon receipt of an undertaking by or
on behalf of Executive to repay all such amounts to which Executive is
ultimately adjudged by such court not to be entitled.

     13.  EMPLOYMENT WITH SUBSIDIARIES.  Employment with the Company for
purposes of this Agreement shall include employment with any corporation or
other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest of
50% or more of the total combined voting power of the then outstanding
securities of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors.

     14.  GOVERNING LAW; VALIDITY.  The interpretation, construction and
performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in
accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia without regard
to the principle of conflicts of laws.  The invalidity or unenforceability of
any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability
of any other provision of this Agreement, which other provisions shall remain in
full force and effect.


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

     15.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     16.  MISCELLANEOUS.  No provision of this Agreement may be modified or
waived unless such modification or waiver is agreed to in writing and signed by
Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.  No waiver by either
party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or
compliance with, any  condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed
by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions
or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  Failure by
Executive or the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of
this Agreement or to assert any right Executive or the Company may have
hereunder, including without limitation, the right of Executive to terminate
employment for Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision
or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.  The rights of, and
benefits payable to, Executive, his estate or his beneficiaries pursuant to this
Agreement are in addition to any rights of, or benefits payable to, Executives,
his estate or his beneficiaries under any other employee benefit plan or
compensation program of the Company.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by
a duly authorized officer of the Company and Executive has executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED



                              BY:
                                 ------------------------------------------


                              TITLE:
                                    ---------------------------------------

                              EXECUTIVE


                              ---------------------------------------------


                              ---------------------------------------------


                                      -17-

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT E4

                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT



     THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 22nd day of March, 1996 by and
between Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation (the "Company"), and Howard
J. Bush ("Executive").


                                    RECITALS


     I.   Executive currently serves as a key employee member of management of
the Company and his services and knowledge are valuable to the Company.

     II.  The Board (as defined in Section 1) has determined that it is in the
best interests of the Company and its stockholders to secure Executive's
continued services and to ensure Executive's continued  dedication and
objectivity in the event of any threat or occurrence of, or negotiation or other
action that could lead to, or create the possibility of, a Change in Control (as
defined in Section 1) of the Company, without concern as to whether Executive
might be hindered or distracted by personal uncertainties and risks created by
any such possible Change in Control, and to encourage Executive's full attention
and dedication to the Company, the Board has authorized the Company to enter
into this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and agreements herein contained, the Company and Executive hereby
agree as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the respective meanings set forth below:

          (a)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (b)  "Cause" means (1) a material breach by Executive of the duties
and responsibilities of Executive (other than as a result of incapacity due to
physical or mental illness) which is demonstrably willful and deliberate on
Executive's part, which is committed in bad faith or without reasonable belief
that such breach is in the best interests of the Company and which is not
remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of written notice from the
Company specifying such breach or (2) the commission by Executive of a felony
involving moral turpitude.
<PAGE>

Cause shall not exist unless and until the Company has delivered to Executive a
copy of a resolution duly adopted by three-quarters of the Board at a meeting of
the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive
and an opportunity for Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before
the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive
was guilty of the conduct set forth in this Section 1(b) and specifying the
particulars thereof in detail.

          (c)  "Change in Control" means:

               (1)  the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (a
     "Person"), including any "person" within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
     14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
     Act"), of beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
     under  the Exchange Act, of twenty percent (20%) or more of either (i) the
     then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding
     Company Common Stock") or (ii) the combined voting power of the then
     outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the
     election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities");
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a
     Change in Control:  (A) any acquisition by the Company, (B) any acquisition
     directly from the Company, (C) any acquisition by, or benefit distribution
     from, an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained
     by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, (D) any
     acquisition pursuant to any compensatory stock option or stock purchase
     plan for employees, (E) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a
     reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Company, if,
     immediately after such reorganization, merger or consolidation, each of the
     conditions described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (3) of
     this Section (1)(c) shall be satisfied, or (F) any acquisition by the
     Executive or any group of persons including the Executive; or (G) the
     acquisition by members of the Whitfield Family (as hereinafter defined),
     individually or collectively, of any direct or indirect beneficial
     ownership in addition to the individual or collective beneficial ownership
     of members of the Whitfield Family which exists on the date hereof; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER that, for purposes of clause (A), if any Person (other
     than the Company or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored
     or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company)
     shall become the beneficial owner of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
     Outstanding Company


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     Common Stock or fifty percent (50%) or more of the Outstanding Company
     Voting Securities by reason of an acquisition by the Company and such
     Person shall, after such acquisition by the Company, become the beneficial
     owner of any additional shares of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or
     any additional Outstanding Voting Securities, such additional beneficial
     ownership shall constitute a Change in Control;

               (2)  individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board
     (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
     majority of such Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any individual who becomes
     a director of the Company subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or
     nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by the
     vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent
     Board shall be deemed to have been a member of the Incumbent Board; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER, that no individual who was initially elected as a
     director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election
     contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
     promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any other actual or threatened
     solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any Person other
     than the Board shall be deemed to have been a member of the Incumbent
     Board;

               (3)  approval by the stockholders of the Company of a
     reorganization, merger or consolidation unless, in any such case,
     immediately after such reorganization, merger or consolidation, (i) more
     than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of common stock of
     the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation
     and more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then
     outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in
     the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or
     indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals or entities who
     were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common
     Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation and in substantially the same
     proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation, of the Outstanding Company
     Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may
     be, (ii) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or
     related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or the


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

     corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation (or
     any corporation controlled by the Company), or any Person which
     beneficially owned, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or
     consolidation, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the
     Outstanding Company Common Stock or the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
     twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock
     of such corporation or twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting
     power of the then outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to
     vote generally in the election of directors and (iii) at least a majority
     of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation resulting from
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation were members of the Incumbent
     Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or action of
     the Board providing for such reorganization, merger or consolidation; or

               (4)  approval by the stockholders of the Company of (i) a plan of
     complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (ii) the sale or
     other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
     other than to a corporation with respect to which, immediately after such
     sale or other disposition, (A) more than fifty percent (50%) of the then
     outstanding shares of common stock thereof and more than fifty percent
     (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities
     thereof entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then
     beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of
     the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively,
     of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition and in
     substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their
     ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the
     Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any
     employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the
     Company or such corporation (or any corporation controlled by the Company),
     or any Person which beneficially owned, immediately prior to such sale or
     other disposition, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of
     the Outstanding Company Common Stock or the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
     twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock
     thereof or twenty


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

     percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
     securities thereof entitled to vote generally in  the election of directors
     and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors
     thereof were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of
     the initial agreement or action of the Board providing for such sale or
     other disposition.

For purposes of Section 1(c)(1), "Whitfield Family" shall mean (I) Needham B.
Whitfield and members of his "immediate family" (as that term is defined in Rule
16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act), (ii) Anne Whitfield Kenny and members of her
immediate family, (iii) the Estate of Mildred F. Whitfield and (iv) and in each
of the foregoing instances, their respective personal or legal representatives,
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees.

     Notwithstanding anything contained in the Agreement to the contrary, it is
understood that the collective beneficial ownership of members of the Whitfield
Family as of the date hereof shall not constitute, or be construed or deemed to
constitute, a Change of Control.

     Furthermore, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
contrary, if Executive's employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control
and Executive reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request
of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control (a "Third Party") who effectuates a
Change in Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement, the date of a Change
in Control shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination
of Executive's employment.

          (d)  "Company" means Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation.

          (e)  "Date of Termination" means (1) the effective date on which
Executive's employment by the Company terminates as specified in a prior written
notice by the Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, delivered
pursuant to Section 11 or (2) if Executive's employment by the Company
terminates by reason of death, the date of death of Executive.

          (f)  "Good Reason" means, without Executive's express written consent,
the occurrence of any of the following events after a Change in Control:


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

               (1) (i)   the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent
     in any material adverse respect with Executive's position(s), duties,
     responsibilities or status with the Company immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, (ii) a material adverse change in Executive's reporting
     responsibilities, titles or offices with the Company as in effect
     immediately prior to such Change in Control or (iii) any removal or
     involuntary termination of Executive from the Company otherwise than as
     expressly permitted by this Agreement or any failure to re-elect Executive
     to any position with the Company held by Executive immediately prior to
     such Change in Control;

               (2)  a reduction by the Company in Executive's rate of annual
     base salary as in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control or as
     the same has been increased thereafter;

               (3)  any requirement of the Company that Executive  (i) be based
     anywhere more than thirty-five miles from the facility where Executive is
     located at the time of the Change in Control;

               (4)  the failure of the Company to (i) continue in effect any
     employee benefit plan or compensation plan in which Executive is
     participating immediately prior to such Change in Control, unless Executive
     is permitted to participate in other plans providing Executive with
     substantially comparable benefits, or the taking of any action by the
     Company which would adversely affect Executive's participation in or
     materially reduce Executive's benefits under any such plan, (ii) provide
     Executive and Executive's dependents with welfare benefits (including,
     without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary
     continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel
     accident insurance plans and programs) in accordance with the most
     favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and its
     affiliated companies in effect for Executive immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, (iii) provide fringe benefits in accordance with the
     most favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and
     its affiliated companies in effect for Executive immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, or (iv) provide Executive with paid vacation in
     accordance with the most favorable plans, policies, programs and practices
     of the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect for Executive
     immediately prior to such Change in Control; or


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

               (5)  the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption
     agreement from any successor as contemplated in Section 10(b).

     In addition, a termination by Executive of his employment for any reason
during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the date
of commencement of the Termination Period shall be deemed to be termination by
Executive for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, any good faith
determination of Good Reason made by Executive shall be conclusive; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action taken in good
faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by Executive shall not constitute Good Reason.  Any event or
condition described in this Section 1(f)(1) through (5) which occurs prior to a
Change in Control, but was at the request of a Third Party who effectuates a
Change in Control, shall constitute Good Reason following a Change in Control
for purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding that it occurred prior to the
Change in Control.

          (g)  "Nonqualifying Termination" means a termination of Executive's
employment (1) by the Company for Cause, (2) by Executive for any reason other
than a Good Reason, (3) as a result of Executive's death, (4) by the Company due
to Executive's absence from his duties with the Company on a full-time basis for
at least one hundred eighty consecutive days as a result of Executive's
incapacity due to physical or mental illness or (5) as a result of Executive's
lawful mandatory retirement or (6) Executive's voluntary retirement pursuant to
any retirement incentive plan of the Company.  The parties hereto expressly
understand and agree that a termination by Executive of his employment in
accordance with the first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 1(f) shall
be deemed to be a termination by the Executive for Good Reason and thus  shall
not be a Nonqualifying Termination.

          (h)  "Pension Plan" means the Company's defined benefit pension plan
currently known as the "Brenco Retirement Plan" or any successor plan and any
other employee benefit plans of the Company that require any minimum period of
employment as a condition to the receipt of retirement benefits thereunder.

          (i)  "Termination Period" means the period of time beginning with a
Change in Control and ending on the earliest to occur of (1) Executive's 62nd
birthday, (2) Executive's death, and (3) two years following such Change in
Control.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

     2.   OBLIGATIONS OF EXECUTIVE.  Executive agrees that in the event any
person or group attempts a Change in Control, he shall not voluntarily leave the
employ of the Company without Good Reason (a) until such attempted Change in
Control terminates or (b) if a Change in Control shall occur, until ninety days
following such Change in Control.  For purposes of the foregoing subsection (a),
Good Reason shall be determined as if a Change in Control had occurred when such
attempted Change in Control became known to the Board.

     3.   PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

          (a)  If during the Termination Period the employment of Executive
shall terminate, other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the
Company shall pay to Executive (or Executive's beneficiary or estate) within
thirty days following the Date of Termination, as compensation for services
rendered to the Company:

               (1)  a lump-sum cash amount equal to the sum of (i) Executive's
     full annual base salary from the Company and its affiliated companies
     through the Date of Termination, to the extent not theretofore paid, (ii)
     Executive's annual bonus in an amount at least equal to the greatest of (A)
     the average bonus (annualized for any fiscal year consisting of less than
     twelve full months or with respect to which Executive has been employed by
     the Company for less than twelve full months) paid or payable, including by
     reason of any deferral, to Executive by the Company and its affiliated
     companies in respect of the three fiscal years of the Company (or such
     portion thereof during which Executive performed services for the Company
     if Executive shall have been employed by the Company for less than such
     three fiscal year period) immediately preceding the fiscal year in which
     the Change in Control occurs, or (B) 50% of Executive's target bonus for
     the fiscal year in which the Change in Control occurs, or (C) 50% of
     Executive's target bonus for the fiscal year in which Executive's Date of
     Termination occurs, multiplied by (D) a fraction, the numerator of which is
     the number of days in the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination
     occurs through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is
     three hundred sixty-five or three hundred sixty-six, as applicable, and
     (iii) any compensation previously deferred by Executive other than pursuant
     to a tax-qualified plan (together with any interest


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

     and earnings thereon) and any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the
     extent not theretofore paid; PLUS

               (2)  a lump-sum cash amount equal to (i) two times  Executive's
     highest annual rate of base salary from the Company and its affiliated
     companies in effect during the twelve-month period prior to the Date of
     Termination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event there are fewer than
     twenty-four whole months remaining from the Date of Termination to the date
     of Executive's 62nd birthday, the amount payable under this Section 3(a)
     (2) shall be calculated by multiplying the amount otherwise payable by a
     fraction the numerator of which is the number of months, including a
     partial month (with a partial month being expressed as a fraction the
     numerator of which is the number of days remaining in such month and the
     denominator of which is the number of days in such month), so remaining and
     the denominator of which is twenty-four; PROVIDED FURTHER, that any amount
     paid pursuant to this Section 3(a) (2) shall be paid in lieu of any other
     amount of severance relating to salary or bonus compensation to be received
     by Executive upon termination of employment of Executive under any
     severance plan, policy, employment agreement or arrangement of the Company;
     AND PROVIDED FURTHER that in the event of a termination of employment
     during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the
     date of commencement of the Termination Period in accordance with the last
     paragraph of Section 1(f) hereof, the amount payable under this Section
     3(a)(2) shall be reduced by one-half.

          (b)  (1) In addition to the payments to be made pursuant to paragraph
     (a) of this Section 3, if on the Date of Termination other than by reason
     of a Nonqualifying Termination, Executive shall not be fully vested in his
     accrued benefit under the Pension Plan, the Company shall pay to Executive
     within thirty days following the Date of Termination a lump sum cash amount
     equal to the actuarial equivalent of his unvested accrued benefit under the
     Brenco Retirement Plan as of such date.  Such lump sum cash amount shall be
     computed using the same actuarial methods and assumptions then in use for
     purposes of computing benefits under the Brenco Retirement Plan, provided
     that the interest rate used in making such computation shall not be greater


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

     than the interest rate permitted under Section 417(e) of the Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

          (2)  In addition to the payments to be made pursuant to paragraph (a)
     of this Section 3, if on the Date of Termination other than by reason of a
     Nonqualifying Termination, Executive shall not be fully vested in the
     employer contributions made on his behalf under any defined contribution
     plan of the Company, the Company shall pay to Executive within thirty days
     following the Date of Termination a lump sum cash amount equal to the value
     of the unvested portion of such employer contributions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
     that if any payment pursuant to this Section 3(b) (2) may or would result
     in such payment being deemed a transaction which is subject to Section
     16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall make such payment so as to
     meet the conditions for an exemption from such Section 16(b) as set forth
     in the rules (and interpretative and no-action letters relating thereto)
     under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  The value of any such unvested
     employer contributions shall be determined as of the Date of Termination;
     provided that for purposes of valuing common stock of the Company that may
     be a part of any such plan, if the common stock of the Company is  traded
     on a national securities exchange or The Nasdaq National Market on the Date
     of Termination, the value of a share of common stock of the Company shall
     be the closing price on the national securities exchange or NASDAQ on the
     Date of Termination or, if such date is not a trading day, on the
     immediately preceding trading day.

               (3)  For a period of two years commencing on the Date of
     Termination, the Company shall continue to keep in full force and effect
     (or otherwise provide) all policies of medical, accident, disability and
     life insurance with respect to Executive and his dependents with the same
     level of coverage, upon the same terms and otherwise to the same extent as
     such policies shall have been in effect immediately prior to the Date of
     Termination (or, if more favorable to Executive, immediately prior to the
     Change in Control), and the Company and Executive shall share the costs of
     the continuation of such insurance coverage in the same proportion as such
     costs were shared immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

          (c)  If during the Termination Period the employment of Executive
shall terminate by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the Company shall
pay to Executive within thirty days following the Date of Termination, a cash
amount


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

equal to the sum of (1) Executive's full annual base salary from the Company
through the Date of Termination, to the extent not theretofore paid and (2) any
compensation previously deferred by Executive other than pursuant to a tax-
qualified plan (together with any interest and earnings thereon) and any accrued
vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid.

     4.   EXCISE TAX LIMITATION.  (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Agreement or any other agreement or plan to the contrary, the payments and
benefits provided to, or for the benefit of, Executive under this Agreement or
under any other plan or agreement which became payable or are taken into account
as a result of the Change in Control (the "Payments") shall be reduced (but not
below zero) to the extent necessary so that no payment to be made, or benefit to
be provided, to Executive or for his benefit under this Agreement or any other
plan or agreement shall be subject to the imposition of an excise tax under
Section 4999 of the Code (such reduced amount is hereinafter referred to as the
"Limited Payment Amount").  Unless Executive shall have given prior written
notice specifying a different order to the Company, the Company shall reduce or
eliminate the Payments to Executive by first reducing or eliminating those
payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or
eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments
or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Determination (as
hereinafter defined).  Any notice given by Executive pursuant to the preceding
sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan,
arrangement or agreement governing Executive's rights and entitlements to any
benefits or compensation.

          (b)  All determinations required to be made under this Section 4 shall
be made by the Company's public accounting firm (the "Accounting Firm").  The
Accounting Firm shall provide its calculations, together with detailed
supporting documentation, both to the Company and Executive within fifteen days
after the receipt of notice from the Company that there has been a Payment (or
at such earlier times as is requested by the Company) and, with respect to any
Limited Payment Amount, a reasonable opinion to Executive that  he is not
required to report any excise tax on his federal income tax return with respect
to the Limited Payment Amount (collectively, the "Determination").  In the event
that the Accounting Firm is serving as an accountant or auditor for the
individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, Executive shall
appoint another nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the
determination required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred
to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  All fees, costs and expenses


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

(including, but not limited to, the costs of retaining experts) of the
Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Company.  The Determination by the
Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive (except as
provided in paragraph (c) below).

          (c)  If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court
or an Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") proceeding which has been finally and
conclusively resolved, that Payments have been made to, or provided for the
benefit of, Executive by the Company, which are in excess of the limitations
provided in Section 4 (hereinafter referred to as an "Excess Payment"), such
Excess Payment shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to Executive made
on the date Executive received the Excess Payment and Executive shall repay the
Excess Payment to the Company on demand, together with interest on the Excess
Payment at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the
Code) from the date of Executive's receipt
of such Excess Payment until the date of such repayment.  As a result of the
uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the
Determination, it is possible that Payments which will not have been made by the
Company should have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the
calculations required to be made under this Section 4.  In the event that it is
determined (i) by the Accounting Firm, the Company (which shall include the
position taken by the Company, or together with its consolidated group, on its
federal income tax return) or the IRS or (ii) pursuant to a determination by a
court, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Company shall pay an amount equal
to such Underpayment to Executive within ten days of such determination together
with interest on such amount at the applicable federal rate from the date such
amount would have been paid to Executive until the date of payment.

     5.   WITHHOLDING TAXES.  The Company may withhold from all payments due to
Executive (or his beneficiary or estate) hereunder all taxes which, by
applicable federal, state, local or other law, the Company is required to
withhold therefrom.

     6.   REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES.  If any contest or dispute shall arise
under this Agreement involving termination of Executive's employment with the
Company or involving the failure or refusal of the Company to perform fully in
accordance with the terms hereof, the Company shall reimburse Executive, on a
current basis, for all legal fees and expenses, if any, incurred by Executive in
connection with such contest or dispute, subject to the conditions set forth in
the following sentences, together with interest in an amount equal to the prime
rate of Crestar


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

Bank from time to time in effect, but in no event higher than the maximum legal
rate permissible under applicable law, such interest to accrue from the date the
Company receives Executive's statement for such fees and expenses through the
date of payment thereof.  The Company shall have no obligation to reimburse
Executive for legal fees and expenses pursuant to this Section 6 in the event
that a court of competent jurisdiction ultimately determines that Executive's
position asserted in any contest or dispute litigated by Executive was without
merit.  Executive hereby agrees that, in the event of such a determination,
Executive will repay the Company the amount of any legal fees or expenses
advanced by the Company to Executive prior to such determination.

     7.   TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.  (a)  This Agreement shall be effective on
the date hereof and shall continue until terminated by the Company as provided
in paragraph (b) of this Section 7; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this Agreement shall
terminate in any event upon the first to occur of (i) Executive's 62nd birthday,
(ii) Executive's death or (iii) termination of Executive's Employment with the
Company prior to a Change in Control (except as otherwise provided hereunder).

          (b)  The Company shall have the right prior to a Change in Control, in
its sole discretion, pursuant to action by the Board, to approve the termination
of this Agreement, which termination shall not become effective until the date
fixed by the Board for such termination, which date shall be at least one
hundred twenty days after notice thereunder is given by the Company to Executive
in accordance with Section 11; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such action shall be
taken by the Board during any period of time when the Board has knowledge that
any person has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control
until, in the opinion of the Board, such person has abandoned or terminated its
efforts to effect a Change in Control; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that in no event
shall this Agreement be terminated without the consent of Executive following a
Change in Control.

     8.   SCOPE OF AGREEMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to
entitle Executive to continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries,
and if Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate prior to a Change
in Control, Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any termination of Executive's employment during the
two-year period following a Change in Control shall be subject to all of the
provisions of this Agreement.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  Executive shall hold in a fiduciary
capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information,
knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies,
and their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by Executive
during Executive's employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies
and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by
Executive or representatives of Executive in violation of this Agreement).
After termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall
not, without the prior written consent of the Company, communicate or divulge
any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and
those designated by it.  In no event shall an asserted violation of the
provisions of this Section 9 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any
amounts otherwise payable to Executive under this Agreement.

     10.  SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement shall not be terminated by any merger or
consolidation of the Company whereby the Company is or is not the surviving or
resulting corporation or as a result of any transfer of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Company.  In the event of any such merger, consolidation or
transfer of assets, the  provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the
surviving or resulting corporation or the person or entity to which such assets
are transferred.

          (b)  The Company agrees that concurrently with any merger,
consolidation or transfer of assets referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section
10, it will cause any successor or transferee unconditionally to assume, by
written instrument delivered to Executive (or his beneficiary or estate), all of
the obligations of the Company hereunder.  Failure of the Company to obtain such
assumption prior to the effectiveness of any such merger, consolidation or
transfer of assets shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall constitute Good
Reason hereunder and shall entitle Executive to compensation and other benefits
from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as Executive would be
entitled hereunder if Executive's employment were terminated following a Change
in Control other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination.  For purposes of
implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such merger, consolidation or
transfer becomes effective shall be deemed the date Good Reason occurs, and
shall be the Date of Termination if requested by Executive.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

          (c)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable
by Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators,
successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If Executive shall die
while any amounts would be payable to Executive hereunder had Executive
continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be
paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons
appointed in writing by Executive to receive such amounts or, if no person is so
appointed, to Executive's estate.

     11.  NOTICE.  (a) For purposes of this Agreement, all notices and other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when delivered or five days after deposit in the
United States mail, certified and return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

          If to Executive:

               ________________
               ________________
               ________________
               ________________

          If to the Company:

               Brenco, Incorporated
               Suite 201
               One Park West Circle
               Midlothian, VA 23113
               Attn: Corporate Secretary

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance therewith, except that notices of change of address shall
be effective only upon receipt.

          (b)  A written notice of Executive's Date of Termination by the
Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the
specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent
applicable, set forth in reasonable  detail the facts and circumstances claimed
to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision
so indicated and (iii) specify the Termination Date (which date shall be not
less than fifteen days after the giving of such notice).  The failure by
Executive or the Company to set forth in such notice any fact or circumstance
which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right
of


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company from
asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive's or the Company's
rights hereunder.

     12.  FULL SETTLEMENT; RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES.  (a)  The Company's
obligation to make any payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to
perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the
Company may have against Executive or others.  In no event shall Executive be
obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of
the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement
and, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not Executive obtains other
employment.

          (b)  If there shall be any dispute between the Company and Executive
in the event of any termination of Executive's employment, then, unless and
until there is a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent
jurisdiction declaring that such termination was for Cause, that the
determination by Executive of the existence of Good Reason was not made in good
faith, or that the Company is not otherwise obligated to pay any amount or
provide any benefit to Executive and his dependents or other beneficiaries, as
the case may be, under paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3, the Company shall
pay all amounts, and provide all benefits, to Executive and his dependents or
other beneficiaries, as the case may be, that the Company would be required to
pay or provide pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3 as though such
termination were by the Company without Cause or by Executive with Good Reason;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be required to pay any disputed
amounts pursuant to this paragraph except upon receipt of an undertaking by or
on behalf of Executive to repay all such amounts to which Executive is
ultimately adjudged by such court not to be entitled.

     13.  EMPLOYMENT WITH SUBSIDIARIES.  Employment with the Company for
purposes of this Agreement shall include employment with any corporation or
other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest of
50% or more of the total combined voting power of the then outstanding
securities of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors.

     14.  GOVERNING LAW; VALIDITY.  The interpretation, construction and
performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in
accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia without regard
to the


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

principle of conflicts of laws.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
any other provision of this Agreement, which other provisions shall remain in
full force and effect.

     15.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same  instrument.

     16.  MISCELLANEOUS.  No provision of this Agreement may be modified or
waived unless such modification or waiver is agreed to in writing and signed by
Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.  No waiver by either
party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or
compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by
such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or
conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  Failure by Executive
or the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this
Agreement or to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder,
including without limitation, the right of Executive to terminate employment for
Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or
any other provision or right of this Agreement.  The rights of, and benefits
payable to, Executive, his estate or his beneficiaries pursuant to this
Agreement are in addition to any rights of, or benefits payable to, Executives,
his estate or his beneficiaries under any other employee benefit plan or
compensation program of the Company.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by
a duly authorized officer of the Company and Executive has executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED



                              BY:
                                 ------------------------------------------


                              TITLE:
                                    ---------------------------------------

                              EXECUTIVE


                                      -17-
<PAGE>


                              ---------------------------------------------


                              ---------------------------------------------


                                      -18-

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT E5

                           CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT



     THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 22nd day of March, 1996 by and
between Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation (the "Company"), and Donald
E. Fitzsimmons ("Executive").


                                    RECITALS


     I.   Executive currently serves as a key employee member of management of
the Company and his services and knowledge are valuable to the Company.

     II.  The Board (as defined in Section 1) has determined that it is in the
best interests of the Company and its stockholders to secure Executive's
continued services and to ensure Executive's continued  dedication and
objectivity in the event of any threat or occurrence of, or negotiation or other
action that could lead to, or create the possibility of, a Change in Control (as
defined in Section 1) of the Company, without concern as to whether Executive
might be hindered or distracted by personal uncertainties and risks created by
any such possible Change in Control, and to encourage Executive's full attention
and dedication to the Company, the Board has authorized the Company to enter
into this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and agreements herein contained, the Company and Executive hereby
agree as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the respective meanings set forth below:

          (a)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (b)  "Cause" means (1) a material breach by Executive of the duties
and responsibilities of Executive (other than as a result of incapacity due to
physical or mental illness) which is demonstrably willful and deliberate on
Executive's part, which is committed in bad faith or without reasonable belief
that such breach is in the best interests of the Company and which is not
remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of written notice from the
Company specifying such breach or (2) the commission by Executive of a felony
involving moral turpitude.
<PAGE>

Cause shall not exist unless and until the Company has delivered to Executive a
copy of a resolution duly adopted by three-quarters of the Board at a meeting of
the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive
and an opportunity for Executive, together with his counsel, to be heard before
the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive
was guilty of the conduct set forth in this Section 1(b) and specifying the
particulars thereof in detail.

          (c)  "Change in Control" means:

               (1)  the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (a
     "Person"), including any "person" within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
     14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
     Act"), of beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated
     under the Exchange Act, of twenty percent (20%) or more of either (i) the
     then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding
     Company Common Stock") or (ii) the combined voting power of the then
     outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the
     election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities");
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a
     Change in Control:  (A) any acquisition by the Company, (B) any acquisition
     directly from the Company, (C) any acquisition by, or benefit distribution
     from, an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained
     by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, (D) any
     acquisition pursuant to any compensatory stock option or stock purchase
     plan for employees, (E) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a
     reorganization, merger or consolidation involving the Company, if,
     immediately after such reorganization, merger or consolidation, each of the
     conditions described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (3) of
     this Section (1)(c) shall be satisfied, or (F) any acquisition by the
     Executive or any group of persons including the Executive; or (G) the
     acquisition by members of the Whitfield Family (as hereinafter defined),
     individually or collectively, of any direct or indirect beneficial
     ownership in addition to the individual or collective beneficial ownership
     of members of the Whitfield Family which exists on the date hereof; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER that, for purposes of clause (A), if any Person (other
     than the Company or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored
     or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company)
     shall become the beneficial owner of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
     Outstanding Company


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     Common Stock or fifty percent (50%) or more of the Outstanding Company
     Voting Securities by reason of an acquisition by the Company and such
     Person shall, after such acquisition by the Company, become the beneficial
     owner of any additional shares of the Outstanding Company Common Stock or
     any additional Outstanding Voting Securities, such additional beneficial
     ownership shall constitute a Change in Control;

               (2)  individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board
     (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
     majority of such Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any individual who becomes
     a director of the Company subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or
     nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by the
     vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent
     Board shall be deemed to have been a member of the Incumbent Board; and
     PROVIDED FURTHER, that no individual who was initially elected as a
     director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election
     contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
     promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any other actual or threatened
     solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any Person other
     than the Board shall be deemed to have been a member of the Incumbent
     Board;

               (3)  approval by the stockholders of the Company of a
     reorganization, merger or consolidation unless, in any such case,
     immediately after such reorganization, merger or consolidation, (i) more
     than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of common stock of
     the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation
     and more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then
     outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in
     the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or
     indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals or entities who
     were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common
     Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation and in substantially the same
     proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation, of the Outstanding Company
     Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may
     be, (ii) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or
     related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or the


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

     corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation (or
     any corporation controlled by the Company), or any Person which
     beneficially owned, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or
     consolidation, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the
     Outstanding Company Common Stock or the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
     twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock
     of such corporation or twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting
     power of the then outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to
     vote generally in the election of directors and (iii) at least a majority
     of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation resulting from
     such reorganization, merger or consolidation were members of the Incumbent
     Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or action of
     the Board providing for such reorganization, merger or consolidation; or

               (4)  approval by the stockholders of the Company of (i) a plan of
     complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (ii) the sale or
     other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
     other than to a corporation with respect to which, immediately after such
     sale or other disposition, (A) more than fifty percent (50%) of the then
     outstanding shares of common stock thereof and more than fifty percent
     (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities
     thereof entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then
     beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of
     the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively,
     of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition and in
     substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their
     ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the
     Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any
     employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the
     Company or such corporation (or any corporation controlled by the Company),
     or any Person which beneficially owned, immediately prior to such sale or
     other disposition, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of
     the Outstanding Company Common Stock or the Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities, as the case may be) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
     twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock
     thereof or twenty


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

     percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
     securities thereof entitled to vote generally in the election of directors
     and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors
     thereof were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of
     the initial agreement or action of the Board providing for such sale or
     other disposition.

For purposes of Section 1(c)(1), "Whitfield Family" shall mean (I) Needham B.
Whitfield and members of his "immediate family" (as that term is defined in Rule
16a-1(e) under the Exchange Act), (ii) Anne Whitfield Kenny and members of her
immediate family, (iii) the Estate of Mildred F. Whitfield and (iv) and in each
of the foregoing instances, their respective personal or legal representatives,
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and legatees.

     Notwithstanding anything contained in the Agreement to the contrary, it is
understood that the collective beneficial ownership of members of the Whitfield
Family as of the date hereof shall not constitute, or be construed or deemed to
constitute, a Change of Control.

     Furthermore, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
contrary, if Executive's employment is terminated prior to a Change in Control
and Executive reasonably demonstrates that such termination was at the request
of a third party who has indicated an intention or taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control (a "Third Party") who effectuates a
Change in Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement, the date of a Change
in Control shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination
of Executive's employment.

          (d)  "Company" means Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation.

          (e)  "Date of Termination" means (1) the effective date on which
Executive's employment by the Company terminates as specified in a prior written
notice by the Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, delivered
pursuant to Section 11 or (2) if Executive's employment by the Company
terminates by reason of death, the date of death of Executive.

          (f)  "Good Reason" means, without Executive's express written consent,
the occurrence of any of the following events after a Change in Control:


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

               (1) (i)   the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent
     in any material adverse respect with Executive's position(s), duties,
     responsibilities or status with the Company immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, (ii) a material adverse change in Executive's reporting
     responsibilities, titles or offices with the Company as in effect
     immediately prior to such Change in Control or (iii) any removal or
     involuntary termination of Executive from the Company otherwise than as
     expressly permitted by this Agreement or any failure to re-elect Executive
     to any position with the Company held by Executive immediately prior to
     such Change in Control;

               (2)  a reduction by the Company in Executive's rate of annual
     base salary as in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control or as
     the same has been increased thereafter;

               (3)  any requirement of the Company that Executive (i) be based
     anywhere more than thirty-five miles from the facility where Executive is
     located at the time of the Change in Control;

               (4)  the failure of the Company to (i) continue in effect any
     employee benefit plan or compensation plan in which Executive is
     participating immediately prior to such Change in Control, unless Executive
     is permitted to participate in other plans providing Executive with
     substantially comparable benefits, or the taking of any action by the
     Company which would adversely affect Executive's participation in or
     materially reduce Executive's benefits under any such plan, (ii) provide
     Executive and Executive's dependents with welfare benefits (including,
     without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary
     continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel
     accident insurance plans and programs) in accordance with the most
     favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and its
     affiliated companies in effect for Executive immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, (iii) provide fringe benefits in accordance with the
     most favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and
     its affiliated companies in effect for Executive immediately prior to such
     Change in Control, or (iv) provide Executive with paid vacation in
     accordance with the most favorable plans, policies, programs and practices
     of the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect for Executive
     immediately prior to such Change in Control; or


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

               (5)  the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption
     agreement from any successor as contemplated in Section 10(b).

     In addition, a termination by Executive of his employment for any reason
during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the date
of commencement of the Termination Period shall be deemed to be termination by
Executive for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, any good faith
determination of Good Reason made by Executive shall be conclusive; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action taken in good
faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by Executive shall not constitute Good Reason.  Any event or
condition described in this Section 1(f)(1) through (5) which occurs prior to a
Change in Control, but was at the request of a Third Party who effectuates a
Change in Control, shall constitute Good Reason following a Change in Control
for purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding that it occurred prior to the
Change in Control.

          (g)  "Nonqualifying Termination" means a termination of Executive's
employment (1) by the Company for Cause, (2) by Executive for any reason other
than a Good Reason, (3) as a result of Executive's death, (4) by the Company due
to Executive's absence from his duties with the Company on a full-time basis for
at least one hundred eighty consecutive days as a result of Executive's
incapacity due to physical or mental illness or (5) as a result of Executive's
lawful mandatory retirement or (6) Executive's voluntary retirement pursuant to
any retirement incentive plan of the Company.  The parties hereto expressly
understand and agree that a termination by Executive of his employment in
accordance with the first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 1(f) shall
be deemed to be a termination by the Executive for Good Reason and thus shall
not be a Nonqualifying Termination.

          (h)  "Pension Plan" means the Company's defined benefit pension plan
currently known as the "Brenco Retirement Plan" or any successor plan and any
other employee benefit plans of the Company that require any minimum period of
employment as a condition to the receipt of retirement benefits thereunder.

          (i)  "Termination Period" means the period of time beginning with a
Change in Control and ending on the earliest to occur of (1) Executive's 62nd
birthday, (2) Executive's death, and (3) two years following such Change in
Control.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

     2.   OBLIGATIONS OF EXECUTIVE.  Executive agrees that in the event any
person or group attempts a Change in Control, he shall not voluntarily leave the
employ of the Company without Good Reason (a) until such attempted Change in
Control terminates or (b) if a Change in Control shall occur, until ninety days
following such Change in Control.  For purposes of the foregoing subsection (a),
Good Reason shall be determined as if a Change in Control had occurred when such
attempted Change in Control became known to the Board.

     3.   PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

          (a)  If during the Termination Period the employment of Executive
shall terminate, other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the
Company shall pay to Executive (or Executive's beneficiary or estate) within
thirty days following the Date of Termination, as compensation for services
rendered to the Company:

               (1)  a lump-sum cash amount equal to the sum of (i) Executive's
     full annual base salary from the Company and its affiliated companies
     through the Date of Termination, to the extent not theretofore paid, (ii)
     Executive's annual bonus in an amount at least equal to the greatest of (A)
     the average bonus (annualized for any fiscal year consisting of less than
     twelve full months or with respect to which Executive has been employed by
     the Company for less than twelve full months) paid or payable, including by
     reason of any deferral, to Executive by the Company and its affiliated
     companies in respect of the three fiscal years of the Company (or such
     portion thereof during which Executive performed services for the Company
     if Executive shall have been employed by the Company for less than such
     three fiscal year period) immediately preceding the fiscal year in which
     the Change in Control occurs, or (B) 50% of Executive's target bonus for
     the fiscal year in which the Change in Control occurs, or (C) 50% of
     Executive's target bonus for the fiscal year in which Executive's Date of
     Termination occurs, multiplied by (D) a fraction, the numerator of which is
     the number of days in the fiscal year in which the Date of Termination
     occurs through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is
     three hundred sixty-five or three hundred sixty-six, as applicable, and
     (iii) any compensation previously deferred by Executive other than pursuant
     to a tax-qualified plan (together with any interest


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

     and earnings thereon) and any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the
     extent not theretofore paid; PLUS



               (2)  a lump-sum cash amount equal to (i) one times Executive's
     highest annual rate of base salary from the Company and its affiliated
     companies in effect during the twelve-month period prior to the Date of
     Termination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event there are fewer than
     twelve whole months remaining from the Date of Termination to the date of
     Executive's 62nd birthday, the amount payable under this Section 3(a) (2)
     shall be calculated by multiplying the amount otherwise payable by a
     fraction the numerator of which is the number of months, including a
     partial month (with a partial month being expressed as a fraction the
     numerator of which is the number of days remaining in such month and the
     denominator of which is the number of days in such month), so remaining and
     the denominator of which is twelve; PROVIDED FURTHER, that any amount paid
     pursuant to this Section 3(a) (2) shall be paid in lieu of any other amount
     of severance relating to salary or bonus compensation to be received by
     Executive upon termination of employment of Executive under any severance
     plan, policy, employment agreement or arrangement of the Company; AND
     PROVIDED FURTHER that in the event of a termination of employment during
     the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the date
     of commencement of the Termination Period in accordance with the last
     paragraph of Section 1(f) hereof, the amount payable under this Section
     3(a)(2) shall be reduced by one-half.



          (b)  (1) In addition to the payments to be made pursuant to paragraph
     (a) of this Section 3, if on the Date of Termination other than by reason
     of a Nonqualifying Termination, Executive shall not be fully vested in his
     accrued benefit under the Pension Plan, the Company shall pay to Executive
     within thirty days following the Date of Termination a lump sum cash amount
     equal to the actuarial equivalent of his unvested accrued benefit under the
     Brenco Retirement Plan as of such date.  Such lump sum cash amount shall be
     computed using the same actuarial methods and assumptions then in use for
     purposes of computing benefits under the Brenco Retirement Plan, provided
     that the interest rate used in making such computation shall not be greater



                                       -9-
<PAGE>

     than the interest rate permitted under Section 417(e) of the Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

          (2)  In addition to the payments to be made pursuant to paragraph (a)
     of this Section 3, if on the Date of Termination other than by reason of a
     Nonqualifying Termination, Executive shall not be fully vested in the
     employer contributions made on his behalf under any defined contribution
     plan of the Company, the Company shall pay to Executive within thirty days
     following the Date of Termination a lump sum cash amount equal to the value
     of the unvested portion of such employer contributions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
     that if any payment pursuant to this Section 3(b) (2) may or would result
     in such payment being deemed a transaction which is subject to Section
     16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall make such payment so as to
     meet the conditions for an exemption from such Section 16(b) as set forth
     in the rules (and interpretative and no-action letters relating thereto)
     under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  The value of any such unvested
     employer contributions shall be determined as of the Date of Termination;
     provided that for purposes of valuing common stock of the Company that may
     be a part of any such plan, if the common stock of the Company is traded on
     a national securities exchange or The Nasdaq National Market on the Date of
     Termination, the value of a share of common stock of the Company shall be
     the closing price on the national securities exchange or NASDAQ on the Date
     of Termination or, if such date is not a trading day, on the immediately
     preceding trading day.

               (3)  For a period of one year commencing on the Date of
     Termination, the Company shall continue to keep in full force and effect
     (or otherwise provide) all policies of medical, accident, disability and
     life insurance with respect to Executive and his dependents with the same
     level of coverage, upon the same terms and otherwise to the same extent as
     such policies shall have been in effect immediately prior to the Date of
     Termination (or, if more favorable to Executive, immediately prior to the
     Change in Control), and the Company and Executive shall share the costs of
     the continuation of such insurance coverage in the same proportion as such
     costs were shared immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

          (c)  If during the Termination Period the employment of Executive
shall terminate by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination, then the Company shall
pay to Executive within thirty days following the Date of Termination, a cash
amount


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

equal to the sum of (1) Executive's full annual base salary from the Company
through the Date of Termination, to the extent not theretofore paid and (2) any
compensation previously deferred by Executive other than pursuant to a tax-
qualified plan (together with any interest and earnings thereon) and any accrued
vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid.

     4.   EXCISE TAX LIMITATION.  (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Agreement or any other agreement or plan to the contrary, the payments and
benefits provided to, or for the benefit of, Executive under this Agreement or
under any other plan or agreement which became payable or are taken into account
as a result of the Change in Control (the "Payments") shall be reduced (but not
below zero) to the extent necessary so that no payment to be made, or benefit to
be provided, to Executive or for his benefit under this Agreement or any other
plan or agreement shall be subject to the imposition of an excise tax under
Section 4999 of the Code (such reduced amount is hereinafter referred to as the
"Limited Payment Amount").  Unless Executive shall have given prior written
notice specifying a different order to the Company, the Company shall reduce or
eliminate the Payments to Executive by first reducing or eliminating those
payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or
eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments
or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Determination (as
hereinafter defined).  Any notice given by Executive pursuant to the preceding
sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan,
arrangement or agreement governing Executive's rights and entitlements to any
benefits or compensation.

          (b)  All determinations required to be made under this Section 4 shall
be made by the Company's public accounting firm (the "Accounting Firm").  The
Accounting Firm shall provide its calculations, together with detailed
supporting documentation, both to the Company and Executive within fifteen days
after the receipt of notice from the Company that there has been a Payment (or
at such earlier times as is requested by the Company) and, with respect to any
Limited Payment Amount, a reasonable opinion to Executive that he is not
required to report any excise tax on his federal income tax return with respect
to the Limited Payment Amount (collectively, the "Determination").  In the event
that the Accounting Firm is serving as an accountant or auditor for the
individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, Executive shall
appoint another nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the
determination required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred
to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  All fees, costs and expenses


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

(including, but not limited to, the costs of retaining experts) of the
Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Company.  The Determination by the
Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive (except as
provided in paragraph (c) below).

          (c)  If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court
or an Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") proceeding which has been finally and
conclusively resolved, that Payments have been made to, or provided for the
benefit of, Executive by the Company, which are in excess of the limitations
provided in Section 4 (hereinafter referred to as an "Excess Payment"), such
Excess Payment shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to Executive made
on the date Executive received the Excess Payment and Executive shall repay the
Excess Payment to the Company on demand, together with interest on the Excess
Payment at the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the
Code) from the date of Executive's receipt
of such Excess Payment until the date of such repayment.  As a result of the
uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the
Determination, it is possible that Payments which will not have been made by the
Company should have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the
calculations required to be made under this Section 4.  In the event that it is
determined (i) by the Accounting Firm, the Company (which shall include the
position taken by the Company, or together with its consolidated group, on its
federal income tax return) or the IRS or (ii) pursuant to a determination by a
court, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Company shall pay an amount equal
to such Underpayment to Executive within ten days of such determination together
with interest on such amount at the applicable federal rate from the date such
amount would have been paid to Executive until the date of payment.

     5.   WITHHOLDING TAXES.  The Company may withhold from all payments due to
Executive (or his beneficiary or estate) hereunder all taxes which, by
applicable federal, state, local or other law, the Company is required to
withhold therefrom.

     6.   REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES.  If any contest or dispute shall arise
under this Agreement involving termination of Executive's employment with the
Company or involving the failure or refusal of the Company to perform fully in
accordance with the terms hereof, the Company shall reimburse Executive, on a
current basis, for all legal fees and expenses, if any, incurred by Executive in
connection with such contest or dispute, subject to the conditions set forth in
the following sentences, together with interest in an amount equal to the prime
rate of Crestar


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

Bank from time to time in effect, but in no event higher than the maximum legal
rate permissible under applicable law, such interest to accrue from the date the
Company receives Executive's statement for such fees and expenses through the
date of payment thereof.  The Company shall have no obligation to reimburse
Executive for legal fees and expenses pursuant to this Section 6 in the event
that a court of competent jurisdiction ultimately determines that Executive's
position asserted in any contest or dispute litigated by Executive was without
merit.  Executive hereby agrees that, in the event of such a determination,
Executive will repay the Company the amount of any legal fees or expenses
advanced by the Company to Executive prior to such determination.

     7.   TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.  (a)  This Agreement shall be effective on
the date hereof and shall continue until terminated by the Company as provided
in paragraph (b) of this Section 7; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this Agreement shall
terminate in any event upon the first to occur of (i) Executive's 62nd birthday,
(ii) Executive's death or (iii) termination of Executive's Employment with the
Company prior to a Change in Control (except as otherwise provided hereunder).

          (b)  The Company shall have the right prior to a Change in Control, in
its sole discretion, pursuant to action by the Board, to approve the termination
of this Agreement, which termination shall not become effective until the date
fixed by the Board for such termination, which date shall be at least one
hundred twenty days after notice thereunder is given by the Company to Executive
in accordance with Section 11; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such action shall be
taken by the Board during any period of time when the Board has knowledge that
any person has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control
until, in the opinion of the Board, such person has abandoned or terminated its
efforts to effect a Change in Control; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that in no event
shall this Agreement be terminated without the consent of Executive following a
Change in Control.

     8.   SCOPE OF AGREEMENT.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to
entitle Executive to continued employment with the Company or its subsidiaries,
and if Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate prior to a Change
in Control, Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any termination of Executive's employment during the
two-year period following a Change in Control shall be subject to all of the
provisions of this Agreement.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  Executive shall hold in a fiduciary
capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information,
knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies,
and their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by Executive
during Executive's employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies
and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by
Executive or representatives of Executive in violation of this Agreement).
After termination of Executive's employment with the Company, Executive shall
not, without the prior written consent of the Company, communicate or divulge
any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and
those designated by it.  In no event shall an asserted violation of the
provisions of this Section 9 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any
amounts otherwise payable to Executive under this Agreement.

     10.  SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement shall not be terminated by any merger or
consolidation of the Company whereby the Company is or is not the surviving or
resulting corporation or as a result of any transfer of all or substantially all
of the assets of the Company.  In the event of any such merger, consolidation or
transfer of assets, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the
surviving or resulting corporation or the person or entity to which such assets
are transferred.

          (b)  The Company agrees that concurrently with any merger,
consolidation or transfer of assets referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section
10, it will cause any successor or transferee unconditionally to assume, by
written instrument delivered to Executive (or his beneficiary or estate), all of
the obligations of the Company hereunder.  Failure of the Company to obtain such
assumption prior to the effectiveness of any such merger, consolidation or
transfer of assets shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall constitute Good
Reason hereunder and shall entitle Executive to compensation and other benefits
from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as Executive would be
entitled hereunder if Executive's employment were terminated following a Change
in Control other than by reason of a Nonqualifying Termination.  For purposes of
implementing the foregoing, the date on which any such merger, consolidation or
transfer becomes effective shall be deemed the date Good Reason occurs, and
shall be the Date of Termination if requested by Executive.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

          (c)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable
by Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators,
successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If Executive shall die
while any amounts would be payable to Executive hereunder had Executive
continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be
paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons
appointed in writing by Executive to receive such amounts or, if no person is so
appointed, to Executive's estate.

     11.  NOTICE.  (a) For purposes of this Agreement, all notices and other
communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when delivered or five days after deposit in the
United States mail, certified and return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

          If to Executive:

               ________________
               ________________
               ________________
               ________________

          If to the Company:

               Brenco, Incorporated
               Suite 201
               One Park West Circle
               Midlothian, VA 23113
               Attn: Corporate Secretary

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance therewith, except that notices of change of address shall
be effective only upon receipt.

          (b)  A written notice of Executive's Date of Termination by the
Company or Executive, as the case may be, to the other, shall (i) indicate the
specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent
applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed
to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision
so indicated and (iii) specify the Termination Date (which date shall be not
less than fifteen days after the giving of such notice).  The failure by
Executive or the Company to set forth in such notice any fact or circumstance
which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right
of


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company from
asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive's or the Company's
rights hereunder.

     12.  FULL SETTLEMENT; RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES.  (a)  The Company's
obligation to make any payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to
perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the
Company may have against Executive or others.  In no event shall Executive be
obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of
the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement
and, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not Executive obtains other
employment.

          (b)  If there shall be any dispute between the Company and Executive
in the event of any termination of Executive's employment, then, unless and
until there is a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent
jurisdiction declaring that such termination was for Cause, that the
determination by Executive of the existence of Good Reason was not made in good
faith, or that the Company is not otherwise obligated to pay any amount or
provide any benefit to Executive and his dependents or other beneficiaries, as
the case may be, under paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3, the Company shall
pay all amounts, and provide all benefits, to Executive and his dependents or
other beneficiaries, as the case may be, that the Company would be required to
pay or provide pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3 as though such
termination were by the Company without Cause or by Executive with Good Reason;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be required to pay any disputed
amounts pursuant to this paragraph except upon receipt of an undertaking by or
on behalf of Executive to repay all such amounts to which Executive is
ultimately adjudged by such court not to be entitled.

     13.  EMPLOYMENT WITH SUBSIDIARIES.  Employment with the Company for
purposes of this Agreement shall include employment with any corporation or
other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest of
50% or more of the total combined voting power of the then outstanding
securities of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors.

     14.  GOVERNING LAW; VALIDITY.  The interpretation, construction and
performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in
accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia without regard
to the


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

principle of conflicts of laws.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
any other provision of this Agreement, which other provisions shall remain in
full force and effect.

     15.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     16.  MISCELLANEOUS.  No provision of this Agreement may be modified or
waived unless such modification or waiver is agreed to in writing and signed by
Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.  No waiver by either
party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or
compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by
such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or
conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  Failure by Executive
or the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this
Agreement or to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder,
including without limitation, the right of Executive to terminate employment for
Good Reason, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or
any other provision or right of this Agreement.  The rights of, and benefits
payable to, Executive, his estate or his beneficiaries pursuant to this
Agreement are in addition to any rights of, or benefits payable to, Executives,
his estate or his beneficiaries under any other employee benefit plan or
compensation program of the Company.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by
a duly authorized officer of the Company and Executive has executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                        BRENCO, INCORPORATED



                                        BY:
                                           --------------------------------


                                        TITLE:
                                              -----------------------------

                                        EXECUTIVE



                                        -----------------------------------


                                        -----------------------------------


                                      -17-


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT F


                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED

                       EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

                  Amended and Restated Effective March 22, 1996


     Brenco, Incorporated (the "Company"), hereby amends and restates the
Brenco, Incorporated Executive Retirement Incentive Plan which was originally
adopted effective January 1, 1995 (the "Plan"), effective March 22, 1996.

     1.   DEFINITIONS.

     A.   "ACTUARIAL VALUE" - means "Actuarial Value" as defined in the
Retirement Plan.

     B.   "AVERAGE COMPENSATION" - means "Average Compensation"  as defined in
the Retirement Plan except that, for purposes of the Plan, Average Compensation
shall include 100% of any bonuses, commissions or other cash incentives received
by a Participant instead of 75% as prescribed in the Retirement Plan, and shall
be determined without regard to the "Compensation Limit" contained in the Plan.
<PAGE>

     C.   "BASE BENEFIT" - means an amount equal to three percent (3%) of a
Participant's Average Compensation multiplied by his Years of Benefit Service,
up to a maximum of 20 years, determined at the time that benefit payments
commence under the Plan.

     D.   "CHANGE IN CONTROL" - means the occurrence of a "Change In Control" as
defined in the Change In Control Agreements entered into by the Company and
referenced on Addendum A attached hereto, as amended from time to time.

     E.   "COMMITTEE" - means the Compensation Committee of the  Board of
Directors of the Employer.

     F.   "EMPLOYER" - means Brenco, Incorporated and any of its affiliates.

     G.   "OFFSET BENEFIT" - means an amount equal to the sum of (i) the single
life annuity retirement benefit which would be payable to the Participant under
the Retirement Plan, and (ii) the benefits which a Participant would be entitled
to receive under the Social Security Act at age 62, both of which to be
determined as of the time that benefit


                                        2
<PAGE>

payments commence under the Plan on the same basis (i.e. monthly or annual) that
the Base Benefit is computed.

     H.   "NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE" - means age 62.

     I.   "PARTICIPANT" - means an employee designated by the Committee as
eligible to participate in the Plan.  Except as may be provided in Addendum A
attached hereto,  the Committee may at any time terminate an employee's
designation as a Participant, in which case such employee's "Base Benefit" will
be frozen, but his "Offset Benefit" may continue to increase.  A Participant
shall cease being a Participant in the event that his employment terminates
prior to his attaining age 55 other than on account of his death or disability
or as provided in Addendum A attached hereto.

     J.   "PLAN ADMINISTRATOR" - means Brenco, Incorporated.

     K.   "PLAN YEAR" - means the calendar year.

     L.   "RETIREMENT PLAN" - means the Brenco Retirement Plan.

     M.   "TRUST" - means the Trust established by the Employer pursuant to
Section 14 of the Plan.

     N.   "YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE" - means "Year of Vesting Service" as
determined under the Retirement Plan for vesting purposes.


                                        3
<PAGE>

     O.   "YEAR OF BENEFIT SERVICE" - means "Year of Benefit Service" as
determined under the Retirement Plan for benefit accrual purposes.

     2.   PURPOSE.  The Plan is intended to advance the interests of the Company
by providing a financial incentive to certain officers and other key executive
employees to retire from the Company at or before attaining the Normal
Retirement Age.

     3.   ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN.  The Plan shall be administered by the
Committee.  The Committee shall have the right to interpret the Plan, and all
decisions of the Committee with respect to the Plan shall be binding on all
Participants.

     4.   ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION.  The Committee may from time to time
select employees who shall participate in the Plan.  In selecting employees the
Committee shall consider the position and responsibilities of the eligible
employees, the total cash compensation and value of their services to the
Company, and such other factors as the Committee deems pertinent.

     5.   ELIGIBILITY FOR RETIREMENT INCENTIVE BENEFIT PAYMENTS AND COMPUTATION
OF BENEFIT AMOUNT.  In order for a Participant to be eligible to receive the
Retirement Incentive Benefit described below, except as


                                        4
<PAGE>

provided in Sections 7, 8 and 9 below, and Addendum A attached hereto, he must
(a) retire before the first day of the calendar quarter next following the date
on which he attains the Normal Retirement Age, (b) have at least five (5) Years
of Vesting Service on the date that he retires, and (c) be at least fifty five
(55) years old on the date that he retires.

     The Retirement Incentive Benefit shall be an amount equal to the excess, if
any, of the Participant's Base Benefit over the Participant's Offset Benefit.

     6.   PAYMENTS FOLLOWING RETIREMENT ON OR BEFORE THE NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE.
If the conditions set forth in Section 5 are satisfied, the Retirement Incentive
Benefit shall be payable monthly for the Participant's life commencing on the
first day of the calendar quarter next following the date that the Participant
retires.

     If Retirement Incentive Benefit payment commence before the first day of
the calendar quarter next following the date that the Participant attains the
Normal Retirement Age, the Retirement Incentive Benefit payment shall be reduced
in accordance with the table set forth below:

     Age When Payments Commence    Percentage of Benefit Payable *
     --------------------------    -------------------------------


                                        5
<PAGE>


               62                             100%

               61                              95%

               60                              90%

               59                              85%

               58                              80%

               57                              75%

               56                              68.8%

               55                              63.2%

     *adjusted on a monthly basis for payments which commence between
birthdates.

     After taking into account the reduction described above, if any, the
Retirement  Incentive Benefit shall be paid in such form as the Participant
elects among the forms of payment available under the Retirement Plan; provided,
however, that such payments will be reduced, in accordance with computations
made by an actuary engaged by the Plan Administrator, in the event that the
benefit is paid in any form other than a Single Life Annuity for the life of the
Participant.

     7.   PAYMENTS FOLLOWING A PARTICIPANT'S DISABILITY.  In the event that a
Participant's employment terminates on account of his disability, as


                                        6
<PAGE>

defined in the Retirement Plan, before benefit payments have commenced pursuant
to Section 6 above, Retirement Incentive Benefit Payments will commence on the
date that benefit payments are first made to the Participant under the
Retirement Plan.

     8.   PAYMENTS TO A SPOUSE FOLLOWING A PARTICIPANT'S DEATH.  If a
Participant dies after benefit payments have commenced under the Plan, his
spouse or other beneficiary will be entitled to receive benefit payments only if
the form of benefit payment originally selected by the Participant provides for
the continuation of benefit payments.

     If a Participant who has been married to his spouse for at least one year
at the time of his death dies after attaining age 55 with at least five (5)
Years of Vesting Service before benefit payments have commenced under the Plan,
the Participant's spouse will receive benefit payments under the Plan commencing
on the first day of the calendar month immediately following the month in which
the Participant died.  Such benefit shall be in the form of a single life
annuity payable monthly for the life of the Spouse.  The amount of such annuity
shall equal the survivor annuity to which the spouse would have been entitled
under the Plan determined as if benefit payments to the Participant had
commenced on the day preceding the day of


                                        7
<PAGE>

his death under the Joint and 50% Spouse Survivor Annuity form of payment.

     If a Participant who has been married to his spouse for at least one year
at the time of his death dies prior to attaining age 55 with at least five (5)
Years of Vesting Service, the Participant's spouse will receive benefit payments
under the Plan commencing on the first day of the calendar month in which the
Participant would have attained age 55 had he survived.  Such benefit shall be
in the form of a single life annuity payable monthly for the life of the spouse.
The amount of such annuity shall equal the survivor annuity to which the spouse
would have been entitled under the Plan determined as if the Participant had
died on the day following the day that benefit payments to the Participant
commenced after he had attained age 55 under the Joint and 50% Spouse Survivor
Annuity form of payment.

     9.   PAYMENTS TO A DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY FOLLOWING A PARTICIPANT'S DEATH.
In the event that a Participant who has at least five (5) Years of Vesting
Service dies before benefit payments commence under the Plan, his designated
beneficiary may be entitled to receive a Supplemental Death Benefit.  The
Supplemental Death Benefit is an amount, payable in


                                        8
<PAGE>

the form of sixty (60) guaranteed monthly payments, equal to the Actuarial Value
of the excess of:

          (i)  The Actuarial Value of the guaranteed ten-year certain portion of
     the benefit payment to which the Participant would have been entitled under
     the Ten-Year Certain and Life Annuity form of payment had he commenced
     receiving benefit payments under the Plan on the first day of the calendar
     month coinciding with or next following the later of:

               (A)  the date of his death, or

               (B)  the first date on which he could have retired and received
          benefit payments under the Plan, over

          (ii) The Actuarial Value of the benefit payable to the Participant's
     spouse, if any, payable under Section 8 of the Plan.

     If the Participant dies after attaining age 55, the benefit payable
hereunder, if any, will commence on the first day of the calendar month
immediately following the month in which the Participant dies.

     If the Participant dies prior to attaining age 55, the benefit payable
hereunder, if any, will commence on the first day of the calendar month
immediately following the month in which the Participant would have attained age
55 had he survived.


                                        9
<PAGE>

     10.  CASH-OUT PROVISION.  In the event that the present value of any
benefit payable under this Plan, as determined by an actuary engaged by the Plan
Administrator for this purpose, is $20,000 or less, such present value shall be
paid to the Participant, his spouse and/or his designated beneficiary as the
case may be, in a single lump sum payment as soon as practicable after such
determination is made.

     11.  NON-COMPETE PROVISION.  The continuation of benefit payments under the
Plan will cease, and the right to all future payments under the Plan will be
forfeited, if the Participant, without the written consent of the Company
directly or indirectly enters into or in any manner takes part in any business,
profession or other endeavor which  shall be in competition with the business of
the Company, either as an employee, agent, independent contractor, owner or
otherwise in any state or foreign country in which the Company is conducting
business.

     12.  LIMITATION ON BENEFITS.  No Participant, spouse or beneficiary shall
have any right to receive benefits under the Plan prior to the termination of
the Participant's employment.

          Except as provided in Addendum A attached hereto, in the event that a
Participant's employment terminates (i) before he attains the


                                       10
<PAGE>

age of fifty five (55) for any reason other than his death or disability, or
(ii) on or after the first day of the calendar quarter next following the date
that he attains the Normal Retirement Age, or in the event that a Participant
breaches the noncompete  provision in paragraph 11, all rights of the
Participant, his spouse and/or his beneficiary shall be forfeited and all
obligations of the Company to make payments or further payments under the Plan
shall cease.

          The Plan shall not give the Participant, his spouse, his beneficiary
or anyone else any right or claim to specific assets of the Company, regardless
of whether the Company establishes a separate account or otherwise provides for
funding its liability hereunder.

          The Plan may be modified or amended by the Company at any time,
provided however, the benefits payable to any Participant under the Plan
determined as of the time of such modification or amendment, and the benefit
rights granted and the benefits potentially payable after a Change In Control as
provided in Addendum A attached hereto, shall not be reduced by such
modification or amendment unless such Participant consents in writing to such
reduction.


                                       11
<PAGE>

     13.  WAIVER OF VESTING AND BENEFIT ACCRUAL LIMITATIONS.  The Committee may,
in its sole discretion, waive, modify or amend all or any portion of the
provisions of the Plan that have the effect of limiting the amount or the timing
of payments that are to be made under the Plan.  Such action by the Committee
may be made on a case by case basis or may be made with respect to all
Participants.

     14.  ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST.  On or before May 1, 1996, the Company shall
establish the Trust, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, to fund
Retirement Incentive Benefits under the Plan.

     15.  CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS.  In the event that there is a Change In
Control, the provisions of the Plan shall be modified in accordance with the
provisions set forth in Addendum A attached hereto.

     16.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

          (a)  The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of
     Virginia.

          (b)  Each Participant shall designate a beneficiary, in writing, in
     such form as the Company may prescribe.  The Company may rely on such
     beneficiary designation until such time that it is revoked, in writing, by
     the Participant.  In the event that a Participant fails to designate a


                                       12
<PAGE>

     beneficiary, the Company shall make all payments which would have been 
     made to the Participant's designated beneficiary to such Participant's 
     estate.

          (c)  No benefit payable under this Plan shall be subject in any manner
     to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, or
     encumbrance of any kind.

          (d)  Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a contract
     of employment between the Company and any Participant, or as a right of any
     Participant to be continued in employment by the Company, or as a
     limitation on the right of the Company to discharge any of its employees
     with or without cause.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan has been duly amended and restated as of
the 22nd day of March, 1996.

                    Brenco, Incorporated

                    By ________________________


                                       13
<PAGE>

                                   ADDENDUM A

                          CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

     1.   CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENTS.  For purposes of this Addendum A, the
Change In  Control Agreements entered into by the Company and referenced in
paragraph D of Section 1 of the Plan are those Change In Control Agreements
dated as of March 22, 1996 for the following Participants (the "Listed
Participants"):

               Jacob M. Feichtner

               Donald Fitzsimmons

               Robert V. Lawrence

               J. Craig Rice

     2.   ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AFTER A CHANGE IN CONTROL.  In the event that a
Change In Control occurs, the following provisions will apply in


                                       14
<PAGE>

determining the entitlement to and payment of benefits under the Plan for or
with respect to the Listed Participants.

     A.   LISTED PARTICIPANT'S CONTINUED PARTICIPATION.  The Committee may not
terminate a Listed Participant's designation as  Participant.

     B.   ADDITIONAL YEARS OF BENEFIT SERVICE AND ELIMINATION OF BENEFIT
REDUCTION FOR EARLY RETIREMENT FOR JACOB M. FEICHTNER.  In the event that the
employment of Jacob M. Feichtner ("Feichtner") terminates on or before June 30,
1999 and within two years after the occurrence of the Change In Control and such
termination of employment is not a "Nonqualifying Termination" as defined in the
Change In Control Agreement between the Company and Feichtner dated as of March
22, 1996, then the following shall apply:

          (1)  His Years of Benefit Service shall be determined as if his
     employment terminated on June 30, 1999.

          (2)  The Offset Benefit attributable to the Retirement Plan shall be
     calculated with the reduction for payment prior to age 62 under the
     Retirement Plan (determined as though


                                       15
<PAGE>

     his accrued benefit under the Retirement Plan commenced on the first day of
     the calendar quarter next following the date of his termination of
     employment) before it is subtracted from the Base Benefit to determine the
     amount of the Retirement Incentive Benefit.

          (3)  The Retirement Incentive Benefit payable to him shall not be
     reduced in accordance with the reduction for payment before Normal
     Retirement Age provisions of Section 6 of the Plan.

     C.   ELIMINATION OF BENEFIT REDUCTION FOR EARLY RETIREMENT FOR ROBERT V.
LAWRENCE.  In the event that the employment of Robert V. Lawrence ("Lawrence")
terminates on or before March 31, 2000 and within two years after the occurrence
of the Change In Control and such termination of employment is not a
"Nonqualifying Termination" as defined in the Change In Control Agreement
between the Company and Lawrence dated as of March 22, 1996, then the following
shall apply:


                                       16
<PAGE>

          (1)  The Offset Benefit attributable to the Retirement Plan shall be
     calculated with the reduction for payment prior to age 62 under the
     Retirement Plan (determined as though his accrued benefit under the
     Retirement Plan commenced on the first day of the calendar quarter next
     following the date of his termination of employment) before it is
     subtracted from the Base Benefit to determine the amount of the Retirement
     Incentive Benefit.

          (2)  The Retirement Incentive Benefit payable to him shall not be
     reduced in accordance with the reduction for payment before Normal
     Retirement Age provisions of Section 6 of the Plan.

     D.   ACCELERATION OF VESTING AND OTHER RIGHTS FOR J. CRAIG RICE.  In the
case of J. Craig Rice ("Rice"), if he terminates before the first day of the
calendar quarter next following the date on which he attains the Normal
Retirement Age, then the following shall apply:


                                       17
<PAGE>

          (1)  The age and service eligibility requirements set forth in
     Sections 5 of the Plan and the forfeiture on termination of employment rule
     set forth in Section 12 of the Plan shall be waived.

          (2)  He shall be eligible to receive his Retirement Incentive Benefit
     at the later of age 55 or his termination of employment (or any earlier
     date permitted in the event of his disability) if then alive.

          (3)  If he dies (whether before or after his termination of
     employment) before his benefit payments under the Plan have commenced to
     him, his spouse or other beneficiary shall be entitled to receive such
     death benefits as may then be provided to them under Sections 8 and 9 of
     the Plan.

          (4)  The non-competition provisions of Section 11 of the Plan shall
     apply to him only if he voluntarily resigns other than for "Good Reason" as
     defined in the Change In Control Agreement between the Company and Rice
     dated as of March 22, 1996 (but determined without regard to the first
     sentence of the second paragraph


                                       18
<PAGE>

     of Section 1(f) of the Change In Control Agreement which provides for a 30-
     day window after the first anniversary of the Change In Control during
     which his voluntarily termination will be deemed Good Reason).

     E.   ACCELERATION OF VESTING AND OTHER RIGHTS FOR DONALD FITZSIMMONS.  In
the case of Donald Fitzsimmons ("Fitzsimmons"), if he terminates before the
first day of the calendar quarter next following the date on which he attains
the Normal Retirement Age, then the following shall apply:

          (1)  The age and service eligibility requirements set forth in
     Sections 5 of the Plan and the forfeiture on termination of employment rule
     set forth in Section 12 of the Plan shall be waived.

          (2)  He shall be eligible to receive his Retirement Incentive Benefit
     at the later of age 55 or his termination of employment (or any earlier
     date permitted in the event of his disability) if then alive.

          (3)  If he dies (whether before or after his termination of
     employment) before his benefit payments under the Plan


                                       19
<PAGE>

     have commenced to him, his spouse or other beneficiary shall be entitled to
     receive such death benefits as may then be provided to them under Sections
     8 and 9 of the Plan.

          (4)  The non-competition provisions of Section 11 of the Plan shall
     apply to him only if he voluntarily resigns other than for "Good Reason" as
     defined in the Change In Control Agreement between the Company and
     Fitzsimmons dated as of March 22, 1996 (but determined without regard to
     the first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 1(f) of the Change In
     Control Agreement which provides for a 30-day window after the first
     anniversary of the Change In Control during which his voluntarily
     termination will be deemed Good Reason).

     3.   REQUIREMENT TO FULLY FUND THE TRUST.  Within ninety (90) days
following the date that a Change In Control occurs, the Company shall contribute
to the Trust an amount equal to the unfunded actuarial liability of the Plan,
determined in accordance with sound actuarial principles as of the date that
such Change In Control occurs.  On or before March 31 of each


                                       20
<PAGE>

year following the year in which a Change In Control occurs, the Company shall
contribute to the Trust an amount equal to the unfunded actuarial liability of
the Plan as of the December 31 next preceding.


                                       21



<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT G

                               TRUST AGREEMENT FOR
            BRENCO, INCORPORATED EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT INCENTIVE PLAN


     THIS TRUST AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 31st of May, 1996, by and
between BRENCO, INCORPORATED, a Virginia corporation, (hereinafter called the
"Employer") and CRESTAR BANK of Richmond, Virginia (hereinafter called the
"Trustee").


                                   WITNESSETH:

     THAT WHEREAS, the Employer has established a non-qualified incentive
retirement plan known as the Brenco, Incorporated Executive Retirement Incentive
Plan (the "Plan").

     WHEREAS, the Employer has incurred or expects to incur liability under the
terms of the Plan with respect to the individuals participating in the Plan;

     WHEREAS, the Employer wishes to establish a trust (hereinafter called
"Trust") and to contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein,
subject to the claims of the Employer's creditors in the event the Employer is
Insolvent, as herein defined, until paid to Plan participants and their
beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan;

     WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall
constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan
as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred
compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees
for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended (the "Act");

     WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Employer to make contributions to the
Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of
its liabilities under the Plan;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that
the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:


     1.  ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST FUND AND FUNDING.

     (a)  The Employer hereby deposits with the Trustee in trust the sum of
$100, which shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and
disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

     (b)  The Trust hereby established is revocable by the Employer, provided,
however, that it shall become irrevocable upon a Change In Control, as defined
herein.

     (c)  The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Employer is
the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1,
subtitle A (that is, Section 671 et seq.) of the Code, and shall be construed
accordingly.

     (d)  The principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon shall be held
separate and apart from other funds of the Employer and shall be used
exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan participants and general creditors
as herein set forth.  Plan participants and their beneficiaries shall have no
preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership or security interest in, any
assets of the Trust.  Any rights created under the Plan and this Trust Agreement
shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan participants and their
beneficiaries against the Employer.  Any assets held by the Trust will be
subject to the claims of the Employer's general creditors under federal and
state law in the event of the Employer is Insolvent, as defined in Section 3(a)
herein.
<PAGE>


     (e)  During the existence of the Trust, the Employer at least annually
based on its fiscal year and in one or more payments as determined by it shall
be obligated to make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with
the Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by
the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement in an amount equal to the
"annual deposit amount".  For purposes hereof:

          (1)  The "annual deposit amount" for a fiscal year is equal to (A)
     minus (B) plus (C), as follows:

               (A)  the amount accrued by the Employer on its financial
     statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as
     its annual expense for its obligations under the Plan (currently the "net
     periodic pension cost" as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87 - Employers' Accounting
     for Pensions),

               (B)  the investment earnings, realized and unrealized, of the
     Trust for the year, and

               (C)  the expenses (exclusive of benefit payments to Plan
     participants and beneficiaries) paid by the Trust during the year.

          (2)  The Employer shall make such additional contributions to the
     Trust as may be required by the Plan.

          (3)  The Trustee shall not be required to determine the amount of the
     Employer's contribution for any year or to enforce the duty of the Employer
     to make such contributions; but the Trustee shall provide the Employer with
     such information as it may reasonably require to determine the amount of
     its contribution.

          (4)  The Trustee shall have, but is not required to exercise, and each
     Plan participant or beneficiary shall have, the right to compel such
     additional deposits.

     (f)  The Employer, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to
time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with the
Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by the
Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.  Neither the Trustee nor any Plan
participant or beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional
deposits.


     2.  PAYMENTS TO PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND THEIR BENEFICIARIES.

     (a)  The entitlement of a Plan participant or his or her beneficiaries to
benefits under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee pursuant to the
applicable Plan provisions and any claim for such benefits shall be considered
and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan.

     (b)  The Committee shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule (the "Payment
Schedule") that indicates the amounts payable in respect of each Plan
participant (and his or her beneficiaries), that provides a formula or other
instructions acceptable to the Trustee for determining the amounts so payable,
the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under
the Plan), and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts.  Except as
otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall make payments to the Plan
participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule.

     (c)  In lieu of payment by the Trust, the Employer may make payment of
benefits directly to Plan participants or their beneficiaries as they become due
under the terms of the Plan.  The Employer shall notify the


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time
amounts are payable to Plan participants or their beneficiaries and shall notify
the Trustee of the time and amount of payment when such payment is actually
made.

     (d)  If the principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon, are not
sufficient to make payments of benefits in accordance with the terms of the
Plan, the Employer shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due.
The Trustee shall notify the Employer where principal and earnings are not
sufficient.

     (e)  The Administrative Committee shall make provision for the reporting
and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be
withheld with respect to the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to the
terms of the Plan and shall pay or cause to be paid amounts withheld to the
appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been
reported, withheld and paid by the Employer or, if agreed to by the Trustee, the
Trustee.  When tax withholding is required, unless otherwise agreed to by the
Trustee, the Trustee shall make the benefit payment in the net amount payable to
the Plan participant or beneficiary (that is, the amount payable after
applicable tax withholding) and shall provide a second payment to cover the tax
withholding payable as the Administrative Committee directs.


     3.  TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING PAYMENTS TO TRUST BENEFICIARY WHEN THE
EMPLOYER IS INSOLVENT.

     (a)  The Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan participants and
their beneficiaries if the Employer is Insolvent.  The Employer shall be
considered "Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (1) the Employer
is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (2) the Employer is subject to
a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

     (b)  At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in
Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to
claims of general creditors of the Employer under federal and state law as set
forth below, and at any time the Trustee has actual knowledge, or has
determined, that the Employer is Insolvent, the Trustee shall deliver any
undistributed principal and income in the Trust to satisfy such claims as a
court of competent jurisdiction or other competent authority  shall direct.

          (1)  The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the
     Employer shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing that the
     Employer is Insolvent.  If a person claiming to be a creditor of the
     Employer alleges in writing to the Trustee that the Employer has become
     Insolvent, the Trustee shall independently determine whether the Employer
     is Insolvent and, pending such determination, the Trustee shall discontinue
     payment of benefits to Plan participants or their beneficiaries.  The
     Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning the Employer's
     solvency as may be furnished to the Trustee and that provides the Trustee
     with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning the
     Employer's solvency.  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and the
     Chief Executive Officer of the Employer, the Administrative Committee shall
     monitor and provide notice to the Trustee regarding whether the Employer is
     Insolvent or not Insolvent.

          (2)  Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge that the Employer is
     Insolvent, or has received notice from the Employer or a person claiming to
     be a creditor alleging that the Employer is Insolvent, the Trustee shall
     have no duty to inquire whether the Employer is Insolvent.

          (3)  If at any time the Trustee has actual knowledge, or has
     determined, that the Employer is Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue
     payments to Plan participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the
     assets of the Trust for the benefit of the Employer's general creditors.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

          (4)  The Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Plan
     participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 of this
     Trust Agreement only after the Trustee has actual knowledge, or has
     determined, that the Employer is not Insolvent or, as applicable, is no
     longer Insolvent.

          (5)  Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any
     rights of Plan participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their rights
     as general creditors of the Employer with respect to benefits due under the
     Plan or otherwise.

     (c)  Provided that there are sufficient assets, if the Trustee discontinues
the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and
subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such
discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Plan
participants or their beneficiaries  under the terms of the Plan for the period
of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to Plan
participants or their beneficiaries by the Employer in lieu of the payments
provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.


     4.  PAYMENTS TO THE EMPLOYER.

     Except as provided in Section 3 or 12 hereof, after the Trust has become
irrevocable, the Employer shall have no right or power to direct the Trustee to
return to the Employer or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all
payment of benefits have been made to Plan participants and their beneficiaries
pursuant to the terms of the Plan.


     5.  INVESTMENT AUTHORITY.

     (a)  The Trustee may invest in securities (including stock or rights to
acquire stock) or obligations issued by the Employer.  All rights associated
with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by the Trustee, any Investment
Manager designated by the Employer pursuant to Section 8(h) hereof or the
Administrative Committee pursuant to Section 8(i) hereof, and shall in no event
be exercisable by or rest with Plan participants or their beneficiaries, except
that voting rights with respect to Trust assets may be exercised by the Employer
in its discretion during periods before the Trust becomes irrevocable.

     (b)  During periods before the Trust becomes irrevocable, the Employer
shall have the right at anytime, and from time to time in its sole discretion,
to substitute assets of equal fair market value and of equal or greater
liquidity for any asset held by the Trust.  This right is exercisable by the
Employer in a nonfiduciary capacity without the approval or consent of any
person in a fiduciary capacity.


     6.  DISPOSITION OF INCOME.

     During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of
expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.


     7.  ACCOUNTING BY THE TRUSTEE.

     (a)  The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all
investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be
made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between
the Employer or the Administrative Committee and the Trustee.


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

     (b)  All such accounts, books and records shall be open to inspection and
audit at all reasonable times by the Employer and the Administrative Committee.


     (c)  Within sixty (60) days following the close of each fiscal year of the
Employer and within sixty (60) days after the removal or resignation of the
Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the Employer and the Administrative
Committee a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year
or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of
such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts,
disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of
all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds
of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown
separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the
Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation,
as the case may be.

     (d)  The Employer and the Administrative Committee shall be deemed to have
accepted the Trustee's account as fully accurate and as meeting the provisions
of this Trust Agreement if neither the Employer nor the  Administrative
Committee has made any written objection to the account within ninety (90) days
of their receipt of the account.


     8.  RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TRUSTEE.

     (a)  The Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence
under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like
capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an
enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided, however, that the
Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to
a direction, request or approval given by the Employer which is contemplated by,
and in conformity with, the terms of the Plan or this Trust and is given in
writing by the Employer, the Committee or the Administrative Committee.  In the
event of a dispute between the Employer, the Committee or the Administrative
Committee and any person claiming an interest in or right under the Trust, the
Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

     (b)  If the Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in
connection with this Trust, the Employer agrees to indemnify the Trustee against
the Trustee's costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation,
attorneys' fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for
such payments.  If the Employer does not pay such costs, expenses and
liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from
the Trust.

     (c)  The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel
for the Trustee or the Employer generally) with respect to any of its duties or
obligations hereunder.

     (d)  The Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment
advisors, financial consultants or other professionals to assist it in
performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

     (e)  The Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on the
Trustee by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided,
however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, the
Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the
Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a
different form) other than to a successor Trustee or other than to a Plan
participant as provided in the Plan, or to loan to any person the proceeds of
any borrowing against such policy.


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

     (f)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8(e) above, the Trustee may
loan to the Employer the proceeds of any borrowing against an insurance policy
held as an asset of the Trust.

     (g)  Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this
Trust Agreement or to applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that
could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the
gains therefrom, within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and
Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Code.

     (h)  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof (other than Section 8(g)
hereof):

          (1)  The Administrative Committee may appoint one or more Investment
     Managers to manage all or any portion of the assets of the Trust.  The
     appointment of any such Investment Manager shall be by written agreement,
     which shall specify the scope of the powers and duties of such Investment
     Manager, shall contain reasonable provisions for the termination of such
     appointment, may require or allow any Investment Manager to perform asset
     custodial services for all or part of the Trust, and shall be executed by
     the parties thereto and acknowledged by the Trustee.

          (2)  In the event an Investment Manager is appointed for all or part
     of the assets of the Trust, the Trustee shall follow the directions of the
     Investment Manager in managing and controlling the assets of the Trust
     subject to the direction and control of the Investment Manager.  The
     Investment Manager shall be governed by the powers and restrictions imposed
     on the Trustee in its management and control of the Fund.

          (3)  In the event an Investment Manager is appointed for all or part
     of the assets of the Trust, the Trustee shall not be liable or responsible
     for the control or management of the assets of the Trust subject to the
     direction and control of the Investment Manager, except to the extent the
     Trustee may fail or refuse to carry out the lawful directions or
     instructions of the Investment Manager.

          (4)  For purposes hereof, the term "Investment Manager" means a person
     who is registered as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisors
     Act of 1940, a bank as defined in the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or
     an insurance company qualified to perform investment advisory services
     under the laws of more than one State.

     (i)  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof (other than Section 8(g)
hereof):

          (1)  The Administrative Committee may direct the Trustee with respect
     to the management of the assets of the Trust.

          (2)  In the event the Administrative Committee directs the Trustee
     with respect to the management of the assets of the Trust, the Trustee
     shall follow the directions of the Administrative Committee in managing and
     controlling the assets of the Trust.  The Administrative Committee shall be
     governed by the powers and restrictions imposed on the Trustee in its
     management and control of the Fund.

          (3)  In the event the Administrative Committee directs the Trustee
     with respect to the management of the assets of the Trust, the Trustee
     shall not be liable or responsible for the control or management of the
     assets of the Trust subject to the direction and control of the
     Administrative Committee, except to the extent the Trustee may fail or
     refuse to carry out the lawful directions or instructions of the
     Administrative Committee.


                                       -6-
<PAGE>


     9.  TRUSTEE COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF THE PLAN AND TRUST.

     (a)  The Trustee shall be entitled to such reasonable compensation for its
services as shall be agreed upon by the Employer and the Trustee.  The Trustee
shall also be entitled to receive its reasonable expenses incurred with respect
to the administration of the Trust, including fees incurred by the Trustee
pursuant to Sections 8(c) and (d) of this Trust Agreement.

     (b)  Any taxes on the income of the Trust shall be considered an expense of
the Trust and may be paid by the Employer or by the trust as provided herein.

     (c)  The Employer, in its discretion, may pay any or all administrative
expenses of the Plan and/or the Trust, including but not limited to the
Trustee's compensation and expenses.  If not so paid, such compensation and
expenses shall be paid from the Trust.


     10.  RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF THE TRUSTEE.

     (a)  The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Employer,
which shall be effective sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice unless the
Employer and the Trustee agree otherwise.

     (b)  The Trustee may be removed by the Employer on sixty (60) days notice
or upon shorter notice accepted by the Trustee.

     (c)  Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor
Trustee.  The transfer shall be completed as soon as practicable after receipt
of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless the Employer extends the
time limit.

     (d)  If the Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed,
in accordance with Section 11 hereof, by the effective date of resignation or
removal under paragraph(s) (a) or (b) of this section.  If no such appointment
has been made, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for
appointment of a successor or for instructions.  All expenses of the Trustee in
connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of
the Trust.


     11.  APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE.

     (a)  Subject to the requirements of Section 11(b), if the Trustee resigns
or is removed in accordance with Section 10(a) or (b) hereof or dies or
otherwise ceases to exist, the Employer shall appoint any independent third
party as a successor to replace the Trustee upon resignation, removal or death.
The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee,
who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including
ownership rights in the Trust assets.  The former Trustee shall execute any
instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the Employer or the successor
Trustee to evidence the transfer.  For purposes hereof:

          (1)  A person (whether an individual or entity) is "independent" only
     if the person is not the Employer, an officer, director or employee of the
     Employer or any Affiliated Employer, a Plan participant or beneficiary, a
     member of the "family" (within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(6) of the
     Code) of any of the preceding persons, any person who would be a "related
     or subordinate party" (within the meaning of Section 672(c) of the Code) to
     the Employer.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

          (2)  An "Affiliated Employer" is any person which would be a member of
     the "controlled group of corporations" (within the meaning of Section
     414(b) of the Code) which includes the Employer or is under "common
     control" (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code) with the
     Employer, in each case determined on the basis of the words "80 percent" in
     Section 1563(a)(1) of the Code being replaced by "50 percent".

     (b)  If a Change In Control occurs, as defined herein, the Trustee may not
be removed by the Employer unless an independent bank or trust company is
appointed as the successor Trustee.  If the Trustee resigns after a Change In
Control occurs, the Employer shall appoint an independent bank or trust company
to serve as the successor Trustee.

     (c)  The successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any
prior Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets, subject to
Sections 7 and 8 hereof.  The successor Trustee shall not be responsible for and
the Employer shall indemnify and defend the successor Trustee from any claim or
liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any
other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor
Trustee.


     12.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.

     (a)  This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed
by the Trustee and the Employer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such
amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plan or shall make the Trust
revocable after it has become irrevocable in accordance with Section 1(b) hereof
unless the Employer has obtained the written consent of all Plan participants
and beneficiaries entitled to Plan benefits (whether then or thereafter payable)
at the time in question.

     (b)  Except as expressly provided herein, the Trust shall not terminate
until the date on which Plan participants and their beneficiaries are no longer
entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan unless sooner revoked in
accordance with Section 1(b) hereof.  Upon termination of the Trust any assets
remaining in the Trust shall be returned to the Employer.

     (c)  Upon written consent of Plan participants and beneficiaries entitled
to Plan benefits (whether then or thereafter payable) at the time in question,
the Employer may terminate this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments
under the Plan have been made.  All assets in the Trust at termination shall be
returned to the Employer.

     (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee may declare the Trust to be
terminated and take all appropriate action in connection therewith at any time
the Trust has no assets.


     13.  MISCELLANEOUS.

     (a)  Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be
ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the
remaining provisions hereof.

     (b)  Benefits payable to Plan participants and their beneficiaries under
this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in
equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment,
levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

     (c)  This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

     (d)  The Administrative Committee shall operate as follows and have the
following responsibilities and duties:

          (1)  The Administrative Committee shall appoint from its members a
     Chairman and a Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep records as may be
     necessary of the acts and resolutions of such committee and be prepared to
     furnish reports thereof to the Employer and the Trustee.  Except as
     otherwise provided, all instruments executed on behalf of such committee
     may be executed by its Chairman or Secretary, and the Trustee may assume
     that such committee, its Chairman or Secretary are the persons who were
     last designated as such to them in writing by the Plan Sponsor or its
     Chairman or Secretary.

          (2)  The Administrative Committee's action in all matters, questions
     and decisions shall be determined by a majority vote of its members
     qualified to act thereon.  They may meet informally or take any action
     without the necessity of meeting as a group.

          (3)  The Administrative Committee shall be responsible for such
     matters regarding administration and management of the Trust and the Plan
     as are expressly assigned to it.

     (e)  The Committee is empowered to settle claims against the Trust and to
make such equitable adjustments in a Plan participant's or Beneficiary's rights
or entitlements under the Plan as it deems appropriate in the event an error or
omission is discovered or claimed in the operation or administration of the
Plan.

     (f)  The Committee may construe this Trust Agreement, correct defects,
supply omissions or reconcile inconsistencies to the extent necessary to
effectuate the Plan and the Trust and such action shall be conclusive.

     (g)  The Committee is empowered to delegate any or all of its duties to the
Administrative Committee.


     14.  DEFINITIONS.

     The following words and terms as used in this Trust Agreement shall have
the meaning set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by
the context:

     (a)  "Administrative Committee" means an administrative committee
consisting of at least two individuals appointed, and subject to removal or
replacement at any time, by the Committee to administer certain aspects of the
Plan and/or the Trust generally or on behalf of the Committee.  The Committee
itself may serve as the Administrative Committee, and the Committee shall serve
as the Administrative Committee whenever two appointed individuals are not
serving as the Administrative Committee.

     (b)  "Effective Date" means the date as of which this Trust Agreement
becomes effective, which shall be the date first stated above.

     (c)  "Employer" means Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation (or its
successor).

     (d)  "Change In Control" has the meaning assigned to it in the Plan.


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

     (e)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be
amended from time to time, or the corresponding section of any subsequent
Internal Revenue Code, and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith,
regulations issued thereunder.

     (f)  "Committee" means the "Committee" defined in the Plan.

     (g)  "Insolvent" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3(a) hereof.

     (h)  "Investment Manager" has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8(h)
hereof.

     (i)  "Plan" means the non-qualified incentive retirement plan known as the
Brenco, Incorporated Executive Retirement Incentive Plan, as amended and
restated effective March 22, 1996 and as the same may be amended from time to
time.

     (j)  "Trust" means the trust fund established for the Plan pursuant to this
Trust Agreement, which shall be known as the "Brenco, Incorporated Executive
Retirement Incentive Trust".

     (k)  "Trustee" means the person(s) serving from time to time as trustee of
this Trust, which as of the Effective Date is Crestar Bank of Richmond,
Virginia.


                                       -10-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer, pursuant to the resolution duly adopted
by its Board of Directors, has caused its name to be signed to this Trust
Agreement by its duly authorized officer with its corporate seal hereunto
affixed and attested by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and the Trustee
has caused his name to be signed and his seal hereunto affixed as of the day and
year above written.


                                        BRENCO, INCORPORATED, Employer


                                        By:                             (SEAL)
                                           -----------------------------
                                           Its
                                               -------------------------

Attest:


- ---------------------------------
  Its
      ---------------------------

                                        CRESTAR BANK, Trustee


                                           -----------------------------
                                           Its
                                               -------------------------

Attest:


- ---------------------------------
  Its
      ---------------------------


                                       -11-


<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT H

                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED
                           1987 Restricted Stock Plan
                As Amended and Restated Effective March 22, 1996

Section 1.  Establishment, Purpose, and Effective Date of Plan

     1.1  ESTABLISHMENT.  Brenco, Incorporated hereby establishes a stock
incentive plan for key Employees, as described herein, which shall be known as
the Brenco, Incorporated 1987 Restricted Stock Plan (hereinafter called the
"Plan").

     1.2  PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Company to attract,
retain, and motivate key Employees who provide valuable services to the Company,
and to provide such Employees with a means of acquiring or increasing a
proprietary interest in the Company so that they will have an increased
incentive to work for the long-term success of the Company.

     1.3  SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL.  The Plan shall become effective as of April 16,
1987, subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company.

Section 2.  Definitions

     Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth
below:

     (a)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of Brenco, Incorporated.

     (b)  "Change in Control" means the occurrence of a "Change in Control" as
defined in the Change in Control Agreements entered into by the Company with
certain Employees dated as of March 22, 1996, as amended from time to time.

     (c)  "Committee" means a Committee of the Board consisting of three or more
members of the Board who are not, and who have not been at any time within one
year prior to appointment to the Committee, eligible to receive Stock under the
Plan, or Stock, stock options, or stock appreciation rights under another
company plan.

     (d)  "Company" means Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia corporation, as well
as any subsidiary more than 50% of whose total combined voting stock of all
classes is owned by Brenco, Incorporated either directly or through one or more
of its subsidiaries.

     (e)  "Employee" means any key executive in charge of a principal division,
business unit, or department of the Company, and any other individual who
performs similar managerial and professional functions for the Company.

     (f)  "Grantee" means an Employee who shall have received a grant of
restricted Stock under the Plan.
<PAGE>

     (g)  "Period of Restriction" means the period during which the transfer of
shares of restricted Stock granted under the Plan is restricted pursuant to
Section 7 hereof.

     (h)  "Stock" means the Common Stock, par value of $1.00 per share, of the
Company.

Section 3.  Eligibility and Participation

     Grantees shall be limited to Employees as determined by the Committee.

Section 4.  Administration

     The Committee shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan.  The
Committee, by majority action thereof, is authorized to interpret the Plan, to
prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan,
provide for conditions and assurances deemed necessary or advisable to protect
the interests of the Company, and to make all other determinations necessary or
advisable for the administration of the Plan, but only to the extent not
contrary to the express provisions of the Plan.  Determinations,
interpretations, or other actions made or taken by the Committee pursuant to the
provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding and conclusive for all
purposes and upon all persons whomsoever.

Section 5.  Stock Subject to the Plan

     5.1  NUMBER.  The total number of shares of Stock that may be issued under
the Plan may not exceed 200,000 subject to adjustment as provided in Section
5.3.  Those shares may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but unissued
Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company, including shares purchased
in the open market, not reserved for any other purpose.

     5.2  UNUSED STOCK.  In the event any shares of Stock subject to grants made
under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan,
such reacquired shares again shall become available for issuance under the Plan.

     5.3  ADJUSTMENTS IN CAPITALIZATION.  In the event of reorganization,
recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, merger, consolidation,
combination or exchange of shares, rights, offering or any other change
affecting the Stock, the Committee may make, subject to approval of the Board,
appropriate changes in the aggregate number of shares issuable under this Plan,
and in the number of shares subject to restricted Stock grants then outstanding
under this Plan.

Section 6.  Duration of the Plan

     Subject to the Board's right to terminate the Plan pursuant to Section 10
hereof, the Plan shall remain in effect until all Stock acquired by Grantees
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall have been released from
restrictions pursuant to Section 7.4, Section 8, or Section 11 hereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no awards of Stock may be granted under the Plan
after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Plan's effective date.


                                        2
<PAGE>

Section 7.  Restricted Stock

     7.1  GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK.  Subject to Section 3 and 5.1 hereof, the
Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant shares of restricted
Stock under the Plan to such Employees and in such amounts as it shall
determine.  Each grant of restricted Stock shall be in writing and signed by a
duly authorized officer of the Company.  Certificates for the Stock so granted
shall be registered in the name of the Grantee and deposited by him, together
with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company under such restrictions
as the Committee shall determine pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.  Upon
release or expiration of such restrictions, the Company shall redeliver to the
Grantee the Stock so deposited by him.

     7.2  TRANSFERABILITY.  Except as contemplated by Sections 8, 9.2, and 11
hereof, the shares of restricted Stock granted hereunder may not be sold,
transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated for the
Period of Restriction determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 7.3
which shall be specified in writing in the restricted Stock grant.

     7.3  PERIOD OF RESTRICTION.  The Period of Restriction for each restricted
Stock grant shall not exceed five years or such lesser period as may be
necessary to satisfy any performance goals which may be specified by the
Committee; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in Section 7.5,
8, and 11 hereof, the Period of Restriction shall not be less than two years.

     7.4  REMOVAL OF RESTRICTIONS.  Except as otherwise provided in Sections
7.5, 8, and 11 hereof, shares of restricted Stock covered by each restricted
Stock grant made under this Plan shall become freely transferable by the Grantee
after the last day of the Period of Restriction.

     7.5  OTHER RESTRICTIONS.  The Committee shall impose such other
restrictions on any shares granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable
including, without limitation, restrictions under applicable federal or state
securities laws, and may legend the Stock certificate(s) to give appropriate
notice of such restrictions.

     7.6  CERTIFICATE LEGEND.  In addition to any legends placed on certificates
pursuant to Section 7.5 hereof, each certificate representing shares of
restricted Stock granted pursuant to this Plan shall bear the following legend:

     "The sale or other transfer of shares of Stock represented by this
certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, is subject
to certain restrictions on transfer set forth in the 1987 Brenco, Incorporated
Restricted Stock Plan, rules of administration adopted pursuant to such Plan,
and a restricted Stock grant dated . . . . A copy of the Plan, such rules, and
such restricted Stock grant may be obtained from the Secretary of the Company."

Once the shares are released from the restrictions pursuant to Section 7.4
hereof, the Grantee shall be entitled to have the legend required by this
Section 7.6 removed from his Stock certificate(s).


                                        3
<PAGE>

     7.7  VOTING RIGHTS.  During the Period of Restriction, Grantees holding
shares of restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights
with respect to those shares.

     7.8  DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS.  During the Period of Restriction,
Grantees holding shares of restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be entitled
to receive currently all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to
those shares while they are so held.  If any such dividends or distributions are
paid in shares, the shares shall be registered in the name of the Grantee and
deposited with the Company as provided in Section 7.1 hereof and the shares
shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability as the shares of
restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

Section 8.  Termination of Employment

     8.1  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT DUE TO DEATH OR PERMANENT AND TOTAL
DISABILITY.  In the event that the employment with the Company of a Grantee is
terminated because of death or permanent and total disability, any remaining
Period of Restriction applicable to the restricted Stock of such Grantee
pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall automatically terminate and, except as
otherwise provided in Section 7.5, the shares of Stock shall thereby be free of
restrictions and freely transferable.

     8.2  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT DUE TO RETIREMENT.  In the event the
employment with the Company of a Grantee is terminated because of retirement as
defined in the Company's Retirement Plan during the Period of Restriction, the
restrictions applicable to the shares of restricted Stock of such Grantee
pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall terminate, in the sole discretion of the
Committee, with respect to a number of shares (rounded to the nearest whole
number) up to the total number of restricted shares granted to such Grantee,
multiplied by the number of full months which have elapsed since the date of
grant divided by the maximum number of full months of the Period of Restriction.
All remaining shares shall be forfeited and returned to the Company; provided,
however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive the restrictions
remaining on any or all such remaining shares.

     8.3  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOR REASONS OTHER THAN DEATH, DISABILITY, OR
RETIREMENT.  In the event that the employment with the Company of a Grantee is
terminated for any reason other than those set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2
hereof during the Period Of Restriction, then any shares of restricted Stock of
such Grantee still subject to restrictions at the date of such termination shall
automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company; provided, however, that,
in the event of an involuntary termination of the employment of a Grantee by the
Company, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive the automatic
forfeiture of any or all such shares and/or may add such new restrictions to
such shares as it deems appropriate.

Section 9.  Rights of Employees; Recipients of Grants

     9.1  EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in this Plan or in any grant of restricted Stock
shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate
any Employee's or


                                        4
<PAGE>

Grantee's employment at any time, nor confer upon any Employee or Grantee any
right to continue in the employ of the Company.

     9.2  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF RESTRICTED STOCK.  No rights or shares of
restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged,
assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, otherwise than by will or by
the laws of descent and distribution until the termination of the applicable
Period of Restriction.  All rights granted to a Grantee under the Plan shall be
exercisable during his lifetime only by such Grantee.  Upon the death of a
Grantee, his legal representative or beneficiary may exercise his rights under
the Plan.

Section 10.  Amendment and Termination

     The Board, upon recommendation of the Committee, at any time may terminate,
and at any time and from time to time and in any respect, may amend or modify
the Plan, provided, however, that no such action of the Board, without approval
of shareholders may:

     (a)  Increase the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be issued
under the Plan except as provided in Section 5.3 of the Plan.

     (b)  Extend the period during which shares of Stock may be granted under
the Plan.

     (c)  Modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation under the
Plan.

     (d)  Increase materially the benefits accruing to Grantees under the Plan.

     (e)  Increase materially the cost of the Plan.

     (f)  Withdraw the administration of the Plan from the Committee.

     (g)  Change the provision in the Plan as to the qualification for
membership on the Committee.

No amendment, modification, or termination of the Plan shall in any manner
adversely affect any Stock theretofore granted under the Plan without the
consent of the Grantee.

Section 11.  Change in Control

     In the event of a Change in Control, all restrictions shall lapse on shares
of restricted Stock which have been granted under the Plan, and thereafter such
shares shall be freely transferable by the Grantee, subject to applicable
federal and state securities laws.

Section 12.  Tax Withholding

     The Company, as appropriate, shall have the right to withhold any Federal,
State, or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to any awards
under the Plan; the Grantee or


                                        5
<PAGE>

other person receiving such restricted Stock may be required to pay to the
Company, as appropriate, the amount of any such taxes which the Company is
required to withhold with respect to such restricted Stock.

Section 13.  Indemnification

     Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee or of the
Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost,
liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in
connection with any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be a
party by reason or any action taken or failure to act under the Plan.  The
foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any rights of
indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's
Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any
power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

Section 14.  Governing Law

     The Plan, and all grants and other documents delivered hereunder, shall be
construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of Virginia.

Section 15.  Expenses of Plan

     The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.


                                        6


<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT I

                              BRENCO, INCORPORATED
                             1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                As Amended and Restated Effective March 22, 1996

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in
this Paragraph unless the context requires a different meaning:

     1.1  "Agreement" means a written agreement (including any amendment or
supplement thereto) between Brenco and a Participant specifying the terms and
conditions of an Option or SAR granted to such Participant.

     1.2  "Board" means the Board of Directors of Brenco.

     1.3  "Change in Control" means the occurrence of a "Change in Control" as
defined in the Change in Control Agreements entered into by the Company with
certain employees of the Company as of March 22, 1996, as amended from time to
time.

     1.4  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     1.5  "Committee" means a committee, consisting of not less than three
persons appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.  No member of the
Committee shall be eligible to participate, and no person shall become a member
of the Committee if, within one year prior thereto, he shall have been eligible
to participate in the Plan or in any other plan of Brenco or any Subsidiary
entitling the participants therein to acquire Options or SARs of Brenco.  A
majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and all
actions of the Committee shall be taken by a majority of those members voting.

     In the event that the Board chooses not to establish a Committee to
administer the Plan, the word "Committee" as used herein shall mean the Board;
provided, however, that any grants of awards under the Plan may be made by the
Board only if a majority of those acting are not eligible to participate in the
Plan or any other plan of Brenco or any Subsidiary entitling the Participants
therein to acquire Options or SARs of Brenco.

     1.6  "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of Brenco.

     1.7  "Brenco" means Brenco, Incorporated, a Virginia Corporation.

     1.8  "Fair Market Value" means, on any given date, the closing sales price
of Common Stock as quoted in the NASDAQ National Market System, on the date in
question if it is a trading date, or if not, on the first trading day prior to
such day.  If the Common Stock is not quoted in the NASDAQ National Market
System, Fair Market Value shall mean the mean between the closing bid and asked
prices as reported by NASDAQ on the date in question if it is a trading date, or
if not, the first trading date prior to such day.  If either such valuation
method is inapplicable for any reason, the Fair Market Value shall be determined
by the Committee using any reasonable method in good faith.
<PAGE>

     1.9  "Grant Date" means the date as of which an Option or SAR is granted
under the Plan.

     1.10 "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option that qualifies as an
Incentive Stock Option under Section 422A of the Code.

     1.11 "Non Qualified Stock Option" means an Option which is not an Incentive
Stock Option.

     1.12 "Option" means the right of the holder to purchase from Brenco a
stated number of shares of Common Stock at the price set forth in an Agreement,
which right shall be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option or Non
Qualified Stock Option.

     1.13 "Participant" means an employee of Brenco or a Subsidiary, including
an employee who is a member of the Board, who satisfies the requirements of
Paragraph 3 and is selected by the Committee to receive an Option.

     1.14 "Plan" means Brenco, Incorporated 1988 Stock Option Plan.

     1.15 "SAR" means a stock appreciation right (which may be granted only in
conjunction with an Option) that entitles the holder to receive, with respect to
each share of Common Stock encompassed by the exercise of such SAR, the increase
in the Fair Market Value of such shares to be payable in shares of Common Stock,
subject to such limitations in amounts as the Committee may designate in the
Agreement.

     1.16 "Subsidiary" means any corporation at least 50% of the total combined
voting power of which is owned by Brenco, either directly or through one or more
of its Subsidiaries, within the meaning of Section 425(f) of the Code and rules
and regulations thereunder.

     2.   PURPOSE.  The Plan is intended to aid Brenco and its Subsidiaries in
attracting and retaining key executive officers and management personnel with
exceptional ability by enabling such executive officers and management personnel
to acquire a proprietary interest in Brenco and to have an additional incentive
to promote its success, as well as to encourage them to remain in the employ of
Brenco or a Subsidiary.

     3.   ELIGIBILITY.  Any executive officer or other key employee of Brenco or
one of its Subsidiaries is eligible to be granted one or more Options or SARs if
so employed at the time of such grant.  Directors of Brenco who are employees
and are not members of the Committee are eligible for awards under the Plan.

     4.   SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTIONS OR SARS.  The maximum aggregate number of
shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options may be granted under this
Plan shall not exceed 1,100,000 shares, except as may be adjusted pursuant to
Paragraph 10.  Upon the exercise of any Option or SAR, Brenco may deliver to the
Participant authorized but unissued shares of


                                        2
<PAGE>

Common Stock.  If an Option is terminated, in whole or in part, for any reason
other than its exercise or the exercise of a related SAR, the number of shares
of Common Stock allocated to the Option or portion thereof may be reallocated to
other Options and SARs to be granted under this Plan.  Shares which are subject
to Options in connection with which SARs also have been granted shall be counted
only once in applying the above aggregate share limitation.

     5.   ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee which
shall have all the powers necessary for such administration, including without
limitation, the power:

     (a)  To determine, consistent with the terms and conditions of the Plan,
annually or otherwise from time to time, in consultation with management of
Brenco, (i) which executive officers and key employees of Brenco and its
Subsidiaries shall be Participants to whom Options and SARs shall be granted;
(ii) the number of shares which may be purchased under each Option or with
respect to which SARs may be granted; (iii) the per share Option exercise price;
(iv) the duration of Options and SARs; (v) the time or times at which each
Option or SAR may be exercised and (vi) whether Options shall be Incentive Stock
Options or Nonqualified Stock Options;

     (b)  To interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules,
regulations and guidelines relating to it, and to make all other determinations
necessary or advisable for its administration, all of which decisions made or
actions taken shall be binding and conclusive; and

     (c)  To keep, or cause to be kept, appropriate records of all
determinations made and actions taken pursuant to the Plan.

     The express grant in this Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall
not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee.  No member
of the Committee shall be liable for any act done in good faith with respect to
this Plan or any Agreement, Option or SAR.

     6.   TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.  All Options and SARs granted by the
Committee shall be evidenced by Agreements in such forms as the Committee from
time to time shall approve, subject to the following terms and conditions:

     (a)  Each Agreement shall state whether the Option granted is an Incentive
Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Option and shall state the number of shares
as to which the Option or SAR pertains.

     (b)  The Option exercise price shall in no case be less than 100% of the
Fair Market Value of Common Stock on the Grant Date; provided, however, that in
the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an individual who owns more
than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of Brenco or its
Subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 422A(b) (6) of the Code and the rules
and regulations thereunder, the Option exercise price shall be at least 110% of
the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.


                                        3
<PAGE>

     (c)  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, the term of each Option
shall be five (5) years from the Grant Date.

     (d)  No Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part prior to one (1)
year from the Grant Date.  Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 6(d)
Options may be exercised as to all or, from time to time, as to any part of the
total number of shares as to which the right to purchase has accrued, provided,
however, that no Option may be exercised at any one time as to less than 25
shares of Common Stock unless any smaller number of shares represents the
balance then currently exercisable in which case such balance may be exercised
without regard to any minimum share limitation.

     (e)  No Option may be granted more than 10 years from the effective date of
the Plan.

     (f)  Each Option shall provide that it is not transferable by the
Participant otherwise than by will or the law of descent and distribution, and
shall be exercisable, during the Participant's lifetime, only by the
Participant.

     (g)  During the lifetime of a Participant hereunder, the Option may be
exercised only by him (or his guardian or other representative) and then only if
(i) on the exercise date, he has been in the employ of the Brenco or one or more
of its Subsidiaries, or a combination thereof, continuously since the first date
of his employment by Brenco or one of its Subsidiaries or (ii) he has terminated
his employment and such termination was because of a permanent disability or
retirement under a retirement benefit plan of Brenco or of one of its
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in the case of such total and permanent
disability or retirement under a retirement benefit plan of Brenco or one of its
Subsidiaries, the Participant shall only be entitled to exercise the Option to
the extent exercisable by the Participant at the date of termination of
employment because of such permanent disability or retirement.

     If the employment of a Participant terminates by death while in the employ
of Brenco or a Subsidiary, or if the employment of a Participant terminates
because of permanent disability or retirement under a retirement benefit plan of
Brenco or a Subsidiary and the Participant dies thereafter, then within one (1)
year after his death his Option may be exercised to the extent that he was
entitled to exercise it on the date of his termination from employment by reason
of death, permanent disability or retirement, by the person or persons to whom
the Participant's rights under his Option shall pass by will or by applicable
law, of if no other person has such right, then by his legal representative,
subject, however, to the condition that no Option shall be exercisable after the
expiration of five (5) years from the Grant Date.  Except as provided in this
subparagraph 6(g) above, no Option may be exercised after termination of
employment.

     (h)  Notwithstanding Section 6(d) hereof, in the event a Change in Control
occurs, any Option which has been held at least 6 months from its Grant Date
shall become immediately exercisable in whole or in part.

     7.   LIMITATIONS ON INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  Notwithstanding the
provisions of Paragraph 6, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the
time the Incentive Stock


                                        4
<PAGE>

Options are granted) of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock
Options granted under the Plan are exercisable for the first time by the
Participant during any calendar year may not exceed $100,000 or such lesser or
greater amount as shall be specified in Section 422A of the Code and the rules
and regulations thereunder.  Incentive Stock Options granted after December 31,
1987 under this Plan and under all plans of Brenco and any of its Subsidiaries
shall be aggregated for purposes of this limitation.

     8.   EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  An Option may be exercised in whole or in part
by delivery to Brenco, at the office of its Secretary at Petersburg, Virginia,
of written notice of the exercise identifying the Option and stating the number
of shares with respect to which it is being exercised, in such form as the
Committee may prescribe, accompanied by payment for the Common Stock with
respect to which the Option is exercised.  Payment of the purchase price may be
made in cash or, with the consent of the Committee, by delivery of shares of
Common Stock owned by Participant valued at Fair Market Value on the date of
exercise of the Option, or, with the consent of the Committee, a combination
thereof.

     9.   STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.  The Committee may grant SARs in connection
with any Option (whether granted before or concurrently with the SAR) with
respect to the number of shares subject to the Option or any lesser number of
shares.  The Committee shall determine from among those eligible, the persons to
whom, and the time or times at which, SARs should be granted and the number of
shares which should be subject to SARs.

     Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Agreement
specifying the number of shares subject thereto and such terms and conditions
consistent with the Plan as the Committee shall determine.

     SARs shall expire no later than the expiration of the related Option; shall
be transferable only when and under the same conditions as the related Option is
transferable; shall be exercisable only when the related Option is eligible to
be exercised; and may not be exercised unless the Fair Market Value of the
Common Stock subject to the related Option exceeds the exercise price of the
Option.  In no event shall any SAR be exercisable for cash.

     A SAR may be exercised in whole or in part upon the delivery to Brenco of
written notice of the exercise in such form as the Committee may prescribe.

     Upon the exercise of a SAR, the holder shall be entitled to the amount by
which the date of exercise Fair Market Value of the number of shares of Common
Stock as to which the SAR was exercised exceeds the exercise price of the
related Option for that number of shares.

     Payment to the holder shall be made in whole shares of Common Stock, valued
at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, provided that no fractional shares
or cash in lieu of any such fractional share shall be paid.  The Committee shall
not consent to any election for settlement of SARs in cash in the case of any
Participant.


                                        5
<PAGE>

     Upon the exercise of a SAR, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to
the related Option shall be reduced by the number of shares with respect to
which the SAR was exercised.

     Upon the exercise of an Option, the number of shares of Common Stock
subject to the related SAR shall be reduced by the number by which the number of
shares with respect to which the Option was exercised exceeds any difference
between the number of shares subject to the Option immediately before the
exercise and the number of shares with respect to which the SAR was exercisable
immediately before the exercise.

     10.  ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK.  If Brenco effects one or more
stock dividends, stock splits, subdivisions or consolidations of shares, or
other similar changes in capitalization, the maximum number of shares as to
which Options and SARs may be granted under the Plan shall be proportionately
adjusted, and the Committee shall make equitable adjustments in the number and
option price of the shares which are or may become the subject to Options then
outstanding or thereafter granted.

     Neither Options nor SARs shall be affected or caused to be adjusted by the
issuance by Brenco of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible
into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or
services, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to
subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of Brenco
convertible into such shares or other securities.

     11.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY AUTHORITIES.  No Option
or SAR shall be exercisable, no Common Stock shall be delivered, and no payment
shall be made under this Plan except in compliance with all applicable federal
and state laws and regulations, including, without limitation, securities laws,
and withholding tax requirements.  Brenco shall have the right to rely on the
advice of counsel as to such compliance.  Any certificates issued to evidence
Common Stock for which an Option or SAR is exercised may bear such legends and
statements as the Committee may deem advisable to assure compliance with Federal
and state laws and regulations.  No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no
Common Stock shall be issued, no certificate for shares shall be delivered, and
no payment shall be made under this Plan until Brenco has obtained such consent
or approval as the Committee may deem advisable from regulatory bodies having
jurisdiction over such matters.

     12.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.  Neither the adoption of this Plan, nor any
documents describing or referring to this Plan (or any part thereof) shall
confer upon any employee any right to continue in the employ of Brenco or a
Subsidiary, or in any way affect any right and power of Brenco or a Subsidiary
to terminate the employment of any employee at any time with or without cause.
The establishment of the Plan does not confer upon any employee any legal or
equitable right against Brenco, any Subsidiary, or the Committee, except as
expressly provided in the Plan.

     Neither absence on leave, if approved by Brenco, nor any transfer between
the service of Brenco and that of a Subsidiary, or between Subsidiaries, shall
be considered a termination of employment.


                                        6
<PAGE>

     An Optionee shall have no rights as a record shareholder with respect to
any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a stock
certificate for such shares.

     This Plan shall be unfunded, and Brenco shall not be required to segregate
any assets that may at any time represent grants under the Plan.  No obligation
of Brenco to any person with respect to any grant under this Plan shall be
deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on, any property of
Brenco.

     The interests of any Participant under the Plan are not subject to the
claims of creditors and may not, in any way, be assigned, alienated or
encumbered.  No Option or SAR, nor any rights and privileges pertaining thereto,
shall be transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, by operation of law or
otherwise, except as otherwise provided herein, nor shall such Option or SAR be
subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

     All money received by Brenco in payment upon the exercise of an Option
shall constitute part of its general funds, available for any corporate purpose.

     The provisions of the Plan are intended to comply with the provisions of
Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     13.  AMENDMENT.  The Board may amend or terminate this Plan from time to
time; provided, however, that no amendment may become effective until
shareholder approval is obtained if (i) except as provided in Paragraph 10, the
amendment increases the aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant
to the exercise of Options or SARs, (ii) the amendment materially modifies the
requirements as to the eligibility for participation in the Plan; or (iii)
materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants.

     Brenco, may, without approval of shareholders of the Corporation, accept
the surrender of, and cancel outstanding Options (to the extent not therefore
exercised) and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, grant new
Options in substitution therefor at an Option exercise price in conformity with
the requirements of Paragraph 6(b), but which is lower than provided for in the
Options surrendered.

     14.  EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION OF PLAN.  The effective date of this Plan
shall be April 21, 1988, but only if it is approved by the affirmative vote of a
majority of shares of Common Stock entitled to vote, present or represented by
proxy at the 1988 Annual Meeting of shareholders.  Unless sooner terminated by
the Board, this Plan will terminate on April 20, 1988, except that Options and
SARs granted prior to that date shall remain valid in accordance with their
terms.


                                        7

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT J
 
The Board of Directors
 
June 17, 1996
 
CONFIDENTIAL
 
Brenco, Incorporated
One Park West Circle
Midlothian, VA 23113
 
Members of the Board:
 
    You  have requested our opinion as to  the fairness, from a finan-cial point
of view, to the  holders of the  outstanding shares of  Common Stock, par  value
$1.00  per share (the "Shares"), of  Brenco, Incorporated (the "Company") of the
cash consideration of $16.125 per Share to be received by such holders  pursuant
to the Acquisition Agreement dated as of June 15, 1996, among Varlen Corporation
(the "Acquiror"), BAS, Inc. and the Company (the "Agreement").
 
    Wheat,  First Securities, Inc. ("Wheat"), as  part of its investment banking
business, is  regularly  engaged  in  the  valuation  of  businesses  and  their
securities   in   connection   with   mergers   and   acquisitions,   negotiated
underwritings, competitive  biddings,  secondary  distributions  of  listed  and
unlisted securities, private placements and valuations for estate, corporate and
other  purposes. Wheat has provided investment  banking services for the Company
in the past for  which it has received  customary compensation. In the  ordinary
course  of our business  as a broker-dealer, we  may, from time  to time, have a
long or short position  in, and buy  or sell, debt or  equity securities of  the
Company  or  the  Acquiror  for our  own  account  or for  the  accounts  of our
customers. Wheat will receive a fee from the Company for rendering this opinion.
 
    In arriving at our opinion, we have, among other things:
 
    (1) reviewed the financial and other information contained in the  Company's
       Annual  Reports to Shareholders  and Annual Reports on  Form 10-K for the
       fiscal years ended December 31, 1995, December 31, 1994 and December  31,
       1993,  and certain interim reports  to Shareholders and Quarterly Reports
       on Form 10-Q;
 
    (2) conducted discussions with members  of senior management of the  Company
       concerning the Companys business and prospects;
 
    (3)   reviewed  certain  publicly  available  information  with  respect  to
       historical market prices  and trading activity  for the Company's  Common
       Stock and for certain publicly traded companies which we deemed relevant;
 
    (4)  compared the results of operations of the Company with those of certain
       publicly traded companies which we deemed relevant;
 
    (5) compared  the  proposed financial  terms  of the  transaction  with  the
       financial terms of certain other mergers and acquisitions which we deemed
       to be relevant;
<PAGE>
    (6)  performed a  discounted cash  flow analysis  of the  Company based upon
       estimates of projected financial  performance prepared by the  management
       of the Company;
 
    (7)  reviewed the Agreement (including the  Exhibits thereto) dated June 15,
       1996; and
 
    (8) reviewed such other  financial studies and  analyses and performed  such
       other  investigations  and took  into account  such  other matters  as we
       deemed necessary.
 
    In rendering our opinion, we have  assumed and relied upon the accuracy  and
completeness  of all information  supplied or otherwise made  available to us by
the Acquiror and  the Company, and  we have not  assumed any responsibility  for
independent  verification of  such information  or any  independent valuation or
appraisal of any of the assets of  the Acquiror and the Company. We have  relied
upon the management of the Acquiror and the Company as to the reasonableness and
achievability  of their financial and operational forecasts and projections, and
the assumptions and  bases therefor, provided  to us, and  we have assumed  that
such  forecasts and projections  reflect the best  currently available estimates
and judgments of such management and that such forecasts and projections will be
realized in the  amounts and  in the time  periods currently  estimated by  such
management.  Our opinion  is necessarily based  upon market,  economic and other
conditions as  they exist  and  can be  evaluated on  the  date hereof  and  the
information  made available to us through the  date hereof. Our opinion does not
address the relative merits of the transaction contemplated by the Agreement  as
compared  to  any  alternative  business strategies  that  might  exist  for the
Company, nor does  it address the  effect of any  other business combination  in
which the Company might engage.
 
    Our  advisory services and the opinion  expressed herein are provided solely
for the use of  the Company's Board of  Directors in evaluating the  transaction
contemplated  by the Agreement and are not on behalf of, and are not intended to
confer rights or remedies upon the Acquiror, any stockholder of the Acquiror  or
the  Company, or any  person other than  the Company's Board  of Directors. This
opinion may not be summarized, excerpted from or otherwise publicly referred  to
without our prior written consent.
 
    On the basis of, and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that as
of the date hereof the cash consideration of $16.125 per Share to be received by
the  holders of  the Shares  is fair, from  a financial  point of  view, to such
holders.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          WHEAT, FIRST SECURITIES, INC.
                                          By: __________________________________
                                              Managing Director

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT K
 
Varlen Corporation, 55 Shuman Blvd., P.O. Box 3089, Naperville, Illinois
60566-7089
(708)420-0400    FAX (708)420-7123
 
                                    CONTACT:
                                    Richard L. Wellek, President & CEO or
                                    Richard A. Nunemaker, Vice President & CFO
                                    Varlen Corporation (708) 420-4000
                                    Jacob M. Feichtner, Executive Vice President
                                    & CFO
                                    (804) 378-2902
                                    Needham B. Whitfield, Chairman & CEO
                                    Brenco, Incorporated (804) 378-2900
 
                 VARLEN ENTERS INTO DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT TO BUY
                 BRENCO THROUGH $165 MILLION CASH TENDER OFFER
 
  MERGER WOULD CREATE PREEMINENT RAILROAD EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER WITHIN VARLEN
 
    NAPERVILLE,  Ill.,  June 17,  1996 --  Varlen Corporation  (NASDAQ:VRLN) and
Brenco, Incorporated (NASDAQ:BREN) of the Richmond, Va. area, today announced  a
definitive  agreement for  Varlen to  buy Brenco in  a $165  million cash tender
offer, creating  within Varlen  a preeminent  global manufacturer  of  precision
engineered  railroad products that  is well-positioned to  capitalize on growing
international interest in American freight railroad technologies.
 
    The merger would  transform Varlen  into a company  with approximately  $500
million  in 1997 annual sales and  3,200 employees with manufacturing facilities
in 13 states, as  well as Germany and  France, and would substantially  increase
railroad  products revenue. The acquisition is anticipated  to add up to 7 cents
per share to fiscal 1996 earnings based on a late July closing.
 
    "Varlen and  Brenco are  a great  strategic fit,"  said Richard  L.  Wellek,
Varlen's  president and chief  executive officer. "Varlen  has enjoyed excellent
long-term growth on  the strength  of our current  businesses. This  combination
will  help us grow faster in our railroad and automotive markets. This continues
our corporate focus on  manufacturing highly-engineered transportation  products
and  analytical instruments, maintaining niche  market leadership, and expanding
our international presence."
 
    Terms of the agreement approved by  both boards of directors include  prompt
commencement,  through a wholly-owned Varlen subsidiary,  of a tender offer at a
price of $16 1/8 for each outstanding  share of Brenco common stock. The  tender
offer  requires that Varlen  will be able  to obtain at  least two-thirds of the
shares at the expiration of the offer, which is scheduled to remain open for  20
business  days. An offer to purchase containing  all of the terms and conditions
will be  mailed to  Brenco shareholders  in  the next  few days.  The  agreement
contemplates  that  shares not  tendered  would be  acquired  at the  same price
through a  merger. Brenco  has approximately  10.2 million  shares  outstanding.
Persons  related to Brenco's founding family  -- including Needham B. Whitfield,
Brenco's chairman, and his sister Anne Whitfield Kenny -- control  approximately
20  percent of the stock and have signed a separate shareholder tender agreement
with Varlen.
 
    "At a premium  of 32% over  the closing  price for Brenco  shares Friday,  I
believe  Varlen's  offer will  be well  received  by Brenco  shareholders," said
Brenco's chairman and chief  executive officer, Needham  B. Whitfield. "We  feel
very  comfortable  entrusting  Brenco's  dedicated  employees  and  position  of
leadership in the railroad bearing market  to a company of Varlen's caliber  and
reputation.  The cultures of the two  companies are extremely compatible. Varlen
understands our markets -- both in the automotive and in the railroad industries
- -- and  supports  our market  strategies  of continual  product  innovation  and
outstanding  customer service. Most important for our future, Varlen is prepared
to invest in our plans for growth."
 
    After the merger, Brenco would continue to be based in the Richmond area and
would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Varlen. J. Craig Rice would remain  as
Brenco president.
<PAGE>
    Varlen  has been  a manufacturer  of railroad  products since  its founding.
Wellek said potential synergies between  the two companies should create  future
growth  opportunities in railroad  equipment. "We will have  a stronger and more
diverse family of products for the railroad industry, as well as the ability  to
leverage greater sales overseas," he said.
 
    Brenco  is  a  leading  manufacturer and  re-conditioner  of  tapered roller
bearings for freight  cars, for both  the domestic and  overseas markets.  Other
Varlen subsidiaries make railcar shock control devices, outlet gates, locomotive
products and track fastening devices.
 
    Varlen,  headquartered in Naperville, Illinois, is a leading manufacturer of
precision engineered transportation products and analytical instruments for  the
railroad,  heavy-duty truck  and trailer,  automotive and  petroleum industries.
Varlen's customers include  Freightliner, PACCAR, General  Motors, Chrysler  and
TTX. The company had 1995 annual sales of $387 million.
 
                                      ###
 
    MORE  INFORMATION ON VARLEN AND BRENCO CAN BE FOUND ON THE CHLOPAK, LEONARD,
SCHECHTER SITE ON THE WORLD WIDE WEB AT HTTP://CLSDC.COM/NEWS/VARLEN.

<PAGE>


                            Contact:
                            Richard L. Wellek, President & CEO, or
                            Richard A. Nunemaker, Vice President & CFO,
                            Varlen Corporation (708) 420-0400
                            Jacob M. Feichtner, Executive Vice President & CFO,
                            (804) 378-2902
                            Needham B. Whitfield, Chairman & CEO,
                            Brenco, Incorporated (804) 378-2900


               VARLEN COMMENCES $165 MILLION CASH TENDER OFFER 
                             FOR BRENCO SHARES

  MERGER WOULD CREATE PREEMINENT RAILROAD EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER WITHIN VARLEN

     NAPERVILLE, ILL., June 20, 1996 -- Varlen Corporation (NASDAQ:VRLN) and 
Brenco, Incorporated (NASDAQ:BREN) of the Richmond, Va. area today announced
that a wholly owned  Varlen subsidiary has formally commenced a tender offer
for any and all outstanding shares of Brenco common stock at a price of
$16-1/8 per share, net to the seller in cash. The offer, which is scheduled to
expire on July 18, 1996, is being made pursuant to an agreement with Brenco
announced earlier this week. The offer is to be followed by a merger that will
result in Brenco becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Varlen.

     The board of directors of Brenco has unanimously approved the offer and the
merger, has determined that the terms of the offer and merger are fair to and 
in the best interests of the shareholders of Brenco and recommends that 
shareholders accept the offer and tender 


                                    (More)

<PAGE>


their shares pursuant thereto. The tender offer requires that Varlen will be 
able to obtain at least two-thirds of the shares at the expiration of the 
offer. An offer to purchase containing all of the terms and conditions of the 
offer is being distributed to Brenco's shareholders. The agreement 
contemplates that shares not tendered would be acquired at the same $16.125 
price through the merger. Brenco has approximately 10.2 million shares 
outstanding. Persons related to Brenco's founding family -- including Needham 
B. Whitfield, Brenco's chairman and chief executive officer, and his sister
Anne Whitfield Kenny -- control approximately 20 percent of the stock and have
signed a separate shareholder tender agreement with Varlen.

     "We are delighted to be taking this important step to make Brenco an 
integral member of our Varlen family of companies," commented Richard L. 
Wellek, Varlen's president and chief executive officer. Wellek said potential 
synergies between the two companies should create future growth opportunities 
in railroad equipment.

     Lehman Brothers, Inc. is acting as financial advisor to Varlen in 
connection with the transactions and as dealer manager for the tender offer.
The information agent is D.F. King & Co., Inc.

     Brenco, headquartered in the Richmond, Va. area, is a leading manufacturer
and reconditioner of tapered roller bearings for freight cars, for both the 
domestic and overseas markets. Other Varlen subsidiaries make railcar shock 
control devices, outlet gates, locomotive products and track fastening 
devices.

     Varlen, headquartered in Naperville, Illinois, is a leading manufacturer of
precision engineered transportation products and analytical instruments for 
the railroad, heavy-duty truck 


                                      (More)

<PAGE>


and trailer, automotive and petroleum industries. Varlen's customers include 
Freightliner, PACCAR, General Motors, Chrysler and TIX. The company had 1995 
annual sales of $387 million.


                                    ###

     MORE INFORMATION ON VARLEN AND BRENCO CAN BE FOUND ON THE CHLOPAK, LEONARD,
SCHECHTER SITE ON THE WORLD WIDE WED AT HTTP://CLSDC.COM/NEWS/VARLEN.



<PAGE>
                       [BRENCO, INCORPORATED LETTERHEAD]
 
                                                                   June 20, 1996
 
Dear Shareholder:
 
    On behalf of the Board of Directors of Brenco, Incorporated, I am pleased to
inform  you that on June 15, 1996,  Brenco entered into an Acquisition Agreement
with Varlen  Corporation and  BAS, Inc.,  a wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Varlen,
pursuant  to which BAS, Inc. has commenced  today a tender offer to purchase all
of the outstanding shares of Brenco's common stock at $16.125 per share, net  to
the  seller in  cash, without  any interest (the  "Offer"). The  tender offer is
currently scheduled to expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on July 18,
1996, unless extended.
 
    Following  the  successful  completion  of  the  Offer,  upon  approval   by
shareholder  vote, if required, BAS,  Inc. will be merged  with and into Brenco.
All Brenco shares  not purchased  pursuant to the  Offer (other  than shares  of
Brenco held by Varlen and BAS, Inc. and shares with respect to which dissenter's
rights  under the Virginia Stock Corporation Act are properly exercised) will be
converted into  the right  to receive  in cash  $16.125 per  share, without  any
interest.
 
    YOUR  BOARD OF DIRECTORS  HAS UNANIMOUSLY DETERMINED THAT  THE OFFER AND THE
MERGER  ARE  FAIR  TO  AND  IN  THE  BEST  INTERESTS  OF  BRENCO   SHAREHOLDERS.
ACCORDINGLY,   THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS   UNANIMOUSLY  RECOMMENDS  THAT  BRENCO
SHAREHOLDERS ACCEPT THE  OFFER AND TENDER  THEIR SHARES OF  BRENCO COMMON  STOCK
PURSUANT TO THE OFFER.
 
    In  arriving  at its  recommendation, the  Board  of Directors  gave careful
consideration to a  number of  factors described in  the enclosed  Solicitation/
Recommendation  Statement  on  Schedule  14D-9 which  is  being  filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Among other things, the Board considered the
opinion of  its  financial advisor,  Wheat,  First Securities,  Inc.,  that  the
consideration  to be received by the holders  of Brenco's shares pursuant to the
Offer and the Merger is fair, from a financial report of view, to such  holders.
The  enclosed Schedule 14D-9  describes the Board's  decision and contains other
important information  relating  to  that  decision.  I  urge  you  to  read  it
carefully.
 
    Accompanying  this letter,  in addition  to the  Schedule 14D-9  and Wheat's
fairness opinion,  is the  Offer to  Purchase, together  with related  materials
including  a  Letter of  Transmittal  for use  in  tendering your  shares. These
documents  set  forth  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Offer  and  provide
instructions  as to how to  tender your shares. I urge  you to read the enclosed
materials carefully and  consider all  factors set forth  therein before  making
your decision with respect to the Offer.
 
    I,  personally, along  with the  entire Board  of Directors,  management and
employees of Brenco, thank you  for the support you  have given Brenco over  the
years.
 
                                        Sincerely,
 
                                        Needham B. Whitfield
                                        Chairman of the Board
                                        and Chief Executive Officer
 
NBW/lma
Enclosure


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission